Home

Sierra M124 User Manual

1. For Help press F1 Tx out Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Num Y 152 Figure 3 72 SAS Data Report Click the Down Arrow in a data field to display Data Report details see Figure 3 73 on page 153 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 2 Port H Command Direction Data 2046 Bytes Duration 3G 36 054 973 me 0x00 Cut 000000000000 000000000000 gt 2 9451 695 me oa o Ox In 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 207 92 20 mz T PEPR Lee 0o oo oo me oe oe oo 9 mn oe oe oo 9 m He TA 12 Source Address H Destination Address H Command Direction Data 2046 Bytes a 36 SOO0CSO00001 04785 O00 Out 40 00 04 OOOO 40 00 00 7 666 fue A boy 136 880 293 me to T 136 880 293 ms to T O ns For Help press Fl Txtfout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive 8 2 Simulation Mode Stop E 1 Figure 3 73 SAS Data Report Details Click the Statistics button statistics at the end of a row to display data report M Data Report Statistics k xi Command Duration From LBA H To LBA H Read OMA Ext 2 73 440 us Bear Beedle 4530ced 4530ced Figure 3 74 SAS Data Report Statistics Data Payload View To display the Data Payload View double click a data payload field in a Packet or Spreadsheet view or right click a data payload
2. Download Microcode 0x92 Sector NU E vecute Device Diagnostic 0x30 Cylinder Lt Flush Cache OxE7 Cylinder H Flush Cache Ext OxEA Get Media Status 0xDA d DEV Heat Sector Num exp Cylinder Lowlexp Cylinder Highfexp RXR 3 Features exp MH MH MH Iv H4 VDI D2 MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 63 SATA ATA Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Command list box choose an ATA command and click OK Soft Reset SATA only Double click Soft Reset to open the Soft Reset dialog x Port OK C VH MVH MH MH sas VDI MoR MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fo Figure 2 64 SATA Soft Reset Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 89 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Sequential Trigger Mode In the Sequential Trigger mode triggering occurs whenever the system detects a specific sequence of patterns The order in which you define triggering patterns establishes the sequence You must define at least two patterns to enable the selection of the sequential trigger mode Note Primitives and Symbols or Frames occurring very close together on different ports cause an error in triggering To define a triggering sequence se
3. I Le IZ 1a 02010000 00000000 Link 159912 CRC lt ist DW of 10 DWords gt gt K D K28 5 D24 0 D30 0 D1 4 SY 10B 110000 0101 110011 0100 Ca a n m a a n a m aa m n a n m a an m a ta a n aM mn an afn afe mtn an an an mtn ata aa mn ma an ae afata on mn am an aa mtn ata aa aa ma ata aTa aTa an am aa ata ata ata aa mta ma aTa aTa an ma am aa ata ata ata aa ma aTa ata an ma aa aa ma an aa aa mfn an an an m n aM aa mn ms an an mtn ae aa an n mn m a m a mn an an ae mn an an an mn an aa as 011110 0100 7 gt 011101 0010 10040E00 10040E00 50060580 50060580 069ECD10 069ECD10 AAAAAMAA AAAAAAAA 02010000 03010000 00000000 00000000 CRC 5FC505E9 CRC CICSAF25 CO FAF o Co FAA O Figure 3 21 SAS Column View Right click in the Column View to display commands a Add Bookmark Expand All Preferences Time Stamp Format LeCroy Format Milli Second Micro Second Go to Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Time Stamp Book mark Begin End Set X Pointer Set Y Pointer Change Background Color Change Foreground Color OOoOUD OOO O Note The Column View displays the CRC value To see different formats 10b 8b scrambled and so on select a format by clicking its Tool menu button Resize Columns You can resize the columns in Column View by clicking in the column boundary and dragging the boundary to a new position Rearrange Columns You can rearrange columns by left cli
4. Logical sectors per logi SectorCount fae Sectorltfset oe Error co LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High me LBA l ai Native Max Address pp Sector Number as Colinder Low an Cylinder High Head Number Command ReogNum ee Reserved a Porthum 3 pa Sumber of sectors to bi wi narobs he F Field Setting Format Hexadecimal Iv Visible Byte Order Fight Align Field Header Setting C Name Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns in Aow E Column Bytes in Column Byte Input Viewer Setting e wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute f Trigger User Define C Based On System Time W Same color for start time and port Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 130 ATA Command Fields Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 199 200 Teledyne LeCroy Display Configuration Field Header Setting You can use the Name or Abbreviation To change the color of the text in a packet field header select a field from the packet field tree and click the Foreground button 21x Basic colors MT Cel Bee See Maa ADETE E ie i ERE E Egg EEE EEE a BEE imi im PPrrrrrrrrrrs Custom colors BEE EE a BEE EEE a Define Custom Colors gt
5. Link Layer l R_RDY NORMAL 2 I 426 ns a IA ss Frame Type Type Mashed Dest SAS Addr H SRA Data Porter H Relransmt 0 Retry Dota Frames H Numot FaBytes Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H C 17 N ANO TO TR Araneae F F 7 F per may Tat 4 EZEZ FFFFS4 i OCADIC 0 0177 Data direction arrows y OCADIC Relative time display aise gt gt a paceezes 0x0 ACK Between two sequential LE y packets on the same PA E Sere re ss 00 O ae ll ce Loi aon ES a layer and port 3 Source and destination addresses in SCSI commands not shown in this capture Figure 2 5 SAS Typical Packet View Note When using the Advanced Mode sequencer the analyzer logs the state transitions in the trace with the name the user gives to the state In the Packet View right click on any packet and select Show gt State to display the states and their transitions in the trace SAS In case of an STP interface the expander displays STP addresses provided to the SATA drive and the SAS software integrates the STP addresses in the ATA command 42 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 2 2 4 2 2 5 2 2 6 The results display shows each transaction for every layer identified in a different color and the data direction identified with data direction arrows Upstream traffic has an arrow from right to left lt Downstream traffic
6. Show I Filter Idle Ports op Filter Logic wit wi 13 Fi C AND Related Items M11 12 13 TA OF Reset All Check Al e Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save if Load Figure 3 93 Third Level of Multilevel Filtering coca If you check the Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar checkbox the application will only filter onward from the highlighted trace selection bar If you uncheck this option the software only filters the filtered packet For example if this option is checked and any SCSI command is selected all transport and link packets of this command are filtered If you unchecked this option only selected SCSI commands are filtered Selectable Filter Options for SAS The SAS Filter Options are Command Data Pattern Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functions O O DOODODODODDODO OO Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy ATA Commands SCSI Command Status see Filter Check Condition on page 173 Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port Tag see Filter by Tag Number on page 174 ATAPI SCSI Command Device Sleep Miscellaneous see Filter Miscellaneous on page 174 Training Sequence O DOODODODODOCDOO oO O Comm
7. a o 3 953 320 ms 5 Figure 3 14 Packet view 2 Show Transport layer tyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite BETA Simulations lt gt Trainer W Jammer lt i Recod E H Lak Tre App CO 9 f 108 88 sc Pv Show Hide Transport Packet iI 3 659 973 ms Figure 3 15 Transport layer 120 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 3 Expand the Information Unit 000000000000000000000000140004000000 gt gt 554 F611E 0x0 ACK y 000000000000000000000000000000000000 gt gt The INFORMATII INFORMATION UNIT field co UNIT field contar Info Unit H E the information unit the format of which ee _ field otis Jis 1 024 bytes making the masimum size of ii 000000000000000000000000140002000000 gt gt TT8FEBAS 0x0 ACK 213 n 000000000000000000000000140015000000 gt gt 130E0ASA 0x0 ACK Info Unit H d Duration Figure 3 16 Information unit 4 Expand Sense Data The hidden fields are revealed not be PEREI In RESPONSE DATA the SENSE DATA field shall not be present In SENSE DATA the SENSE DATA field shall contain sense data Pct 3 17 pense data oa Ja 00000000 AE ae 33 00 00 00 06 00 19 00 00 00 00 gt gt j i 0x4 Hardware Error A aE 00000000 i Figure 3 18 Figure 3 18 Sense data expanded Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 121 Teledyne LeCr
8. atn i Command lv FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H Logical Block Address H 0 aa 0 009DAD42 Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H 7 0x0 Simple 0148 0x00 Good 0000000000000000 al 2 Inthe Preferences window select the Packet View tab select the Based on Specific Command Type option In the commands list search for any command that you want and change the background and foreground colors Packet View Metrics The Metrics feature provides quick access to additional information about the packet data Click the Metrics icon as shown in Figure 3 8 to display the details xj El E SCSI Cmd Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code EVPD H CMDDT H 36 442 311 543 720 min 2 A gt Standard Inquiry Data CA Task Attribut Tag tH Status LUM CH 2 ink R E RD felative Time Duration Figure 3 8 Packet View Metrics The following additional information of the packet is displayed when the Metrics field is expanded Refer to Figure 3 9 on page 118 Trp No Number of Transports The total number of transports that compose this exchange Resp Time Response Time The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the beginning of the first frame in the command to the end of the last frame in the command Pld Bytes Payload Bytes The number of payload bytes this operation transferred Latency Time Sierra
9. 23 pod AAA EB 13 I5 2 45 i18 1585 25l 17 1535 2 57 Power 4 uW B Voltage 1600 uv 16 15887 20 Current 2800 uA Sample Time 422 01 us 13 150 2 81 12 158581 2 87 Ti 152 2m svg i0 I5 238 3 i54 305 165 311 T 1556 317 G 17 32 5 1598 3 29 4 1599 3 35 3 1000 A Power Voltage Current 0 10 i 0 20 uW uv mA Figure 3 77 SATA Power Tracker View T The Zoom In button on the toolbar magnifies the data display area on the E screen E The Zoom In button on the toolbar magnifies the data display area on the a screen ho The Zoom By Selection button on the toolbar magnifies the user selected se area in the view 156 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Using the Power Expansion Card Teledyne LeCroy iS vw Power Y Voltage Current 3 9 The Zoom By H Drag button on the toolbar magnifies the area selected by horizontally dragging and selecting in the view The Zoom By V Drag button on the toolbar magnifies the area selected by vertically dragging and selecting in the view The Full Screen button on the toolbar Toggles between normal and full screen view The Pointer Mode button on the toolbar changes the cursor to a pointer The Hand Panning button on the toolbar changes the cursor to a hand for panning The Insert Time Marker button on the toolbar enables inserting a time
10. As Previously Saved Quick View LP More Info E Switch to CATC Navigation Pl Cancel button kills upload immediately Reverse Link Data E Close previous trace file when new trace file opens E Pack Repeated Primitives Create statistical report read write page Scroll Horizontally to Show matched E Show Quick View Waming Column In Search ATA decoding mode Use new PHY capabilities decoding 5 LBA mode CHS mode According to LBA mode in ATA command Figure 3 30 Enabling Read Write Statistical Report Teledyne LeCroy Note This setting should be enabled before you capture the trace file If you have already captured a trace file and want to create a read write statistical report for the sample perform the following steps 1 Enable the read write settings as mentioned above Open the trace file Set the X pointer on the first packet in the viewer Set the Y pointer on last packet in the viewer oS D Save as the trace file using the X to Y option Now the saved trace file will contain the read write statistical report Report Between Cursors Click the option button next to the From cursor selection drop down list Then click the From down arrow and choose the 1st cursor click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd cursor and click OK The resulting report has only the capture between the cursors see Figure 3 31 on page 130 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 129 Te
11. Figure 3 154 Device Setup Dialog with DONE Device Status 3 21 User Defined Decoding User defined decoding allows you to create a definition file to interpret commands and frames that are not in the standard set recognized by the software Select Setup gt User Defined Decoding to open the User Defined Decoding dialog xi T ATAPI 8 SCSI Commandts a T ATA Command s E E SSP Framefs A E I STP Framefs R ES I SMP ramets a ES Set s D efaut Cancel Figure 3 155 SAS User Defined Decoding SAS vs SATA SAS adds SCSI Commands SSP Frames and SMP Frames Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 221 Teledyne LeCroy Help Menu 222 3 22 3 22 1 3 22 2 3 22 3 3 22 4 Check ATA Commands and or STP frames Click the ellipses next to a command type text box to display the Open dialog Choose an appropriate script file and click Open A 21x Look in E User Define Decoding Script A eK Ed 2 ATA Command asl E 2 FIS asi File name Files of type Deconding Script Files for ATA Command s y Cancel Z Figure 3 156 Choosing a Script File Help Menu Tell Teledyne LeCroy Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e mail This requires that an e mail client be installed and configured on the host machine Help Topics Displays online help You can also select F1 VSE Help Topics Displays VSE online help You can also select F1 Update License
12. File gt New Batch Script 4 12 1 Script Workspace In the Script Workspace add a command and make a batch file LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier File View Configuration Tools Help o gt k 5 New Scenario Open Library Print Hit E Show Analyzer Show Trainer 7 L 2 4 NewScripto bx pAn ea eke SCS e 09 4 Main Library vax Buch Seript isvalid nAAL ED DRAA EDX Scenarios Scenarios 4 40 READ GPIO REGISTER C New Scenario 0 40 REPORT SELF CONFIGURATION STAT 40 REPORT ZONE PERMISSION TABLE 40 REPORT ZONE MANAGER PASSWORD 40 REPORT BROADCAST 40 DISCOVER 40 REPORT PHY ERROR LOG REPORT PHY SATA 40 REPORT ROUTE INFORMATION 40 REPORT PHY EVENT 40 DISCOVER LIST 40 REPORT PHY EVENT LIST 40 REPORT EXPANDER ROUTE TABLE LIS 40 CONFIGURE GENERAL 40 ENABLE DISABLE ZONING 40 WRTIE GPIO REGISTER 40 ZONED BROADCAST Inject CRC error E Inject Disparity error Remove Stop Scenario Capture amp Substitute Main Library File Manager Output Yax 04310585 Figure 4 45 Script Workspace In this dialog you can enter a script command by clicking Click here to add script command 3 First click Click here to add script command to open the Command Properties dialog see Figure 4 46 on page 283 282 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy El Command Parameters Commands Parameters
13. Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp JEJEJEJEJEJEJE Cyl Low exp MH MH MH I H4 VDI Mo MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 62 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS The FIS Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box FIS Pattern Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 Binar Register Host to Device Hexa Register Device to Host 0k34 4 Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate Ox33 DMA Setup 041 E etup Ux PM Fat lata 0x46 C Vendor A t to Device SATA FIS Pattern Dialog Choices SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose a FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy ATA Command Pattern SATA only Double click ATA Command to open the ATA Command Pattern selection dialog ATA Command Pattern xi Format La Command Any Command A Y Binary o Hexadecimal Check Power Mode Configure Stream 0x51 1 Device Configuration Freeze Lock 0xB1 C1 Device Configuration Identify 0xB1 C2 Device Configuration Restore 0xB1 C0 dl Device Configuration Set 0xB1 C3 Device Reset 0x8
14. Prolog and Epilog define Primitive chains to be used at the beginning and end of the frame Examples Prolog SOF For this frame primitive SOF is a Prolog Epilog EOF For this frame primitive EOF is an Epilog Frames can be derived from other Frames therefore inheriting the layout of the parent Frame In this case the user may a Change Prolog and Epilog a Change default field values A Add new fields Frame Examples Frame Some Frame Field32 32 OXAABBEEFEE FrameType gt 8 12 HashedDest 24 HEX DATA Reservedl 08 lt OXDA Fieldl6 16 OxAAAA Reserved2 38 UXAD Data PATTERN 1 CRC i 3 Primitive Primitive SOF 48 Primitive SOF 96 Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 36 5 Prolog SOF Eptlog HOP Frame oome Frame 1 4 Some Frame Field32 Some Hex Data Data Sf LEI I 22222222 28333335 BA444444 55505555 3 Opcode t 1238 Oy ORZA LBA Al Primitive E 7 Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 24 48 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 317 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Prolog CHAIN ONE Epilog CHAIN ONE 5 11 3 Generation Block Sierra Trainer generates the stream that is defined in this block Generation Chain Definition Repeat N Idle M Chain Definition N M Chain Definition Frame Definition Frame Definition RunningDisp ON OFF Frame Definition Field Definttion Data Definition
15. Status All Custom Good Completion Time Count All Custom or a number Time Stamp OpCode Command LBA Sector Count All All v All All 7 086 733 ms Read DMA Ext 0x3e91089 0x4 36 192 829 ms Read DMA Ext 0x2061be0 0x4 79 374 199 ms Read DMA Ext 0x20c03dd 0x4 87 538 506 ms Read DMA Ext 0x32218f2 0x4 103 870 239 ms Read DMA Ext Ox3a43e32 0x4 122 003 601 ms Read DMA Ext 0x30f9949 0x4 138 406 189 ms Write DMA Ext 0x1d8901f 0x4 145 384 949 ms Write DMA Ext 0x98739b 0x4 Figure 3 55 SATA Read Write Command Report SSR Slt y Ji General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Statistical Report Toolbar E DOOUOCDOD Payload size All 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2045 2048 2048 Move x Cursor Status all 5 Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Completion Time All 23 616 920 47 ms 24 622 480 39 ms 5 868 81351 ms 16 218 040 47 ms 18 062 20055 ms 16 309 919 36 ms 6 931 439 88 ms 7 563 373 57 ms Cour i amd kond kand kami Lal kad bad had The Statistical Report toolbar provides the following functions accessible by but tons on the toolbar Export to Excel Save as Text Print Report Print Preview Report Display Settings Move to X Cursor Y Cursor or None REEE Ee k Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Move 143 Teledyne
16. Uncheck all Figure 2 22 STP Frame Type Dialog Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose an FIS type to capture or exclude and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data DO OOO OUD O DO Vendor Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 61 62 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Address Frame Type Pattern i m Format Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type Xx Binary Parameter Address Frame Type Value X Ary Address Frame Type x Vi MR MRB mi MT PT PT M T4 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 23 Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Types list box and choose an address frame type SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog SMP Frame Pattern SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type x C Binary Hexadecimal Format Function Cancel ea x Parameter SMP Frame Type Function Value x Any SMP Frame Type Any Function Mi Mk MRB mia WT MT2 MT M T4 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 24 SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not a
17. When set the generator will go through the stages of bringing up the link automatically including waiting for and responding to the device or host it is connected to When set the generator will resoond automatically to Hold requests Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will respond automatically to DMAT requests Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will automatically go throughthe speed negotiation process for the speed set in the PINTERFACEC_SERDES register for the Trainer When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream 2 Align 0 primitives every 254 DWORDS as specified in the SATA spec When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream Align primitives every 2048 DWoRDs as specified in the SAS spec Two Align modes can be turned on simultaneously to support STP The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at elect
18. occur s Note Start Events start the timer and repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Events are encountered or the timer expirez Cancel Figure 2 40 Timeout Dialog Start Events starts the timer in Timeout Trigger and End Events triggers the analyzer if first trigger mode is selected or resets the trigger if second trigger mode is selected Repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Event is encountered or the timer expires Select a pattern for Start Events or End Events enter a Timeout value then select Trigger Mode QO If End Events occur before timer expires a If timer expires before End Events Note Timeouts can only be configured from the Timeout Pattern dialog The Timeout Pattern dialog allows configuring other patterns as triggers in combination with timeouts Other pattern dialogs do not allow configuration of timeouts External Manual Trigger To set up an external trigger click the External Manual Trigger category External Manual Trigger 4 Manual Trig V External Trig Cancel High Active _Cancel_ Low Active Toggle For changing the esternal trig setting go to Configuration menu and select External Trig Setting Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 73 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Figure 2 41 External Manual Trigger Dialog Device Sleep To set up Device Sleep click the Device Sl
19. oinclude Cteneration ncludeissPPramesDeclinc Generation Sendo gt PEFramellata Data 21223344 55667788 99UAABECC Sendo gt PFrameXterEdy i Data 51223344 5566 58 S9SAABBCC Generation Set Auto AlignSAS OFF Global Setting added Block to generation block Sendo oPFrame ommand SendsoPFrameRe sponse sends gt oPErameT ask i Data 51223344 55667758 S9SAABBCC send oPPrame Vendor When placed within the generation block and then viewed in the trace window global settings appear as colored bars interspersed amidst the traffic Frame SOF COMMAND Tag Data EOF Idle Time Stamp g BE eet ox0000 0x74258E55 0 000 ns 00 000 000 320 CONFIGURATION AutoOOB Frame ase r eee Tag Data Idle Time Stamp 11 she CAS ox0000 0x5340ABD4 0 000 ns 00 000 000 560 SOF gt Data EOF Idle Time Stamp ae 0x0000 12 bytes 0xC486DB10 0 000 ns 00 000 000 800 BOE i UN Tag Data Time Stamp zia E 0 0000 0xBCF96B0F 00 000 001 120 Frame 12 Frame 13 304 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Primitive and Frame Definitions Teledyne LeCroy 9 7 5 7 1 While most global settings can be set in the generation block three will be ignored if placed within the generation block set Link Speed set GenerationMode set SSC These commands should be configured either in the Setting inc file or at the beginning of the traffic generation file as a global st
20. 1 037973 ms 9 227 23 066 668 us Figure 3 53 SATA PM Statistic Report PM Performance Report SATA To display the PM Performance Report click the PM Performance tab The PM Performance Report displays information in the following columns Port Partial Request Partial ACKed Partial NACKed Slumber Request Slumber ACKed Slumber NACKed Partial Time Slumber Time Partial Time Total Time Slumber Time Total Time O O UOODODCDODDDODO O E al Sa we ap dt a a of PMREGOP Pe Statistic Move Cursor Pork Partial Request i Partial 4cKed Partial NAked Slumber Request Slumber A4CKed Slumber Naked Partial Time Slumber Time Partial Time Total Time Slumber Time f Total Time e CTD mm mm CEDI mm mm mm m_m CED CE H 1 1 0 0 T 0 Nj 0 03 Na 1 1 0 0 T 0 Figure 3 54 SATA PM Performance Report 142 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Read Write Command Report SATA To display the Read Write Co 3 3 11 Teledyne LeCroy To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page by selecting Create statistical report read write page in the Trace Viewer tab see Trace Viewer Tab on page 212 The Read Write Command Report displays information in the following columns a ODOODODDO O Time Stamp OpCode Command LBA Sector Count Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs
21. Data LRE startBitOffset endBitOffset Tag 0x101 The constraints are QO Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported a Offsets StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 SendSSPFrameCommand Data 00112233 variableNamel variableName2 44556677 RawData Koso D240 D3070 POs dvariableNamel 50 00 62 BO 00 00 00 30 50 08 05 EF 332 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy SC 00 00 00 g1 00 00 00 00 SendCRe K26 5 D240 DOTES Dlls y When there are variable values in RawData you must include SendCRC command instead of last DWORD Otherwise wrong CRC value will be sent The constraints are O Variables are not allowed on First and LAST DWORD instead of start end frames QO SendCRC is only supported on last DWORD before end of frame SendSATAFrame SATA SOF SATA DATA 0x11223344 SATA DATA fvariableNamel SATA DATA 0x55667788 FSATA GRE OXIDO IAACEBE J F good cro can De changed to bad SATA EOF If SATA_CRC command is not included trainer engine computes and inserts correct CRC in pattern Timer Trainer script syntax allows using some timers You can start a timer anywhere The timer current value is loadable on variable to be used in expressions and conditions on this expression There are four timers named A B C and D Starting timer sett
22. EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Use Conditions Temperature SC to 40C Humidity 5 to 95 max RH non condensing Altitude Up to 2000 meters Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 389 Teledyne LeCroy WAN Operation 7 1 WAN Operation WAN connected operation is supported Contact factory for details of operation Refer How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy on page 391 for contact information 390 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy Type of Service Contact Call for technical support US and Canada 1 800 909 7112 Worldwide 1 408 653 1260 Fax your questions Worldwide 1 408 727 6622 Write a letter Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 3115 USA Send e mail psgsupport teledynelecroy com Visit Teledyne LeCroy s web site teledynelecroy com Tell Teledyne LeCroy Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e mail by selecting Help gt Tell Teledyne LeCroy from the application toolbar This requires that an e mail client be installed and configured on the host machine Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 391 Teledyne LeCroy 392 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Symbols Cfg file 202 Infdb file 242 sac files 37 Stg files 35 291 Numerics 10 bit payload data display 187 8 bit payload data display 187 A Abort Analyzer button 29
23. Expand l Figure 2 14 SAS Sample Protocol Analysis Project SAS vs SATA For Pattern Parameters SATA Dialog adds FIS FIS Pattern and ATA Command Pattern and does not have SSP Frame SMP Frame and Address Frame 4 Click the Record button to execute the pre defined example 5 After the project runs you see an analyzer trace capture display similar to the one shown in Figure 2 15 on page 54 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 53 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 54 l Link Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted H Restricted H SMP Initiator Port H STP nitistor Port H SSP Intiator Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port H STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H Restricted H SAS Address H Phy identifier H CRCOD Link Osta 00 2 OTTO oe om Link Address Frame Type y Restricted H Restricted H Restricted H SNP ind iator Port H STP Intistor Port H SSP Indiator Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port H arn A EN RE ES e et STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H Restricted H SAS Address H Phy Wentifier H CRC Link oste H 2 ME ae Jona oe ee E Protocol AA Connection Rate rs Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Compatiie Features H Polo Deia Oasi Oe Arbitration Wat Time H More Compatible Features H Link Data H J A ECON Num of Fil Bytes
24. Figure 3 79 Run Verification Scripts Settings Dialog Choose the editor application Notepad or other Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen You can use whole screen Path to the template file for a new script You can use a template for the script Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and warnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder indicate output log file path and save logs automatically 3 Click the Run scripts button after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the output windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 159 Teledyne LeCroy Running Verification Script Engine VSE 45 Protocol Suite Run verification script s h ET Files LeLroy 545 Protocol UNA A VS ATAPI SCSI commands count sample_ata_commands sample_ssp_protocol SMP_Discover ndReporT racking Figure 3 80 Run Verification Scripts Dialog 4 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operation
25. Wait for Aliqns Wait for then Wait for OF OF then ALIGN 3 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 Branch toa from Initiator Wait for Align gt from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected another event from Initiator Wait for Align from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Creating a Sequence d Sequercerz EH Align Test d Sequercer exa Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Error Detected Wait for Any DPword from Initiator tClick here to add combined event gt then Beep 500 ms and Branch to Wait for Alignb Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Click here to add another state gt File Libr File Libr For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 42 Example 8 Bottom Half of Scenario 4 10 3 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 In this example a five state sequence not only detects if a group of primitives is received out of order but it fixes any incorrect order The logic is similar to that of example 8 with a few small changes The following
26. You can expand or collapse all data fields globally To expand all data fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All Bookmark Show Field b Hide Field Format d Byte Order Open as data view Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Copy Data Copy Command Set Time Stamp Origin Color Gato Figure 3 123 Expand All To collapse all fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All You can expand or collapse all FIS s and commands To expand right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All FIS s or Expand All ATA Cmd s See Figure 3 124 Add Bookmark Show Field Hide Field View Fields Add to Trigger Expand All FISs ll Goto Next Tag F5 Goto Previous Tag Shift F5 Set Time Stamp Origin Color Time Stamp Format Goto d L O P TIE Tma ra ee Figure 3 124 Expand All FIS s To collapse right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All FIS s or Collapse All ATA Cmd s Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 193 Teledyne LeCroy Port Status 3 9 You can expand or collapse specific packets and commands by clicking on the or buttons FIS g FIS Typ 3G 20 0x41 DMA FIS FIS Type 36 2 0x45 Data Figure 3 125 Expand Collapse Specific Layers Port Status You can get an overview of the active ports by clicking the Port Status button at the bottom r
27. 3 on Cal GO m Ou rn dh Figure 1 5 Analyzer MiniSAS HD Connections 1 9 3 Cables to Use When connecting between a HBA and a disk drive use a crossover MiniSAS HD from the initiator port on the Sierra to MiniSAS HD and a MiniSAS HD from the target port to SATAx4 connecting the SATA connector to the disk drive Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 13 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability 1 10 1 10 1 Expandability The Analyzer provides cascading external power and other functions through optional expansion cards on the back panel You can expand by a Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Cards a Using the Power Expansion Card You can remove expansion cards with two simple tools Cascading and Memory Size For example you have two units The first one has 2 GB memory The second one has 4 GB memory The system shows the entire memory as 6 GB If you set buffer size to 6 GB the system programs the first board for 2 GB and the second board for 4 GB You can consider this ratio when you set buffer size to any value For example if you set buffer size to 2 GB the system programs the first board for 2 2 6 GB and the second board for 2 4 6 GB Any unit that has more memory will have larger buffer size Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion You can use cascading of analyzer units for higher port count by connecting the units through the optional CATC SYNC Expansion Card on the analyzer back Using the
28. 8 SCSI Cmd 104 716 444 386 min 287 FUA H DPO H Logical Block Address H Transfer Length H Control H gt Payload Data 4096 Bytes 52 43 52 44 28 00 09 OO ED 21 8000 gt tS am PPwOoxR 8 00 a Se M 0 e e p E O 102 20 pA on Metrics Hex O ASCII Layer Transport 006c 00000000 01000000 18000000 x to Y O ns xto T O ns Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H Layer Transport Y toT 0 ns For Help press F1 TxWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 76 Compare Two Data Payloads Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 155 Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker View SATA only 3 4 Power Tracker View SATA only Click the Power Tracker View button on the Viewer toolbar or select Analysis gt Power Tracker View The Power Tracker View displays all the power current and voltage information captured while recording a trace as well as the sample time See Power Management Setting SATA only on page 107 for more information The power voltage and current is displayed on the vertical axis and time on the horizontal axis Hover anywhere over the view to display the information pop up Information Pop up Voltage saved during capture Time Marker Power measurement 12v sts ol eal amp F a So a a g Diy h Bd Unit 0 12 Volt Power 4 uw fage 1600 uv Current 2800 uA s W ISB
29. A File Library has Scenarios currently available in the device Using the buttons from left to right you can O New scenario Save selected scenario Save library Save a copy of the library as View edit a selected item Insert a copy Delete a selected scenario Copy Paste OOCOCOO O O 4 25 Device Ports If a device is connected the software displays the Device Ports Device Ports SN 12550008 p pb 2 pa Set Scenario by Drag Drop or Click on Grid Columns Library Scenario Vo 2 Figure 4 4 Device Ports Using the first row of icons you can Run Stop All Ports or Run Stop individual ports The columns display the Port Function Configuration Library and Scenario You can Float Dock Auto Hide or Hide the window Note A port row is grayed out when that port has not been configured to be a Jammer in the Port Configuration dialog see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 237 Using the Device Ports Dialog After you have finished Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 237 you use the Device Ports dialog see Scenario Libraries on page 242 to assign specific scenarios to ports so that different scenarios can run on different ports To assign a scenario to a port drag and drop the scenario from any library window to the port The Device Ports dialog then displays the Library and Scenario on the row for that Port Configuration 23
30. A current license agreement with Teledyne LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the Teledyne LeCroy website When you obtain a license key from the Help menu select Update License to display the Select License Key File dialog box Enter the path and filename for the license key or browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file Click Open Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Help Menu 3 22 5 Display License Information Teledyne LeCroy Open a license information dialog to display a list of named features supported by the current software version see Figure 3 157 on page 224 Named features that are not enabled on your system are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message To use the feature you must purchase a license Sierra M12 4 Alias Name Sierra_M124 SN 64922 OxFD9A License information for the product Available Features Feature Title System Memory Size 466 System Memory Size 6 System Memory Size System Memory Size 3 System Memory Size Rate Support 1 56 EE Yes Serial Number Alias Name 64922 OxFDSA Sierra M124 Feature Description abl
31. Bytes in Column 201 C cables usage 13 Cancel button kills upload immediately 213 capture pre and post trigger 56 Capture tab 39 cascading 14 CATC Script Language 157 CATC Technical Support 391 Cell pop up menu 371 cells 369 highlight 369 Check for Updates 225 296 Choose Port Speed 97 Click here to add another script command 234 Click here to add script command 282 Close previous sample file when new sample file opens 213 Collapse All 194 Collapse Log button 158 color 201 colors Display Options 379 column hiding 148 rearrange 124 resize 124 column content filtering 146 sorting 148 Column View 31 column view 123 Columns in Row 201 Combined Event 241 Command Parameters dialog 283 Command Properties dialog 282 Compact 295 compensate for line loss 204 Complex Wait For Conditions 373 components 10 conditional statements 285 Config Status Indicator 366 configuration 198 Configuration menu InFusion 234 Configure Device 234 Connect Link 293 Connect Link button 297 Connect Parameters 293 394 Connect Parameters command 383 Connection Parameters dialog 383 contact 391 Convert 292 Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm 211 Copy Event to option 371 copying events 371 Count Randomly 254 Counter Value 254 counters 254 CRC Calculations 306 Create statistical report read write page 49 213 crossover MiniSAS 13 Current License Configuration field 219 cursor position status bar 197 cursors locating 1
32. CONT Align Align R_IP R_IP CONT R_OK ROK CONT Figure A 1 Sample Pattern Generator File spg WY y r Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements ASA PLA IA FN HARE i ee L E PEDE SCR Pa ed FGA Toe Se La Oe AA paj ed pa O RRAS A EPA ATEA ap ITA HAH X RRRA AS Re ths Es EFUP PIR RATA E HaT iy A me REE ORRE MEE 3 95 Re AA sci AR ee 20004 Part Nam PCBAS Mechanical Hardware Sheet Metal Plastic Parts Power Supply Power Cord Protective Case if present Cable Assemblies if present Fans LS resent Probes Gf m Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Polybrominated Hexavalent Mercury Cadmium Chromium Hg Cd Cr Som m E ae a ee FO fee LITE S T 11363 2006 4 Em HRE ith gt 57 i Pet 517 11363 2006 EEIE WIR EEK o Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers O Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement specified in 51 T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in 51 11 1363 2006
33. Connect command SNW1 will be tried in Soeed Negotiation phase Can only be set outside Generation block When set in Connect command SNW2 will be tried in Speed Negotiation phase Can only be set outside Generation block 355 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 356 Setting Pause IrnScrmblr ReconnectOnRun AdvanceConnect OutputOffAfterDC Default Value 0 On Off Description When set the generator pauses the Idle scrambler of Train TrainDone pattern When AdvanceConnect and ReconnectOnRun are set the Connect command forces the Trainer to disconnect the physical link before executing the Connect command When AdvanceConnect is not set this setting does not affect the Trainer When set the Trainer uses the PHY Capability and SupportsSNW settings instead of the Set Speed settings for executing the Connect command If set to On Trainer puts DC Idle on line when it detects sync lost on the link Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Setting AutoMode Settings AutoOOBMode AutoHoldMode AutoDMAT AutoSpeedNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS COMINIT Settings COMINIT NegLen COMINIT_IdleLen COMINIT BurstLen COMINIT NumBursts Default Value On 800 480 160 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description
34. DDR Serial ATA SATA Serial Attached SCSI SAS Fibre Channel FC and Ethernet CrossSync is Teledyne LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest Protocol Suite software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp ina synchronized window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual Teledyne LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 43 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars This feature is available with the Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite application Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 2 2 7 2 2 8 44 To launch CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite software application click on File and select Launch CrossSync Control Panel see the screens below Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu File Set
35. Diword 2 Diword 3 Capture Register x ere a Figure 4 17 Capture Data DWORD Action Using Captured Data DWORDs Captured data DWORDs can be used in creating events for data that match the captured DWORD s or in creating actions to substitute the captured DWORD s into the data stream Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 255 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions To create an event using the captured DWORD in the Event Properties menu select SAS Data Pattern or SATA Data Pattern and then select any of the 12 DWORDs DWORD 0 Type through DWORD 11 Type The drop down menu see Figure 4 18 on page 256 provides the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORDs If you select a captured DWORD the Value field beneath this selection is hidden the Value field is only used for specifying custom DWORDs Note that choice of a mask and an offset are still available when using captured DWORDs al Type Properties ATA Command Frame Type Event IB H ATAPI Description Both Links Up Count Randomly No 2 CRC Error Counter Value Dword Matcher Direction Fron Initiator FIS Frame Start of Frame SOF FIS Type E Condition 0 Y Frame Type C word 0 Type Custom D word Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB Signal E Primitives in Primitive Group oo SAS Primitive SATA Primitive 2 Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern H SCSI z SMP Fr
36. Exclude so T Exclude Payload except 0 Diword s Pattern Parameters Exclude ALIGN T Exclude RADY M Exclude NOTIFY M Exclude Idle Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures dh Easy switch to Advanced made Capture memory settings a i Capture g Evyeruthing Exclude NOTIFY g Include 2050 g Include SATA SYNC g Include SATA CONT g Include ODB Signals g Include Payload of Dafa Frame Include RADY g Exclude Idle a ac Trigger Non Sequential ha r Snapshy e fv Settings E bee 2 Trigger Position in Memory 1 see Capture Memory Size 10000 KB i vee Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s i vee Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 T2 13 73 14 T4 cg Descrambling Enabled E E 2 Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 83 Connection Details Simulation Mode E 4 Collapse All Expand All Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 1 SAS New Analysis Project Dialog The New Project dialog opens with default settings to capture Everything on the bus and to Trigger On on Snapshot The analyzer captures everything immediately without triggering on anything in particular Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups 2 1 2 Teledyne LeCroy For SATA On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt SATA Protocol Analyzer to open a SATA
37. For Windows XP C Program Files LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite User For Windows 7 C Users Public Documents LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite User 11 After you select tests click Start 12 The test runs and after a brief period displays the result 13 To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dialog Assign a meaningful name to the setup and save it as a cst compliance file 14 To run a previously defined setup click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run Note For the NACA test both ports of the SAS device must be connected to two Host Emulation ports I1 and 12 using two SATA cables Note When you are running SAS Verification you cannot work with Trainer and Emulator while device is connected to D connector and HBA is connected to H connector Note You must use a Power Expansion Card ACC EXP 004 x or ACC EXP 005 X for SAS Verification See Using the Power Expansion Cards on page 21 Note Connecting to an HBA while running in Emulation Trainer mode will impact test results 228 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Verification SAS Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 229 Teledyne LeCroy SAS Verification SAS 230 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Overview The LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error i
38. H Target Port Transfer Tag H ReTransm H Retry Data Frames H Target Port Transfer Tag H ReTransmit H Retry Data Frames H Target Port Transter Tay H C Xt0 Y 51840 ue Xto T 5 333 ue YteT 9973 Figure 2 15 SAS Analyzer Trace Capture Display For details about the results display see Display Manipulation on page 111 and Patterns and Data Capture Setup You can refine data capture by choosing Pattern and then selecting specific patterns for capture Additionally you can define a different set of patterns to capture after trigger To define specific patterns for capture click the Pattern button see Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy fia Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASProtocolAnalyzerl File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help gt EH lt gt Trainer W Jammer El Record r Capture Eventhing E Exclude SATA_CONT Pattem Fl Exclude OOB Signals p BELEE Project Tree Er Ed SAS Protocol nalyzerl E Exclude SATA_SYNC ia Captura a Include SYNC E Exclude Payload except a Include CONT Parameters lt lt Include COB Signals clude Payload of Data Frame Pattem LA Tigger Non Sequential STP Frame E Settings Address Frame SMP Frame S5P Frame Data Pattem ee Trigger Position in Memory 50 L g Capture Memory Size 1
39. LBA Low AX LBA Mid xx eee se ow LBA High O LBA Mid xx Device mx LBA High on LBA Low exp AX Device xX LBA Mid exp AX LBA Low exp xx LBA High exp AX LBA Mid exp xK Features exp xX LBA High exp xX Sartor Count XX Features exp AX Sector Count xx y el gt a a a g gd da ag gs Check All Uncheck All Check All Uncheck All r Count Expected number of occurrences on each link i Y i Iv l2 v 13 v 14 E a HA Count Expected number of occurrences on each link Count field disabled Count field enabled Figure 2 38 Count Field Dialog The SATA Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive FIS STP Frame ATA Command ATA Command Pattern ATAPI Soft Reset Data Pattern Protocol Errors O DO OCODODDDO DDD OO CO Note In packet view you can right click on any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture to make it a trigger pattern Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 71 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Choosing a Parameter Either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog To remove an item highlight it in the Project Tree then click the lt lt Remove button Triggering on
40. OPEN_ACCEPT_FOR_OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE OPEN REJECT FOR OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE AIP_FOR_OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE SMP_RESP_FOR_REQ Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description Sets global WaitTimeout value in microseconds When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR CLOSE command immediately after each CLOSE primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR ACK command immediately after each EOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR ACK or NAK command immediately after each EOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR OPEN_ACCEPT command immediately after each Open Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR OPEN_REJECT command immediately after each Open Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Identify Frame command immediately after each Identify Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SMP Response Frame command immediately after each SMP Request Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR CLOSE command right before each CLOSE primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR CREDIT command right before each SOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Identify Frame command right before each Identify Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Open Frame command right before each OPEN_ACCEPT primitive When set the ge
41. Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 186 DOKUOUKOUDUUOUOOODOD a Physical Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 186 a FIS Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 186 a Command Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 186 O Wrap Packets refer to refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 186 a Toolbar allows you to customize the toolbar with the options given below Main m Record Capture m Analysis m Navigation View m Packet View m Column View m Cursor position m Target Emulator Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 33 Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars a Status Bar refer to Cursor Position Status Bar on page 197 1 19 8 Window The Window menu has the following options OOOO O 1 19 9 Help Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side by side arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Close All Closes all windows For more information see Help Menu on page 223 1 19 10 Toolbars The toolbars enable you to perform several actions some of which are listed below a a E E Show or hide fields and ports change port names and change d
42. Repeat N Idle M RunningDisp ON OFF 5 11 4 Definitions Chain Definition a Without any parameters the chain is sent once a With Repeat and Idle parameters the chain is sent N times and then noth ing is sent idle M times Repeat and Idle are optional Frame Definition O Without any parameters send the frame based in default values a With RunningDisp ON send the frames based on default values and insert a running disparity error a With parameters overriding or adding to a template frame with or without injection of an overriding or adding to a template frame with or without injec tion of running disparity error Field Variable Declarations You can declare a variable var_name as a frame of type frame_type Svar name frame type Note Frame variables can be declared re declared and used many times Changing Frame Fields You can change some fields in a frame variable Change var name field name value 318 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Preprocessor Integer Arithmetic You can declare DWORD variables make arithmetic operations and use them in field and parameters assignments Note Arithmetic expressions are allowed only in numeric variable assignments Loops Examples Legal Operations X o y S oe Bee ae A SOME DEC DATA F 30 Te ES Zo Ok lt 5 s Some
43. S N 12871 Port 3 4 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Check here to add another Cs cnpt command Sleep Used to sleep for a few seconds Format Sleep Duration Parameters Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds Example Sleep 100 Lable Fun S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Check here to add another action Sleep 10 ms Click here to add another action gt Beep If specified condition is satisfied the system beep for specified duration Format Beep Duration Frequency Parameters a Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds QO Frequency Frequency in hertz Example IfIsStopped 0x83456 4 then Beep 2 20 Run UxS2456 Identity Disparity error 3 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 289 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 290 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation The Sierra Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device Traffic generation enables engineers to test designs under realistic conditions and to transmit known errors allowing engineers to observe how devices handle faulty link conditions Traffic generation is performed via the execution of text based scripts These traffic generation files ssg contain statements about the types of traffic to be generated These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor uti
44. SATA_PMREQ_S SATA_R_ERR SATA_R_IP SATA_R_OK SATA_R_RDY SATA_SYNC SATA_WTRM SATA_X_RDY SATA_ERROR AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED 3 AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL BREAK BROADCAST CHANGE BROADCAST RESERVED 0 BROADCAST RESERVED 1 BROADCAST RESERVED 2 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 343 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 344 O DODODDODODDDODOoDoDoDo ooo ooo ooo oo ooo ooo o ooo OD O BROADCAST RESERVED 3 BROADCAST RESERVED 4 BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE O BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 1 CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION CLOSE NORMAL CLOSE RESERVED 0 CLOSE RESERVED 1 ERROR HARD_RESET OPEN_ACCEPT OPEN_REJECT BAD DESTINATION OPEN_ REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT NO DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 1 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 OPEN_REJECT RETRY OPEN_REJECT STP RESOURCES BUSY OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT DONE NOR
45. TTIU with variable y Wait_For_TTIU WaitforTTIU DATA Change TTIU MASK Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 323 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 324 This instruction waits for specific TTIU During this instruction previous transmitted TTIU will be transmitted User can trigger wait for specific TTIU Change in TTIU or part of TTIU by specifying 32 bit mask value Default mask value is set to all ones i e waits for all 32 bits to match with the received TTIU Changing the mask value gives the flexibility to wait for some specific bits in the TTIU Giving Change_TTIU with mask value waits for any change in the specified Bits in the Received TTIU compared to the previous received ttiu Example Generation Wait_for_ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 waiting for change in tx_ init bit of TTIU Send_ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OXA Wait_for_ttiu 0x0000A000 OXO0008000 waiting for train comp bit to go high y LRT Last received TTIU This instruction is for having access to the last received TTIU User can have access to the received ttiu and reuse it as required Example for using this command in the script is as follows ttiu_mask 0x0006000 ttiu LRT ttiu_temp ttiu and ttiu_mask If ttiu_temp 0006000 Send_ttiu 0x0006000 y Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Training ERROR_COUNT This inst
46. This view shows the Frame as it would appear in the spec with the field names and values spelled out clearly Fields that are too short to clearly contain the description can be viewed as tooltips by hovering the mouse over them Some fields might have aa Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 125 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis lowercase e button at the top right corner Pressing this button displays an expanded view of the sub fields in this field Field View This view shows when applicable a hierarchical display of the selected Packet with the relevant fields in each level To open a Frame Inspector View of the current capture select View gt Frame Inspector View or click the button on the View Type toolbar lt r 1 4 Spec View Field View ES Index a B0 B1 B2 B3 a 000000 00 Address Frame Type Device Type Res Reason Reserved Res SM STP SS Reserved Res SM STP SS Reserved 0x00 Identify 0x01 End Dev 0x00 0x00 Unknown rea 0x00 De 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 vice Name 000001 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 000002 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 SAS Address 000003 50 00 E8 50 0x5000E850 000004 00 00 00 M 0x00000001 Phy Identifier Bre Rea Insi PA SL Reserved 000005 00 00 00 00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x000000 000006 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 CRC 000007 41 55 13 31 0x41551331 126 3 3 9 la e Figure 3 24 Frame
47. VDI Mo MD M D4 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 27 FIS Pattern Register Host to Device Dialog 64 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Register Device to Host FIS Pattern 0x34 Register Device to Host Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp Cyl Low exp 3 3 E 3 E E 3 lt Figure 2 28 FIS Pattern Register Device to Host Dialog Set Device Bits FIS Pattern Figure 2 29 FIS Pattern Set Device Bits Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 65 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars DMA Activate IS Pattern FIS Type TDMA Activate 0x33 f na Figure 2 30 FIS Pattern DMA Activate Dialog DMA Setup FIS Pattern Figure 2 31 FIS Pattern DMA Setup Dialog 66 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars BIST FIS Pattern FIS Type BIST Figure 2 32 FIS Pattern BIST Dialog PIO Setup FIS Pattern Ox5F PIO Setup x xx xx xx xx xx xx Figure 2 33 FIS Pattern PIO Setup Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 67 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Data Format FIS Type Data 0x46 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel M
48. oe Label l Run N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Results of executable batch commands are saved automatically into a log file with user specified name The status of executable commands is shown in log area Statements Statements can be conditional statements or non conditional statements IfisStopped Shows whether a scenario is already stopped or not Format IfIsstopped Serial Number Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware a Target Port Port number in port map Example IfIsstoppea ox01267 1 Then Beep 750 300 Run ox01267 Detect AddressFrame Open 5 The value of second parameter is 5 and shows check stopping mode of combination of port number 1 and port number 3 After filling parameters from the Command Parameters Dialog the program makes the IF ELSE structure in the Script workspace The ELSE statement is optional To add an ELSE body click Click here to add else body Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 285 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files A New Script 0 FOX i A D ja l Batch Seriptisvalid f I sy Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Click here to add another sort command gt Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST Chick here to add another script command gt Y Click here to add else body gt END IF Se ape ae E Pads re ar F Label 0 Eun
49. on page 37 You can also open a scs SAS Sample file or sts SATA Sample file Example files are in the Examples folder Note Project files created on the Sierra M6 X family of analyzer products are not compatible with the Sierra M124 Analyzer Open the files and perform a Save As to use them with the Sierra M124 Analyzer 1 19 On the Capture tab select to capture Everything or Pattern For Pattern select a Pattern You can exclude patterns and frames You can use different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger On the Trigger tab select the trigger type For Pattern select the pattern On the Settings tab select trigger position and memory use Change the Analyzer settings if necessary Change the port Speed if necessary Use Advanced Mode only after you become familiar with the hardware and software and have special needs Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars This section lists all the SAS SATA Protocol Suite application menu options and the toolbars Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 1 19 1 1 19 2 File The File menu options allows you to perform common tasks such as open close save export print send files and exit the application El File Setup Session Analysis Navigation Vie m s a pe EN Mer d en it Close Launch Jammer Launch Trainer Launch Cr
50. status word and MSB 16 bits are ZEROS Set OOB_SpeedNeg_ TX_TAT Tx_training analysis time This setting defines the time for Link analysis i e the time for counting errors in the received dwords At the end of this period the trainer requests for new attached tx_phy change depending on the error count in Auto Tx_training mode This is a global setting SendRAWTTIU Pattern_marker 32bits of BMC encoded TTIU This command is for transmitting a Raw_TTIU i e BMC encoded 32 bits TTIU can be specified here The user has the flexibility to specify the pattern marker Example Generation Send raw ta tiprecQ000 ER CUE FOU0 RE COOP EEDO BE COO PCOU FE COOP ECUO TE CLEO TOCOU Pa CUO WP COO i CO0r ECOO FEF COOF ECO Tdle 54 Where ffffco000 is the pattern marker Send_TTIU SendTTIU 32 b DATA Variable Idle count Repeat number This instruction is mainly for sending a specific TTIU with variable number of idles 32 bit TTIU value can be specified either by directly specifying the 32 bit data or by specifying a variable when the variable name is given trainer reads the data in the specific variable and considers it as TTIU value Idle count defines the number of idles to be transmitted after the 32 bit TTIU and repeat number defines the number of times the same TTIU to be transmitted Example Var32 ttiu 0x00006000 Generation Send_ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA ttiu with specific data Send_ttiu ttiu 0x36 OxA
51. the Windows Task Bar or by pressing the respective toolbar button in each pane 36 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Analysis 2 1 2 1 1 A default analyzer project is created automatically when the application starts An analyzer project contains all the settings for capturing triggering and memory usage A project can be saved as a sac files for later use Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups After you install the Protocol Suite software see Software Installation on page 12 and set up the Analyzer see Hardware Setup on page 12 launch the Protocol Suite software see Launching Your Analyzer on page 26 to display the default Protocol Analyzer in Easy Mode at the Capture tab The default Protocol Analyzer uses the Easy Mode which allows triggering and data capture Main Window Use the Easy Mode to get a comprehensive overview of your analyzer s capabilities Use the default Analyzer Project or create a new project For SAS on the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt SAS Protocol Analyzer to open a SAS Protocol Analyzer dialog see Figure 2 1 on page 38 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 37 Teledyne LeCroy Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups 38 What analyzer triggers on Project Tree display Project Tree E ia AS ProtocolAnalyzerl Capture Trigger Settings Notes fe Everything T Exclude S474 CONT eee ae T Exclude OOB Signals
52. to open the Primitive selection dialog Primitive Primitive Type NOT AIF NORMAL E par Not Specific To Type Of Connections O Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections 0 Used Inside STP Connections Traffic Speed Port ID NS 1 5 gbps 3 0 gbps V 6 0 gbps 12 0 gbps 2 17 52 12 T1 T2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 19 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive drop down list choose a Primitive to exclude and click OK Repeat for additional Primitives Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern to open the Data Pattern definition dialog Data Pattern S xi Format SSP Hashed Source SAS Address OOOO C Binary C STP Hashed Destination SAS Address OOOO Hexadecimal Cancel Data Data Offset jo Dwords 0 255 OOOOH Dwi OOOO Dw0 OOOO Dw3 OOOO Dw2 OOOOH Dw5 OOOO Dw4 OOOOH Dw OOOO Dw6 DIODOS Dwg HOODOO Dw8 E rs Dw11 seoa Dwa OOOOH Dw13 ODIO Dw12 DIODOS Dw15 OOOO Dwl4 IV n Mi MMB Mis VTT MMT MT M T4 Check All Uncheck an Figure 2 20 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP 58 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Define the data pattern for capture or excl
53. will be changed to have same states as current sequencer Click Yes to do so IM Multi Sequencer Port I1 T1 Figure 2 81 SAS Multi Link Triggering Setup Set Timers You can set and use up to three timers for triggering You can set each timer for each state or set it to continue from one set in the previous state The timer defined for a particular state starts when the system enters that state You can set a timer for any IF or ELSE IF condition To set up the timers click the ellipses in the Timer field next to the IF or ELSE IF condition in each state and define each of the timers in the Set Timers dialog see Figure 2 82 on page 105 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy x Timer 1 hal Timer unit Continue Set Timer fo Mil Seconds mi micro Tiner 2 Tao C Continua Set Times lo Mil Seconds md 6 micro Timer 3 Timer unit C Continue SetTimer 0 Miki Seconds m O micro li Set Timer is selected al a state the timer is reset each time entenmg that state By selecting Continue the timer vel continue the count from previous states unti timer elapses Timer may be set al any state as part of ether If or Else If statements mes Figure 2 82 Set Timers Dialog Note Three timers are available You have to set and start each timer in order to continue the next timer For example you have to
54. 1 22 Navigation Menu Option a Goto Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet No Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End QO Search O Search Next QO Search Previous 1 19 7 View The View menu options allows the user to zoom in and out enable disable filtering and toolbars among other actions It has the following options see Figure 1 23 on page 33 32 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy View Window Help E Zoom In BP Zoom Out P Actual Size E Tile Views P Enable Filtering E Filtering IDL Filter Idles Lak Link Layer Tre Transport Layer App Application Layer Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives Wrap Packets ie Toolbar Status Bar Figure 1 23 View Menu Option Zoom In refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 161 Zoom Out refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 161 Actual Size refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 161 Tile Views refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 161 Enable Filtering refer to Filter Setup on page 167 Filtering refer to Filter Setup on page 167 Filter Idles refer to Filter Setup on page 167 Link Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 186 Transport Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 186 Application Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 186
55. 3 V output Note The nominal External Trigger voltage is 0 818 volts Trigger In can work with 1 volt to 5 volts input voltage Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 219 Teledyne LeCroy Update Device 3 20 Update Device The Update Device command allows you to update a Sierra M124 Analyzer or CATC Sync expansion card whose current version is incorrect 1 Click Setup gt Update Device to display the Device Setup dialog Dev Name Type Cur Reg Status File Mame Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR C Program Filess LeCrop 5 Sierra Analzers 13 10 13 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Update All Sierra Emulators 2310 23 10 QR C Program Files LeCrop S Sierra Analyzer 33 10 33 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MES C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Infusion 53 20 53 20 GR C Program Files LeCroy s hf Sierra Trainer 63 01 63 00 MEGA C Program Files LeCroy s Figure 3 151 Device Setup Dialog with BAD Device Status Devices whose version is correct have an OK status A device whose version is incorrect has a BAD status Note You can click the ellipses at the end of a file path and name to display an Open dialog in which you can browse for files 2 Click the checkbox to the left of a device with BAD status then click Update Selected to begin the process that will make the Analyzer version correct see fi
56. 5PC4 SBC3 5PC4 SBC3 5PC4 Cancel Figure 3 6 Decoding Assignments Dialog for SAS Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual gt Remove Remove All Teledyne LeCroy Click on the Decoding Assignments icon o to display the Decoding Assignment dialog Check a Hash Destination SAS Address checkbox to select it and select a SCSI Spec s Click the Add to Assigned List button to decode Select a spec and click Remove it or click on Remove All to remove all the specs 115 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis ATAPI Assignment E m xi ATAPI Assignment MMC 4 O o Pleaze select desired Spec to interprete ATAPI packet Cancel Figure 3 7 ATAPI Assignment Dialog for SATA 3 3 3 Packet View After you select a view it appears in a separate window To increase the new window display size select Analysis gt Packet View or click the Show Hide Packet View button When you scroll through either display using the scroll bar the corresponding display in the other view scrolls with it You can rearrange the tiling by clicking Window and choosing Vertical or Horizontal tiling You can customize the color of any operation code field using either of the following two methods IN Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code FUA NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H Logical Block Address H 3 19 56 120 s 442 ae 500062 001074 5000C500001047B5 0
57. Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each port to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view see Figure 3 133 on page 203 To assign port names in an open sample view select Setup gt Set Port Alias Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 201 Teledyne LeCroy SAS Address Alias SAS only Port Alias SubChannel 0 SubChannel 1 Ports New Port Name Ports Mew port name T5 0 T5 0 5 18 ae 5 0 5 5 1 T6 0 T6 0 16 0 I 160 17 7 T8 18 Restore Factory Presets sets Default PR Figure 3 133 Assign Port Alias Assign a meaningful name to each port in use and click OK The assigned names replace the port numbers in the sample view If you elect to save the capture sample file the assigned port names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Restore Factory Presets Click the Restore Factory Presets button to restore the settings to the factory settings Set As Default If you want to set these port aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default port aliases 3 15 SAS Address Alias SAS only SAS Address Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each SAS address to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view To assign SAS address names in an open sample view select Setup gt Set SAS Addr
58. Close SAS Performance Analyzer SAS Performance Analyzer Initiator Emulator kld Launch lammer SAS Target Emulator gt Launch Trainer Launch Crosssync Control Panel SATA Protocol Analyzer TEEF SATA Protocol Analyzer Host Emulator asi SATA Performance Analyzer lel Save Ctrl 5 SATA Performance Analyzer Host Emulator Save As SATA Device Emulator Figure 1 17 File Menu To switch between protocols click Window and the select the trace or application to use Depending on the protocol in use the relevant functions and menu options are available and the others are greyed out see Figure 1 18 on page 28 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 27 Teledyne LeCroy Getting Started with the Protocol Analyzer 28 1 18 File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Help i mj 4 Trainer Y Jammer 4 Cascade Tile Horizontal Tile Vertical Arrange Icons Close All 1 NCQ and Non NCO on two Ports sts e 2 Enclosure Service scs 3 SASProtocolAnalyzerl 4 SATAProtocolAnalyzer2 3 SASProtocolAnalyzer3 6 Simulation scs J SATA Two Sides of Expander scs Figure 1 18 Window Dialog Getting Started with the Protocol Analyzer To use the software for protocol analysis first select File gt New gt SAS Protocol Analyzer or File gt New gt SATA Protocol Analyzer for a new project or File gt Open an existing protocol analysis file sac for a SAS file or stc for a SATA file see Protocol Analysis
59. Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count 5 Er S amp A g t Jb gt of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command k Move X Cursor y General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count Lo al aj al e A al y Al y al Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 333 59 us 2 40 00 o Request Sense 66 213 333 13 us Inquiry 0 00017139 Figure 3 52 SATA Queue Command Report PM Statistic Report SATA To display the PM Statistic Report see Figure 3 53 on page 142 click the PM Statistic tab The PM Statistic Report displays information in the following columns O Request Type PMREQ_P Request Port Response Type All Custom PMACK Response Time Request Entering Delay Response Entering Delay Wakeup Type Request DC Idle Time O Response DC Idle Time ODOOOUCOUOUD Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 141 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis O Request Wakeup Time O Response Wakeup Time a Count All Custom or a number CA FSIE DASA of 1 PMREO_P PM Statistic Move X Cursor v General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance PM Statistic PM Performance Others Request Type Response Type Response Time REQ Entering Delay RESP Entering Delay Wakeup Type PMREQ_P 293 333344 ns 1 813333 us 1 066667 us
60. Cursor From Link No f To Link No 1 Bookmark From To y e Save Filtered Trace Apple Show Hide Link Setting Figure 2 7 Save As Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Samples O Range between selected cursors O Range between selected Idle link commands O Range between bookmarks The Save Filtered Sample checkbox saves a trace file without filtered data The Apply Show Hide Link Setting checkbox filters the saved data further by also applying the current status of the port buttons of the toolbar 2 2 9 Exporting From the File menu you can Export to Text Excel Export Read Write Command Report or Export Paired SAS Address Report Export to Text Excel From the File menu you can export to Text Excel using the Export to Text Excel The Save as Text dialog displays see Figure 2 8 on page 46 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 45 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Save in de Samples oO F E ta Name Date modified Type Error 0 wi Bs Mo items match your search Recent Places FER Length Sector L Tag e S cte Libraries Speed LUM Me Status Handshake Computer sense RewASC ASCO File name Save as type ad Files bx Text Files bet F with comma delimiter Export Dy Excel File csv Check All Md Text Files Version 1 0 bd Save As Range Excel File Version 1 0 csv 5 All Packets
61. Dialog 208 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy 3 17 Preferences Preferences allows you to define template files for new Analyzer projects to specify how sample files appear when opened and to set ATAPI and SCSI Spec Assignments Click Setup on the toolbar and choose Preferences to display the General tab see Figure 3 143 3 17 1 General Tab Preferences New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode cc users public documents Necroy sas sata protocol suite System Pre Defined Workspace Defau NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 1000 us ATAPI Spec Assignment MMC6 SPC4 Madmum Number of Uploader Threads la SCSI Spec Assignment SBC3 SPC4 T Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm e Ask userto close the previous captured trace before running the new project Found device list mode Reset clear the list of found devices Refresh append to the list of found devices Browse default path Software default Windows default J state Figure 3 143 Preferences Dialog General Tab Paths User Path specifies the User folder path used by the software after launching the Open dialog Template Files Protocol Analyzer You can use a pre saved analyzer and or analyzer project file as a template Whenever you make a new project file the software uses the template to initialize the project file New Prot
62. Figure 2 8 Save As Text Dialog O From the Save as type drop down select Text Files txt or Text Files Version 1 0 txt for text format or Excel File csv or Excel Files Version 1 0 csv for Excel format see Save As Display Formats on page 46 O Check the box Export the whole payload more than 32KB to export the whole payload more than 32KB QO You can limit the range of the saved file You can save m All Packets m Range between selected cursors O Range between bookmarks Save As Display Formats The following figure describes the four different Save As type formats XFER Length Sector Count XFER Length 2048 4 2048 2048 4 2048 Excel File csv format Excel Files Version 1 0 csv format Text Files txt format Text Files Version 1 0 txt format 46 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Export to Initiator Emulator SAS or Host Emulator SATA From the File menu you can Export to Initiator Emulator SAS or Export to Host Emulator SATA using the Extract Sample File dialog see following figures fExport to Initiator Emulate Range All Trace D From ATA Cmd Ho 1 To 474 Cmd Ho Import Items FIS ATA Commands Device Sleep Fort 1544 11 71 OTa Project Type a SATA Project Name Esport Figure 2 9 Export to Initiator Emulator SATA Dialog Export to Host Emulator ES E x Range All Trace C Fro
63. Figure 2 84 the port detects HARD_RESET which starts the Timer When the timer expires it jumps to another state If a trigger occurs between timer start and end the captured trace will have corrupt frames because of hardware queue overflow Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 107 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Advance Mode Settings Notes Project Tree State 0 50 Start pen E Capture Everything Pattern Cont Trig Timer ExtOut Go To Exclude tems Idle Motify If f Timeout 346 Micro Second 1 x No change State 0 a A a a Bus Condition then Go To State 2 Else If dh 11 L Mo change Mo Jump Ekself gli C Nochange NoJump State 1 51 Else lf ggi O No change MoJump s ARA a _ Exclude tems Idle Motit E 2 Everything Exclude Idle C Exclude 2 Nothing Exclude OOB Signal Exclude RADY State 2 52 Capture Everything Pattern _ Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY C Exclude SATA_CONT C Exclude SATA_SYNEC xclude tema Idle Motity C Exclude Payload except Diword s Primitive HARD RESET then Go To State Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port 1 74 Make Same az Current Add State JE Delete State 108 Figure 2 85 State Machine with Timeout Pattern to Replace Timer To overcome this limitation use a Timeout Pattern instead of Timer Figure
64. Figure 4 16 Action Properties Dialog The following table lists supported actions Note that some of these actions only apply to creating sequences Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 251 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 252 TABLE 4 3 Test State Actions Action Analyzer Trigger Beep Capture Data DWORD Inject Insert CRC Error Invalid 10bit code Error Running Disparity Error Address Frame FIS Frame SAS Primitive SATA Primitive SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD Link Disconnect Reconnect Monitor Count Remove Restart Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame All Sequences Current Sequence Description The Jammer sends a trigger to the Analyzer Emits audible sound of duration selectable via drop down list Captures a data DWORD into one of four registers Injects a CRC error into the line Injects invalid 10b code into the line Injects a Running Disparity RD error into traffic Inserts a frame or primitive Inserts DWORD Puts both InFusion SAS ports at electrical idle immediately This action is only in effect while the scenario is running and the Jammer will reconnect the line when the scenario is stopped Starts traffic pass through immediately This action restarts traffic after a previous disconnect command Once traffic is passing through the initiator and target resume OOB signaling Opens a window to count the number of e
65. Find all packets with x OR y You can also perform searches in which packets or events are excluded from a trace using the Exclusion option 374 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy To perform a search 1 Select Find under Search on the Menu Bar OR Click in the Toolbar You see the User Defined Find Events screen Search for Frames To Search For Event Groups Transactions PAR ERA SCSI Operations HERAS DEL FAES Hgt Transactions Primitives Frimitive ATA Commands Source Addresses OOE Signal All US Hash Source Addresses DOB Signal Undetermined Direction Destination Addresses QUE Signal COM WAKE Forward Hash Destination Addresses UG signal COMAESET ODE Signal COMSAS Data Length El Open Address Frame Identify Address Frame EE one Broadcast Address Frame Short one Broadcast Address Frame Combining specified oP Frame Event Groups SMP Frame ELECTRIC IDLE OFF C Backward Origin f Top of the screen Last match C Start of the file End of the file Union Frames ELECTRIC IDLE ON that match ANY of the specified STP SATA Frame Find All events Raw Data Intersection Frames IW Search In Hidden that match ALL of the specified events Exclusion Frames that OO NOT match opposite to the intersection or union Figure 5 25 Find Dialog 2 Select Frames Transact
66. Generation Figure 5 24 Event Properties for Data Pattern Event 372 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy In the Data Pattern dialog you can set the DWORD You can set the Offset by entering an integer Optionally click the Sequential Offsets checkbox 5 11 17 Setting Complex Wait For Conditions The Generation Options dialog lets you define complex Wait For events and assign a letter value A through F to the definition so that you can refer to the definition by letter instead of by textual name After a letter value has been assigned to an event the letter is referred to in your generation script using the following command syntax Wait For WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT A where A in this case is the defined condition Setting Conditions with the Generation Options Dialog To set a complex condition open the Generation Options dialog 1 Select Generate gt Generation Options from the menu to open the Generation Options dialog Generation Options x Generation Rules Newevent a o q jaja Save Save As Defaut Load Cancel 2 Click the New Events button and select an event from the menu The selected event should appear in the Available Events area along the left side of the dialog box 3 Drag the new event button to the Global State cell Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 37
67. H1 D1 to H4 D4 and does not show l1 T1 to 14 T4 SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button SATA dialog shows DevSlp min detection time field to enter the debouncer value Memory Settings The Trace Memory Status section has the following fields Trigger Position Pre Trigger defaults to 50 which defines the percentage of data to capture before and after the triggering event You can change this percentage by dragging the slider Capture of the specified percentage of the data prior to the triggering event cannot be guaranteed and may be O This can occur if the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event For more detail see Pre Trigger on page 92 Note Trigger Position only works when the triggering option is Pattern Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 93 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars In certain cases when one port is recording traffic and filling up the memory much faster than another port you might see traffic appearing only on one port for a while and the other port s traffic will only appear later This occurs as a function of the trigger position and is normal expected behavior of the analyzer Trace File Name Click the ellipses next to the Sample File Name text box and choose a file name and location fo
68. Hex Data constant may be used in operations x y Z xX y eS eye OFE il ee I yf a SOF Repeat x Idle y X Field16 OxEEEE Example of the data payload assignment which usesbothintegervariables constants hexliteralsanddatapatterns Data yyy y lalalala Some Hex Data Some Hex Data 8b8b8b8b 2 24 Z PATTERN 31 4 Repeat 10 Idle y uses integer variable for parameter setting Illegal operations Sy A eZ SOF Repeat xty 7 illegal use z xty 7 SOF Repeat z instead Loops can be used in two modes 1 Using an integer number loop a specified number of loops This number has to be smaller than 64 000 2 Using the word infinite loops for ever loops Loop count Infinite send instructions assignments change values send instructions Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 319 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 320 9 11 5 Example LOOP 50 CHAIN ONE CHAIN TWO Some Frame SY Some Frame Data 207 UxPEEPEEREPE Y Change Y Field32 x Y Y Connecting the Trainer Three methods are available for connecting the trainer O Use the Connect command to connect and perform transmitter training O Use the new commands to handle the transmitter training manually see Man ual Transmitter Training Commands and Descriptions below QO Use the Send_Train_TX_Window command to s
69. Inspector View Waveform Display You can enable a waveform display for all active ports and perform timing measurements by positioning timing cursors within the waveform display TL Select Analysis gt Wave Form View or click the Show Hide Waveform button on the toolbar to enable the waveform display see Figure 3 25 on page 126 The Compact View shows the OOB Sequence with speed negotiation Y Compact WH T Yo COMINIT Duki Ti Ls gt Figure 3 25 SAS Waveform View Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy za Compact ajas COMRESET COMWAKE H i COMINIT COMINIT COMINIT COMWAKE al DN Figure 3 26 SATA Waveform View Making a Timing Measurement Timing measurements are made with two timing cursors T1 and T2 Click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the top of the waveform display at a point for the T1 cursor and the right mouse button at a point for the T2 cursor The time difference between the cursors is on a line connecting the two cursors see Figure 3 27 on page 127 E Y Compact EXA A 2 a COMRESET COMWAKE rH COMINIT COMWAKE H1 COMINIT COMINIT D1 sl off Figure 3 27 SATA Timing Cursors Enabled Expanded Waveform View To see a 10x time scale expansion of the waveform uncheck the Compact View checkbox in the Waveform View window The OOB Sequence has speed negotiation Hardware version 4 or l
70. List Mode Reset clear the list of found devices Lists only the currently found devices Refresh append to the list of found devices Adds new devices to the list of devices found previously Browse Default Path Software default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the default user folder Windows default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the path selected when the Open dialog was last used Port Configuration Setting These options pertain to Port Configurations that have unused ports as marked by a dash in the Port Configuration table eg AA This allows the user to control these ports if unused by the analyzer platform are to be disconnected or are to be used as pass through meaning the traffic will simply pass through them default setting It is sometimes useful to force disconnect on unused ports to cause all traffic to pass through the used ports Select the desired option Disconnect unused ports Pass through unused ports Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences 3 17 2 Trace Viewer Tab Preferences Teledyne LeCroy Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Open Trace File In Default Workspace O As Previously Savec Switch to CATC Navigation Reverse Link Data Pack Repeated Primitives E Scroll Horizontally to Show matched Column In Search Use new PHY capabilities decoding Optimization Sampling mem
71. Loop Enable Scramble definition format Scramble definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable scramble use Scramble Enable Role definition format To specify SATA hardware role Role Host or Role Device Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 387 Teledyne LeCroy END_OF_FILE definition 388 6 7 END_OF_FILE definition A pattern generator file must include END_OF_FILE as the last statement in the file Figure A 1 illustrates a typical Pattern Generator file P DeviceRole spg Notepad File Edit Format View Help V Target 27 3 10 2 10 2 27 3 10 2 10 OOO MODO f HW 0 4 30 0 24 FF FE 08 OL 44 33 22 11 88 77 66 55 cc dd ee ff 28 99 aa bb 80 01 06 00 00 00 OO 00 20 00 00 00 31 4 07 3 24 Fii Fia xo POSO SOX PRA OSO OOO OOO 10 10 2 21 10 2 10 2 21 25 4 25 10 FOSO PRA POSO MODO 27 3 10 2 10 27 3 10 2 10 POSO OOO FOSO OOO 1 2 21 2 21 21 2 21 2 21 25 4 25 4 10 xX SOOO ox OOO OOK SOOO 21 1 21 1 41 21 1 21 1 21 25 4 25 4 10 SOOO FONO K28 K28 K28 K26 K28 Ke K28 K28B K28 K28 K28 E Lal Les La Lal Lad Les hed lad Lad f Align Align Open Address Frame Open ssP Connection JE SOAF JN crc EGOar f Read DMA Command f Register Host to Dev1ce a i je H Fiia Fia RRDY R_RDY
72. M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description A G4 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G4 12 Gbps with SSC A G4 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G4 with SSC The PARITY bit provides for error detection of all the SNW 3 phy capabilities bits The PARITY bit shall be set to one or zero such that the total number of SNW 3 phy capabilities bits that are set to one is even including the START bit and the PARITY bit 361 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 362 Default Setting Value SATA Speed Negotiation Settings OOB SpeedNeg RCDT 750000 OOB _SpeedNeg SNTT 163840 OOB_SpeedNeg SNLT 153600 Speed Settings Speed gt gt gt gt gt RateMatching 0 Scrambling Mode Settings Scrambling gt gt gt gt gt Description Maximum time in OOBIs during the speed negotiation window for a transmitter to reply with ALIGN 1 Time in OOBIs during which ALIGN 0 or ALIGN 1 is transmitted at each physical link rate during the speed negotiation sequence Time in OOBIs during which the transmitter shall transmit idle between rates during speed negotiation Link Speed Possible Values LINK_SPEED_ 1 5GLINK_SPEED_3G LINK_SPEED_6G Default Value LINK_SPEED_1_5G Possible values O disabled and 1 enabled When RateMatching is enabled the software programs every other dword as Align 0 primitive cutting the throughput in
73. Many of the events and actions supported by InFusion also support counters that can control functions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties a Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties O Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protoco
74. NACA test the SAS Verification tests can be run at 12G Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Verification SAS Teledyne LeCroy To run a SAS Verification Test 1 Select Analysis on the main toolbar and choose SAS Verification to open the SAS Verification dialog see Figure 3 162 on page 228 SAS Verification SN Speed Negotiation o E Speed Negotiation Window Three H O Train Speed Negotiation Window O Link Layer Gl LINK RESET E CONNECTIONS RO SSP FRAMES CLOSING SSP CONNECTIONS o E O CONNECTIONS THROUGH EXPANDERS BREAK E O Transport Layer o E 0 SSP FRAMES STRUCTURES SSP COMMAND IU SSP DATA IU DUT Type i Target E Initiator f Expander Add gt gt E Settings oe emove Number of Run fi Add All gt gt DUT Name Device lt lt Remove all SSP XFER_RDY IU Separate tests SSP RESPONSE IU I which involve SSP ERROR HANDLING amena E Automatically load tailed test traces Inte Sierra trace viewer F Save only tailed test traces E O Application Layer lo meses H O SCS CDB while running test E Q STP OPERATIONS that involve H 0 NACA E Connection Rate Autos peed Report file Jc users public documnents lecroy sas gata protocol suite Use SaSYentication_ Device ttt Browse VIEW Stop automatically if any test fall Saved Traces Jc users public documents ecroysas sata protocol suite ser Browse No Tes
75. Not saved Scenario Name PDDY Normal BODY Reserved 0 Test 1 3 Description Replace BODY Normal w EREDE If BODY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator WT Global Fules Wait for REDDY NORMAL from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add another action P Wait for BRDY RESERVED O from Initiator Click here to add combined event Click here to add an actions Click here to add anoth event gt z For Help press F1 COP MOM SCRL Figure 4 28 Example 4 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Use it to choose Inject RD Error as the action triggered by RRDY Reserved 0 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 box Scenario is valid scenario Name BDDY Normal BODY Reserved 0 Test 1 A Description Peplace BODY Normal w ERROR If BODY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules F Wait for ERDY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add another action Wait for PERL RESERVED O from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt E then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action Click here to add another event 3 For Help press F1 COP MOM SCRL Figure 4 29 Example 4 Comple
76. Num Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator Infusion Simulation SN 00 Ey EA E z Default Licenses Close Figure 3 149 Floating Licence Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual External Trig Setting 3 19 Teledyne LeCroy External Trig Setting To display the External Trig Setting dialog select Setup gt External Trig Setting The External Trig Setting dialog displays the External Trig Out Setting and External Trig In Setting as High Active Low Active or Toggle External Trig Setting PA 7 External Trig Out Setting External Trig In Type Type High Active High Active Low Active 5 Low Active i Toggle Toggle External TrigOut pulse width 1 x 16 ns cme Figure 3 150 External Trigger Setting Dialog To display the External Trig Setting dialog select Setup gt External Trig Setting External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width Note The External TrigOut pulse width field supports increments of 16 ns starting from 64 ns and up to 1024 ns External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3
77. OO 00 00 MoreCompatibleFeatures 0x0 05 OF 19 EO PathwayBlockedCount 0x0 K28 5 D24 0 DO7 3 D31 4 CRC OxO50F19EO goodcrc CRC is inserted manually RawData with variables embedded RawData K28 5 D24 0 D30 0 DO1 4 OvariableNamel 50 00 62 BO 00 00 00 30 50 08 05 EF SC 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 SendCRC K28 5 D24 0 DO7 3 D31 4 j When there are variable values in RawData you must include SendCRC command instead of last dword Otherwise wrong CRC value will be sent The constraints are m Variables are not allowed on First and LAST DWORD instead of start end frames m SendCRC is only supported on last DWORD before end of frame Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 315 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language U Raw 10 bits codes This definition might cause running disparity errors Example Primitive CHAIN TWO 305 2D4 184 362 O Mixed bytes and 10b codes This definition might cause running disparity errors Example Primitive CHAIN TWO 305 2D4 1E4 362 CHAIN ONE Packets Frames Using the Frame or Packet keyword you can define a frame of traffic to use in the generation stream Declarations of prolog and epilog may be mixed with field declarations Frame name parent name Field Definition 0 Field Name Field Length Default Value Field Definition n Field Name Field Length Default Value Peim tive Derination
78. Packet Drop Removes individual primitives address frames or data frames from the stream to verify retry behavior a Primitive Manipulation Replaces handshaking and flow control primitives to help validate robustness of a design Q Traffic Monitoring Operates as a traffic monitor collecting statistical data on user specified parameters In this mode data passes unchanged in both direc tions a Menu Driven Interface Allows easy set up of test scenarios QO API based on C Allows development of custom test applications a Scenario Batch Files Allows scenario scripts With respect to traffic modification in the Link Layer you can modify primitives CRC scrambled traffic and SSP SMP and STP connection events You cannot modify clock skew management OOB and power management and signal integrity InFusion consists of a hardware device that connects to the line under test and a Windows based software application used to create and download test scripts to the 232 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface Teledyne LeCroy 4 2 4 2 1 device You also can use the software application to configure and control the device across an Ethernet link InFusion test scripts are called scenarios Scenarios determine how the hardware device monitors and modifies line traffic You must use the application to create and download scenarios For the InFusion connections the device is connected between the SAS SATA
79. Pattern Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 1 milliseconds microseconds Trigger mode Trigger if the End Event s occurs before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Events occur s Note Start Events start the timer and repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Events are encountered or the timer expires Cancel Figure 2 59 Timeout Pattern Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 85 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars ATA Command Pattern SATA only 86 ATA Command Pattern Format a Command Any Command x Y C Binay ok Check Power Mode OxE5 Hexadecimal Cancel Configure Stream 0x51 d Device Configuration Freeze Lock 0xB1 C1 Device Configuration Identify 0xB1 C2 Device Configuration Restore 0xB1 C0 Command Device Configuration Set 0xB1 C3 Device Reset Dx 8 Features Download Microcode 0x92 Sector NU Execute Device Diagnostic 0x30 Cylinder Li Flush Cache OxE7 Cylinder H Flush Cache Ext OxEA DEV Heal E Media Status OxDA v Sector Num exp Cylinder Low exp Cylinder High exp LX 3 Features exp MH MH MH Ww H4 VDI MD MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Double click ATA Command Pattern to open the ATA comm
80. Port No o OS Based on Read Write Command Type E Show Sector Count instead of XFER Length 5 Based on Specific Command Type A Anchor the Selection bar Set the Anchor row as sync point Figure 3 146 Preferences Dialog Spread Sheet View Tab Color Setting Based on Cell Type Each column has its own color Based on Port No Data of each row are shown based on the specified color for its port You can set the color of ports in the Viewer settings Based on Read Write Command Type You can specify a color for Read commands another color for Write commands and other color for other commands The software shows each row based on the command type Read Write or others Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column 214 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy Anchor the Selection Bar You can anchor the selection bar of the Spreadsheet View Set the Anchor row as sync point Other views synchronize based on the contents of the anchor row Other Repeat decoded command in frame column The spreadsheet shows the name of the command in front of all frames in the Command column Otherwise it will show the name of the command only in front of the SSP command frame Decode CDB of Commands The spreadsheet shows name of command in command column otherwise shows CDB of command in command column
81. Project Tree The Project Tree on the right side of the main window displays a comprehensive tree structured overview of the project The project tree shows the capture configuration trigger setups and the capture memory settings Capture Tab Fields The Capture tab has the following fields Exclude SATA_CONT SAS or Exclude CONT SATA Check this to exclude SATA_CONT primitives from the data capture Exclude SATA_SYNC SAS or Exclude SYNC SATA Check this to exclude SATA_SYNC primitives from the data capture Exclude OOB Signals Check this to exclude OOB signals from the data capture Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 39 Teledyne LeCroy Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups Exclude XXXX Check this to exclude XXXX patterns from the data capture Note The validity of time stamps during Idles is traded off against good buffer memory utilization when using Exclude XXXX Exclude Dev Slp Packets SATA Check this to exclude Dev Slp Packets from the data capture Exclude Payload except Check this to exclude Payload of Data Frames from the data capture You can except a number of DWORD s Note The Data Report refer to Data Report on page 152 does not reflect excluded Payload of Data Frames Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion usin
82. Protocol Analyzer dialog What analyzer triggers on Project Tree display Exclude SYNC SATAProtocol nalyzer2 g Capture Exclude OOB Signals Exclude XXX 1 Pattem Exclude Dev Sip Packets 7 Exclude CONT 3 ee Exclude Payload excep Include SYNC Include DevSip Packets Include CONT _ 2 Include DOE Signals 4 Exclude Idle 2 Include Payload o ata Frame V Exclude Idle bay Trigger Non Sequential ia Snaps O Settings ve Trigger Position in Memor 1 e Capture Memory Size 10000 KB vee 2 Primitive Response Timeout 65000 D word Speed AutoSpeed H1 D1 H2 D2 H3 D3 H4 D4 e Descrambling Enabled i Align Transmission Period 258 88 Connection Details All Ports Capture memory settings a Everything oo Parameters Fl Exclude ALIGN Define different pattems for pre trigger and posttrigger data captures i Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All Expand All kta T Ons Y toT Ons TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator f Device y Inactive Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 2 SATA New Analysis Project Dialog to One For Help press F1 SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog does not show Exclude RRDY or Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC
83. RESERVED ABANDON O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 353 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 354 Wait Command Group WF_OPEN_ RESPONSE WF_ALIGN WE_NOTIFY WF_BROADCAST WF SAS PS REQ WF_SAS PS STATUS Predefined Constants Group Contents WF_OPEN_ ACCEPT WF_OPEN_ REJECT WF_ALIGN_O WF_ALIGN_1 WF_ALIGN_2 WF_ALIGN_3 WF_NOTIFY_ENABLE_SPINUP WF_NOTIFY RESERVED O WF_NOTIFY RESERVED 1 WF_NOTIFY RESERVED 2 WF_BROADCAST_CHANGE WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_O WF_BROADCAST RESERVED 1 WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_2 WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_3 WF_BROADCAST RESERVED 4 WF_BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE O WF_ BROADCAST _ RESERVED CHANGE 1 WF_PS_REQ_PARTIAL WF_PS_REQ_SLUMBER WF_PS_ACK WF_PS_ACK Predefined Constant GEN_MODE_ERROR GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST GEN_MODE_SATA_DEVICE GEN MODE_SAS_INITIATOR GEN _MODE_SAS_ TARGET GEN LINK SPEED 1 5G GEN LINK SPEED 3G GEN LINK SPEED 6G SCRAMBLING MODE NONE SCRAMBLING MODE SAS SCRAMBLING MODE SATA Internal Value O e WwW Ni E 01 10 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Generation Settings Settin
84. SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy This instruction is for accessing the last received TTIU The user can access the received TTIU and reuse it as required Example ttiu_mask 0x0006000 ttiu LRT ttiu_temp ttiu and ttiu mask If tt1i 1 temp 0006000 Send ttiu 0x0006000 This instruction is for accessing the error count of the received Dwords This gives flexibility to the user to change the remote tx parameters to get the optimal link with minimal errors Example Var32 error_count Generation Send_ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Wait_ttiu change _ttiu 0x00004000 error_count Training ERROR COUNT If error_count lt 2 Send_ttiu 0x0000A000 0x36 OxA 339 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 340 Reset_ Training ERROR COUNT During manual Tx_Training resetting error _count can be done using this command Example Varo error Count Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Walt ttiu change tELU y 0X00004000 Gerror counts Training ERROR COUNT Lt error Counts Send ttiu 0x0000A000 0x36 O0xA Rest Training Error count Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Change_Local_tx_parameter 16 bit data variable Local_ Tx_status_word Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy This instruction is to change the Local tx parame
85. SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different patterns Timer The sequential triggering mode offers the option of triggering on a timer or inserting a timer in the triggering sequence to delay detection of the next pattern in the sequence To insert a timer in the trigger list double click Timer to open the Timer definition dialog x Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit Cancel milliseconds microseconds Enter a Time Value choose the Time Unit and click OK 90 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Defining Patterns The definition of patterns for the sequential trigger mode is identical to the Any Trigger mode with the following exception In the sequential triggering mode the definition dialogs for these triggering patterns have an additional setting to count the number of occurrences This setting allows you to specify the number of times that the pattern must occur before triggering or proceeding in the trigger sequence Count Expected number of occurrences fi Figure 2 66 Number of Occurrences Dlalog Note The system counts events on each link independently causing a trigger whenever the number of occurrences on any link equals the specified value Triggering Order As you define and add triggering patterns they display under the Trigger category in the Project Tree sequentially in the order in which you entered the
86. SCS Commands IS MP Commands Task Management Functions MATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source 545 Address Destination S45 Address Pair 545 Address Protocol Error QATARI SCS Command Miscellaneous Filter Type le Hide Show T Filter Idle Pat q_oom _ m Filter Logic 7 AND Related Items wi M mwa FN e aquiry Read 10 Il Read Capacity 10 wel rite 10 Mode Select 6 Mode Sense E if Ti i TE i Ta RET OF Reset All Check All i Save Load gt a i full bevel Filtering CACA AO 3 TF Use Par SAS Addresses e Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Hest gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 92 Second Level of Multilevel Filtering Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 169 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 170 Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar 3 7 4 m Filter Options Bus Condition Good I_ Prirnitive Check Condition Incomplete Frames Incomplete Address Frames SSF Frames SMP Frames I_ STP Frames OCSI Commands I_ISMP Commands OT ask Management Functions OATA Commands SCS Command Status Source 545 Address ODestination 545 Address I Pair 545 Address Protocol Error ISTP Port ETag OATAFI SCSI Command I Miscellaneous F Filter Type Hide
87. Sequential 4 Post Trigger Capture Address Frame SMP Frame Everything Exclude NOTIFY SSP Frame nee Include 000 Data Patten Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Protocol Errors Include DDB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Include RADY g A Settings g Tigger Position in Memory 50 T Exclude patterns g Capture Memory Size 10000 KB 4 Define different patterns for pre trigger and post rigger data captures Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 g Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Eh Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 18 SAS Post trigger Capture Dialog Enabled SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 54 Defining Patterns To select an item for capture either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog You can define patterns for specific ports by checking or unchecking Port ID Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 57 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Primitive Double click Primitive available only if you check Exclude Patterns
88. Serial Number S T 12871 fisStop Port vi f 2 ff 3 q Beep Scenario DISCOVERY WaitForsStop GoTo Stop Sleep Figure 4 46 Command Parameters Dialog The Command Parameters Dialog contains the list of available commands and their parameters from which to build scenarios and connected hardware and available ports 4 Select appropriate parameters for the command and click OK to display the script in the Script Workspace 4 New Scripto bx a Label Kumi SN r k 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lick here to add another script command Note You can select ports from the port list depending on number of ports licensed Note The hardware Serial Number can already exist or not If the Serial Number exists the Serial Number for example S N 12871 is shown In Offline and Simulation mode you can enter a Serial Number In Online mode you can only enter an existing Serial Number Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 283 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 5 To add another command click Click here to add another script command za A Label IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Chick here to add another script command Rum S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST Chick here to add another script command gt Chick here to add else body gt END IF To copy a script command right click on the command and select Copy Right click Click
89. Shift F Figure 3 119 Goto Within Packet Command Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 191 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar Byte Order You can change the byte order in fields marked by an arrow and other fields Right click in the field select Byte Order and choose the ordering Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format b a Right Align MSB lt gt L5B Copy Data s m Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto Figure 3 120 Byte Order Note A blue arrow in the byte order field indicates that it has been changed Choose Data Format You can display data values either in hexadecimal default or binary To choose data format right click the mouse over a data field and choose Format and the format Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Byte Cider t Hexadecimal Binary Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Figure 3 121 Format Show All Data 192 To display all captured data click the data expand toggle arrow in a data field to examine the data in detail Data expand toggle ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes PM Port H 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt a 0 0050 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0060 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 zi Figure 3 122 Show All Data Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy
90. Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x46 Data eritema Data Dw0 XXX Data D w1 PS Data D w2 PS Data DW3 OOOO Data DW4 PACA A A A A A A Data Dw 5 OOOO Data Dw6 XXX Data D w OX Data D w8 XXX y MH MH MH M H4 MDI MD MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 34 FIS Pattern Data Dialog Vendor Vendor is for FIS Pattern IS Pattern xi Format FIS Type Vendor x C Binary Number of DWORDs fi y Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type ix Data 24 bits OOK MH MH MH M H4 MDI Mo MoD3 M D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 35 FIS Pattern Vendor Dialog 2 2 15 Trigger Setup The Trigger tab in the analysis project dialog allows you to specify when the analyzer completes a data capture Three trigger modes are available QO Don t care Snapshot is the default A Manual Trig a Pattern When data capture starts with Don t care Snapshot selected the analyzer triggers on the first data pattern on the bus 68 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Starting a data capture with Pattern selected triggers when specific pattern s are detected in the captured data stream The following three ways can trigger the analyzer with Pattern selected a Trigger on any pattern Any Trigger Mode a External Trigger O Trigger on a seque
91. Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 76 SAS State Programming Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 101 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Advance Mode Settings Notes State O SO Start State 0 9 Else If Else If Capture Everything C Nothing Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out Go To Xx Nochange NoJump No change No Jump No change 7 No Jump No change No Jump y AE Set capture setting of all state as state 0 V Exclude Idle Tl Exclude OOB Signal T Exclude Xx TF Exclude CONT Exclude SYNC Exclude Payload except fo Dword s o ES the following Patterns Exclude Bus Condition Primitive FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern Protocol Errors Make Same as Current Ja Delete State Add State Advanced switch to Easy mode rc Multi Sequencer Port 77 TxYout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Device Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop num 7 For Help press F1 Figure 2 77 SATA State Programming Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog removes Exclude ALIGN Exclude RRDY and Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has patterns Bus Condition Primitive FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern and Protocol Errors and does not have STP Frame SMP Frame STP Frame or Address Frame Advance Mode Settings N
92. Teledyne LeCroy 3 185 684 093 s Status LUN H Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H gt gt Payload Data 2043 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H 00 00 IF 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt 0152 Operation Code a Source Address H gt 500062B000001074 5000C500001047B5 0x2A Write 10 FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H WRPROTECT H Logical BlockAddress H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H gt gt Dafa f Ap 43 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H 00 000000000000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 J0 00 00 00 00 gt gt 0x0 Simple 0155 0x00 Good 0000000000000000 Group Number H Preferences E General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Packet View FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H 0 0 0 0 01E532B3 asin q Send Key 4 Send OPC Information 4 Set CD Speed q Set Read Ahead q Set Streaming Gp Start Stop Unit 0 Stop Play Scan ad DMAEXt 25000004000B09F803000040 0000000E09F80300004050 E i Synchronize Cache i E Test Unit Ready i arifu 10 Based on Command Layer 9 Based on Specific Command Type j 7 0x0 Simple 0156 0x00 Good FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H Logical Block Address H Command Colors Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H v 0x0 Simple 0160 x00 Good 00000000 00000000 Back nd
93. To launch the software double click the SAS Icon in the Program Manager Window Operating in Simulation Mode The SAS SATA application operates in the Simulation Mode by default if the hardware is not detected Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Using the Software Teledyne LeCroy The Protocol Suite software launches and displays the appropriate tool bar but with the limitation that the Analyzer operates only on static previously captured bus data Limitations The Simulation mode lets you try all of the available functions but keep in mind that the system is not capturing any real data and is displaying only pre captured results 1 17 Using the Software The Sierra M124 application uses the Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite The Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite can is a Q Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode allows you to pro gram custom triggering in and out capturing state jumps and timers see Pro tocol Analysis on page 37 The SAS SATA application now provides functionality for both protocols Either protocol can now be accessed via the File menu and choosing the protocol to work with Click File gt New and select the desired protocol and application Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help AAA 545 Protocol Analyzer xf Open SAS Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator El
94. Trigger OO O OO Oo Error OO one r oo OO Link OO OO Tal OO OO Speed OO O O OO OO Frame 00B 00 OO nt 12 T2 13 T3 i3 T3 L Figure 1 3 LEDs 1 6 1 Status and Configuration Display The Analyzer front LCD display indicates the configuration and status of operations For example during initialization the LCD panel displays boot status messages Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 11 Teledyne LeCroy Installing Your Analyzer 1 6 2 1 7 1 8 1 8 1 1 8 2 1 9 1 9 1 12 Temperature and Humidity The hardware should operate flawlessly in the following temperature ranges a Operating 0 C to 55 C 32 F to 131 F a Non Operating 20 C to 80 C 4 F to 176 F The hardware should operate in the following humidity range a 10 to 90 RH non condensing Installing Your Analyzer Software Installation The SAS and SATA software works on systems using the Windows XP Windows 7 x86 x64 Windows 8 x86 x64 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 R2 operating systems 64 bit Windows OS is recommended because it allows using more RAM memory Other Operating Systems limit the RAM to 3GB 1 Insert the Installation CD ROM into the CD DVD drive on the host machine 2 The installation automatically starts setup unless Auto Run is off In that case select the CD ROM from My Computer and click Setup 3 After the warning to close all other pr
95. Wait When Do in Logical Expressions The wait when do syntaxes are wait time when exp do elsewhen exp do on timeout rs Example wait no timeout use global WaitTimeout value default 1000 useconds 1 ms when WF OPEN ACCEPT do elsewhen WF OPEN REJECT OM GIMeOUr Asr Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual do 331 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Example wait for 100000 WF OPEN ACCEPT WF TIMEOUT 100 ms Note Nested wait should not exceed 2 deep Use a procedure call to extend wait logic sequence Wait Wait_For ok Using Variable Values in Creating Patterns on Bus In creating patterns to send on bus trainer script allows using variables In these cases because the created pattern is dynamic it is not possible to do scrambling and calculating in software code These tasks are done in the hardware engine To activate set Auto scramble mode in on state The following examples show uses of variables in creating patterns Use variable for field value sendOpenAddressFramessP Initiator Oore 0x1 InitiatorConnectionTag variableNamel The constraints are a Field Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported a Field StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 Use LRF directly for field value SendssPFrameCommand Initiator
96. You can set a timer for any If or Else If condition 3 Enter a value for the number of occurrences before trigger in the Cont field up to a maximum of 65535 occurrences Choose a capture option Everything Nothing or Pattern 5 If you choose Pattern you can select patterns for inclusion or exclusion Clicking the Pattern option enables a pattern definition dialog see Figure 2 80 on page 104 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 103 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 104 qP gt gt Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors Figure 2 80 SAS Choosing a Pattern 6 Choose pattern s and click the gt gt button to add them for capture or exclusion You define each pattern the same way as in Easy mode see Defining Patterns on page 57 7 For an output trigger click the down arrow in the Ext Out field and choose an output trigger level Note Do not use the LOW setting in Advanced Mode 8 To go to another state click the down arrow in the Go To field and select a state If no other state has been defined choose New State to add a state 2 2 20 Multi Link Triggering 2 2 21 You can set different triggering for each link To set different trigger conditions for a link check the Multi Sequencer check box and select the link for setup from the Port drop down list Clicking the Make Same as Current button displays a warning all sequencers
97. a SAS data pattern keep the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SOF or SOAF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SAS standard 0x12345678 hex where 1 is the first digit on the cable and is the MSB as given in the SAS Stan dard ODO O For example for an SMP Request Pattern 0x40000000 Mask OxFFOO0000 OfE sets 10 SOF Types SOF Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 249 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 250 4 7 4 4 7 5 4 8 SATA Data Pattern When you create a SATA data pattern keep the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SATA_SOF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SATA Standard OCDOO O For example for Register H gt D FIS Pattern Ox00U000027 Mask 0x000000FF Offset U SOF Type SATA SOF Analyzer Trigger Trigger the Analyzer when the Scenario event matches You can see the trigger on the Analyzer Status Bar The Analyzer Trigger feature functions when the Analyzer trigger pattern is set to Pattern Infusion and is running a scenario which activates the Tr
98. a Timer Selecting a timer for a trigger in the Any Trigger Mode limits the time that the analyzer looks for selected triggering conditions before triggering The timer activates when the Project runs If none of the selected triggering conditions occurs during the timer s active time the Analyzer triggers at the end of the time set for the timer You can set a timer independently of any other trigger selection to cause an unconditional trigger after a set time To set the timer value double click Timer in the Pattern window to open the Timer dialog x Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit y __bencel milliseconds microseconds Figure 2 39 Timer Dialog Check a Time Unit enter the Timer Value and click OK Timeout Selecting Timeout for the pattern opens the Timeout Pattern dialog 72 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Timeout Pattern e E x Patten ooo o O Start Events External Trigger Add gt gt Bus Condition Symbol Frimitive Remove lt lt STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Add gt gt Address Frame Remove lt lt SMP Frame SSP Frame Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value fi milizeconda microseconds Trigger mode Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires amp Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s
99. actual frame length Frame Direction Error Wrong frame direction For example Register Device to Host coming from the Host CRC Error CRC error detected ACK NAK Timeout SAS only ACK or NAK primitive missing or encountered unexpectedly Delimiter Error Detects two SOF primitives without an EOF between them Also detects two EOF primitives without an SOF between them Radio Buttons All SSP SMP and STP By selecting one of these radio boxes you can specify that you want to trigger or filter on a specific protocol error on a specified frame type If you check CRC error and select the SSP radio button if a CRC error occurs on a SMP frame the analyzer does not trigger on it Hashed Destination SAS Address SSP trigger only Specify the destination address for the analyzer to locate specific protocol errors Hashed Source SAS Address SSP trigger only Specify the source address for the analyzer to locate specific protocol errors Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy STP Frame STP Frame Type Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 Binary Hexadecimal Cancel 1 Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Yalue at FIS Type 0x2 Register Host to Device Phi Port C Command M Features LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp EEE E 7 52 11 5 12 4 13 wli WIT 2 T2 W4 T3 MW T4 Check All
100. al Configurations Filter Y Analyzer Emulator 4 Jammer 4 Trainer All valid port configurations for SN 11044 02824 Port 01 Port 02 Port 03 Port 04 y Yy v Figure 4 7 Ports Configuration Dialog with InFusion Analyzer Port Match Note You can select only one Jammer port at a time with this configuration To record traffic from two ports after the InFusion modifies jams them select a combination of ports that have Jammer Analyzer specified under them The different configurations accommodate different possible user setups and requirements Note To display the current Port Configuration click Show Analyzer to go to the analyzer application then click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 195 4 4 InFusion Scenarios You can create and execute InFusion scenarios A scenario is a test script that defines how InFusion monitors and modifies line traffic 4 4 1 Scenarios Overview The InFusion application provides a menu driven interface for building scenarios The interface prompts you for simple decisions and choices from drop down menus As you make your selections the script takes shape automatically in the scenario window The script is in the form of simple English sentences You need not understand any formal scripting language see Figure 4 8 on page 239 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Ma
101. all ports or a specific port Protocol Error You can refine the search to locate packets with an error or without an error Note When searching for Protocol Errors in Column View you cannot search for a specific Protocol Error type Search returns any protocol error Search Sub Items When searching SCSI Command Status you can refine the search by selecting from a list of Sub Items Note Some of the search categories allow you to refine the search by specifying specific SAS addresses and STP ports to search Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 181 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 182 A Search q ro esicn For Data Pattern Bus Condition Incomplete Frames 155P Frames ISMP Frames JSTP Frames SCSI Commands M5CS Command Status Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Error Figure 3 103 Search Sub Items When you check the SCSI Command Status the Check Condition item appears in the Search Items Window if a check condition has occurred Clicking this enables Search Sub Items allowing you to refine the search by specifying Sense Key ASC and ASCQ Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Search by Tag Number To search by Tag Number check the Tags box in the Search For window and then check the Tag s for which to search in the Search Items dialog see Figure 3 104
102. ar ll an wv al El 11 9 0 0 0 6 0 0 1 0 4 293 334 us 0 03 Ti Fi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 5 360 000 us 0 03 I2 776 102 0 0 700 300 25 2 661504 4 552 893 ms 29 1 Figure 3 47 SAS Lanes Report Read Write Command Report SAS To display the Read Write Command Report see Figure 3 48 on page 139 click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page by selecting Create statistical report read write page in the Trace Viewer tab see Trace Viewer Tab on page 212 The Read Write Command report displays the report data in columns with the following information Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Type OpCode Command Tag LBA Sector Count Xfer Length Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Completion Time Performance Standard Deviation Count All Custom or a number O OCODODDODDODODO oO CU Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Read DMA Ext 0x80e215 500062800000 1074 5000C50000 1 04785 Write10 0x182 Oxaefaa 0x4 2048 T 352 266 662 6 5000626000001074 500050000104765 SSP Read10 0x1 7C 0x1e65352 0x4 2048 Good 14 481 987 00 5000626000001074 9000C50000104765 SSP Write 10 0x17B Ox2a206a5 0x4 2048 Good 968 693 359 3i Figure 3 48 SAS Read Write Command Report Performance Report SAS To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report displays the report data in columns with
103. display the Select Port Configuration dialog Select Port Configuration x Aal Configurations Filter Y Analyzer Y Emulator Jammer Trainer All valid port configurations SN 64937 0xFDA9 Port 01 Port 02 Port 03 Port 04 Figure 2 74 SAS Select Port Configuration Dialog Port configuration depends on the application you run Use the checkboxes at the top to filter the list of port configurations by the required function Note To display the current Port Configuration click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 195 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 99 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 2 2 18 Add a Project Note To enter and save information about the current project click the Notes tab and enter the data about the project Pre Trigger Capture Trigger Post Triager Capture Settings Notes Project Name SASProtocol4nalyzer2 Note pa Creation Date 08 04 13 on Tuesday Jul 08 08 Last Modified Not saved yet Last Run Not run yet E Easy switch to Advanced mode Figure 2 75 Project Notes Tab Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 a My Pre Trigger Capture Exclude Include xXx Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Aj Trigger Non Sequential y Post Trigger Captur
104. ecaia sacaucmacacmatacaiacannacwesiaeaane cancaasaeestansaieceracnwaahcaeaeseions 35 ZU UE US NOI staan cia casein Seis einavete oceans E ene ntawte EE 35 122 FAM 35 Chapter 2 Protocol ANalySiS couricarinira siciliana 37 2 1 Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups cooccoccconocococoncccocococcnonanonanonnnnnnnronnronarenancnnnrnnnrnnnrrnnnenannns 37 RS AA O E EE EE EE E E EAE E 37 2 12 Proet IO ai 39 2 2 SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars ccoccconccocconcconcconccnnroncnnnccnnrnnrnonncnnrnnnrnanennnnnnes 41 2 21 DAS MAN TOO Dai A AAA 41 2 2 2 SATA M lin TOM aia dada 41 22 3 Stal ROC OF GUNG easan E E E aa 42 2 2 4 Launch x ANIM N a A a EEE 43 22 9 Lanei IFAI A A E 43 2 26 GCFOSSOYVNC GOMEFON FP ANON airos A daa 43 LR DAVE NV OV KS OACC oo oa cae aaa 44 2 2 0 SAVING a Trace Capture sssini As 44 A O vaca tauoaedunapudec A A 45 LL ADEXDON CO TANG secsescaven conics ta cai ce vad can cactevu ceuvenna ented E a a eine eecarecuanceane 48 2 2 11 Export Paired SAS AQUTESSRODO ia cad nacesteeineniemerec eee 49 ZA AZ roce Properes spc aci cco oe eet ie acerca e 50 2220 SE GIG COMMON aia eaten Ma theate siti di 50 ZIA o ciaachondedeedecesnagcaehonstindistaasesstatesnusnacevanssesolwenncat E than tues deus waatbauneeusuSninebauuenteaanes 51 22 19 n9906 DOCU ani 68 2 2 16 Project Settings croin A A ia dai 92 2 2 1 Analyzer SOUINGS A AA A 95 2 2 10 Adda Project INO ie E a e E E 100 2 2 19 Advanced Mode USser Defined cccccceseeceeeeesese
105. error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes A Filedtime Description 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 gt E ciiProgram Files CATC 5ASTracer Ge Primitives ssg 11 Undefined identifier NotTodayThanks used for setting ssc Figure 5 15 Log Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 309 Teledyne LeCroy Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links 5 9 Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links If more than one port of Trainer is licensed after you open a generator file ssg or create a new generator file Creating a Traffic Generation File on page 297 you can assign the script to one or more ports Click the Port Configuration button to open the Set Port Configuration dialog see Ports Configuration on page 98 Select a port configuration For example Trainer may be on Port1 and Port 2 or Port3 and Port4 After you select port configuration the Assign Active Script Remove Assigned Script for Link 1 2 3 or 4 buttons have colors For example for Trainer on Ports 1 and 2 the buttons are 0 B D After you open or create a script in the Trainer window click the L1 or L2 button to assign the script to Port 1 or Port 2 A display appears to the left of the script in the Trainer
106. field and select Open as Data View see Figure 3 75 on page 154 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 153 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Data Payload Layer FIS Facket Mo 258 oo 0000 oo 0010 00 OO20 oo 0030 oo 0040 oo 0050 oo 0060 oo 0070 oo 0080 oo 0020 oo o040 oo O0E0 oo 0020 00 000 oo ODEO 00 OOFQ oo 0100 00 0110 oo 0120 00 01 30 oo 0140 Hexadecimal 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Copy Dat
107. field to restore Add Bookmark Show Field External Signals Hide Field State View Fekk oar Device Sleep Add to Trigger ae Figure 3 116 Show Field Note Only the fields previously hidden appear in the restore list Related Frames Right click a Command frame for an SSP frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu see Figure 3 117 on page 192 then choose Goto Response to jump to the corresponding Response frame in the viewer 190 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Byte Order d Copy Data Copy Frame foto Response Set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto d Figure 3 117 Goto Response Similarly right click a Response frame for an SSP Frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Command to jump to the corresponding Command frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field i Hide Field Format b Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin P Color Figure 3 118 Goto Command In Column View you can right click a DWORD inside a frame to display the Goto Within Packet command You can jump to an SOF EOF HOLD or R_IP Bookmark 1 Goto within Packet Goto SOF Goto EOF Software Setting ShiFt S Goto KF Goto Next HOLD F 7 Goto Previous HOLD Shift F6 Goto Next HOLDA F7 TR F Goto Previous HOLDA
108. for Event F to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter wf_trainer_interconnect_signal1 Events used to signal from one port to another wf_trainer_interconnect_signal_2 Events used to signal from one port to another wf_trainer_interconnect_signal 3 Events used to signal from one port to another wf_trainer_interconnect_signal 4 Events used to signal from one port to another _ WF _COMRESET_COMINIT COMRESET OOB Signals WF_COMSAS COMSAS OOB Signals WF_COMWAKE COMWAKE OOB Signals WF_BLOCK1_ MISC _RESERVED_0O reserved WF_BLOCK1 MISC _RESERVED_1 reserved WF_BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 2 reserved WF_BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 3 reserved WF_BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 4 reserved WF_SATA_CONT primitive WF_SATA_DMAT primitive WF_SATA_EOF primitive WF_SATA_ERROR primitive WF_SATA_HOLD primitive WF_SATA_HOLDA primitive WF_SATA_PMACK primitive WF_SATA_PMNAK primitive WF_SATA_PMREQ_P primitive WF_SATA_PMREQ_S primitive WF_SATA_R_ERR primitive WF_SATA_R_IP primitive WF_SATA_R_OK primitive WF_SATA_R_RDY primitive WF_SATA_SOF primitive WF_SATA_SYNC primitive WF_SATA_WTRM primitive WF_SATA_X_RDY primitive WF_ OPEN ACCEPT primitive WF_OPEN_REJECT_BAD DESTINATION primitive WF_OPEN_REJECT_CONN_RATE_NOT_SUPPO primitive RTED WF_OPEN_REJECT_NO_DESTINATION primitive WF_OPEN_REJECT_PATHWAY_ BLOCKED primitive Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 349 Teledyne LeCroy Si
109. gt Cancel Figure 3 131 Color Choose an appropriate color and click OK Viewer Setting Check the Wrap Packet box to enable the wrapping of packets in the display Check the Enable Tooltip box to enable tool tips for packet fields Data Payload You can format the Data Payload display For Columns in Row select 1 2 4 8 or 16 For Bytes in Column select 1 2 4 8 or 16 Time Stamp Origin Select Absolute User Defined Trigger or Based on System Time Start Time and Port You can use the same color for the start time and port Packet View Condense Mode You can enable Packet View Condense Mode to minimize Packet View rows Time Stamp Format Select Teledyne LeCroy Milliseconds or Microseconds Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Set Port Alias Teledyne LeCroy Font To change display fonts click the Font button to open the Font dialog box Font Font style Size Arial Black Italic _ Cancel O Arial Narrow Bold O Arial Unicode MS Bold Italic Tr Artistik Tr AvantGarde Bk BT Tr AvantGarde MdBT y AaDbYyZz Script Westen y Figure 3 132 Font Choose the font font style and size and click OK Save Load Settings You can save the customized configuration settings in a cfg file by clicking the Save button and completing the Save As procedure To load a previously saved configuration file click Load and choose an appropriate file 3 14 Set Port Alias Port
110. has an arrow left to right gt Layers can be hidden by clicking the corresponding Show Hide button on the menu bar The system retains all captured data but the display has fewer data layers for simpler viewing You can configure the viewer display for test and viewing preferences see Viewer Display on page 111 for details about configuring the viewer display The Analysis Project dialog offers you a comprehensive set of choices to create a trigger and capture project satisfying some specific need You can set the Analyzer to O Capture specific patterns see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 54 Capture different patterns pre and post trigger Exclude parameters from capture Trigger on a pattern or sequence of patterns see Trigger Setup on page 68 Configure trace capture memory Settings tab Select file to save trace capture in memory Settings tab Include a project note Notes tab DOOOUODCDODL Launch Jammer The Launch Jammer option invokes InFusion For more information refer to InFusion Overview on page 231 Launch Trainer The Launch Trainer option invokes Trainer For more information refer to Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation on page 291 CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process It supports a wide combination of Teledyne LeCroy s flagship analyzers including PCI Express USB
111. i Move Event To Copy Event To pia Delete This Event Properties Mo Action Figure 5 21 Action Menu 2 Select Specify Action and then choose an action from the submenu The menu closes and the action is assigned ad Newevent mo Oo QA Qs Avalable Events Global State active at all times Figure 5 22 Action in Main Display Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions 370 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 11 15 Generation Rules Pop Up Menus The Generation Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you right click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options a New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar QO Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears with the options A through F and No Action Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu
112. marker at selected spot in the view see Figure 3 77 on page 156 The Sync by Time button on the toolbar toggles between synchronizing and un synchronizing all the views by time The Show Hide Power Tracker types W V A button on the toolbar allows the user to select the parameters to view from the list The Change Power Tracker graph type W V A button on the toolbar allows the user to select one of the three graph types to view from the list Displays the voltage saved during trace capture This is selected in the Power Management Setting dialog see Power Management Setting SATA only on page 107 Using the Power Expansion Card You can use the Power Expansion Card to power the drives under test See Using the 3 6 Power Expansion Cards on page 21 Running Verification Script Engine VSE You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script instructs the application to send trace and analysis information to the script A verification script also contains script code written using CATC Script Language CSL see the CSL_RefManual pdf document in the docs directory of the installation used to process trace data and output that data in different formats Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 157 Teledyne LeCroy Running Verification Script Engine VSE Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform c
113. memory space memory bank depending on the Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 217 Teledyne LeCroy Floating License 218 3 18 Important If any physical link fills its memory bank the recording process stops Other memory banks will typically be less than full and can be empty The sample file might be smaller than the user defined Sampling Memory Size You might even think that the Analyzer malfunctioned Floating License Note License Manager is only available when in Cascading mode For example if one unit is licensed only for JJJJ and a second unit is licensed only for AAAA cascading the two units and using the License Manager allows each unit to do JAA To manage the license select Setup gt Manage Setup Licenses The Floating License dialog see Figure 3 149 on page 219 displays the available functionality by Function Total Ports Assigned To ports and Not Used It also displays the Current License Configuration by License Type Serial Number Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator and InFusion Note Sierra M124 currently does not support Device Emulator Host Emulator and InFusion Floating License X Available Functionality by Setup and Licensed Features Function Total Ports A Analyzer 0 T T Device Emulator 0 0 o Fira Host Emulator 0 o o EM Infusion o T 0 Current License Configuration Type Serial
114. of damage In the event of damage notify the shipper and Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Retain all shipping materials for shipper s inspection Analyzer Features The Analyzer has the following features a OCOCOO O Power Switch Frame Speed Link Error and Trigger LEDs External Trigger Input and Output Initiator and Target mini SAS connectors 4 Expansion In Out data ports and Clock In Out connectors Status and Configuration LCD Display Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LEDs QO USB port for host connectivity Teledyne LeCroy a Gigabit Ethernet port for network connectivity O Power In on back Sierra M124 SAS SATA Sierra M124 Available AO 00000 Ze v00o0 AN To oO O r OO OO O mar de Se a 9 TELEDYNE LECROY O Link arge Trigger Sped 00 00 A A E i hs Frame OOB E 4 E oO ae e es Figure 1 2 Front Panel 1 6 LEDs Each link is supported by LEDs with the following functionality GreenThis LED is illuminated during the OOB Out of Bound sequence before the link is established and after link is established it indicates traffic on the bus Orange This LED is illuminated as follows Speed Initiator 1 56 On 3 0G On 6 0G On 12 0G On Target On Green On Green On Yellow On Blue Yellow This LED is illuminated when a link is established Red This LED illuminates when an error occurs Blue This LED is illuminated when a trigger occurs OO QO
115. of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event DATA MEMORY PRE TRIGGER ALL Po PRE TRIGGER PARTIAL DATA PRE TRIGGER DATA TRIGGERING EVENT ALL SPECIFIED ALL SPECIFIED POST TRIGGER DATA POST TRIGGER DATA Figure 2 68 Pre Trigger Example 20 Pre Trigger Project Settings To set project options click the Settings tab see Figure 2 69 on page 93 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy T Trace Memory Status Trigger Position In Memory 7 sy 1 Entire Memory 1 FI Partial Memory KB Upto 1024 MB 5 Segmented Memory 1 10000 Trace File Name co users public documentsWNecroy sas protoct E Don t upload trace and open upload manager automatically E Auto Run Number of Run 20 Analyzer Settings i Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DWORD _ Show 90 E Disable descrambling HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 295 Pack training sequence ALIGN Transmission Period A 2M8 for SSP 256 for STP l 2H9for SSP 258for STP PPotocolimer Mask Speed 111 71 AutoSpeed 7112 72 putospeed y Port Configuration _ MUX Setting Figure 2 69 SAS Setting Project Options SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows
116. on page 184 Search x J Vin Mame Kis VMT1M 12 13 T4 Figure 3 104 Search by Tag Number Search TTIU Events See Filter TTIU Events on page 175 for details Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 183 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Search by Speed To search by Speed check the Speed box in the Search For window to look for points where speed changes occurred in the trace Search Packet View Search For Search Items Search Sub lternz E Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCS Commands SMP Commands A Task Management Func PATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source 545 Address Fl Destination SAS Addres Protocol Error Tag SCSI Task Attribute ATAPI SCS Command FP Device Sleep A Training Sequence speed Changes F Miscellaneous Search By C Hashed 565 Address SAS Address Search Direction Foward CO Backward Search From Start eae 4 Pointer O AND Selected Items Y Pointer a OR Selected Items _ Last Found Search Logic Figure 3 105 Search by Speed Changes 184 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 7 9 Show Hide Ports You can Show Hide a Single Port or you can Show Hide Multiple Ports To do so click on the Ch Down Arrow Show Hide Single Port If Show Hide Single Port is selected you can click on one port
117. or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Check Condition Good Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 133 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis x a y 3 SA Y TL gt of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command N Move x Cursor y General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count ey All All All v All All All Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 33359 us 2 40 00 Request Sense H gt D 3 20 Good 66 213 333 13 us 2 40 00 Inquiry H D E ES Goo Fr a 0 00017139 5 100 00 Figure 3 37 SATA ATAPI Report Protocol Error Report To display the Protocol Error Report click the Protocol Error tab The Protocol Error Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Protocol Error All Custom Code Violation CRC Error Disparity Error Align Notify Error a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count Protocol Error Direction Count All v Code Violation CRC Error I gt T 1 50 00 2 100 00 Figure 3 38 SAS Protocol Error Report Others Report To display the Others Report see Figure 3 39 on page 135 click the Others tab The Others Re
118. otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from initiator beep 2 seconds Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 269 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence New Scenario 0 There is no interaction between the two sequences Each of them operates independently and is independent of the Global Rules However the two sequences complement each other with their logic In this sense they both combine to implement a test objective 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change As in previous examples create the Global Rules area Click the prompt to add a sequence Prompts for the sequence appear beneath the Global Rules area You create a sequence one state at a time The application numbers states consecutively from O up 1 2 3 and so on Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Bules Click here to add an event Click here to add a Sequence gt Figure 4 35 Example 7 Adding a Sequence By default the name of the first sequence in a scenario is Sequence 0 The name of the first state is State 0 To change the name of a sequence or state or to associate a description with it click the name of the sequence or state A dialog box appears that allows
119. packets Spreadsheet View Displays Packet View fields by time Column View Displays packets in columns Text View Shows transaction frames grouped in columns by port Frame Inspector View Has lots of information that is available in Packet View but not Spreadsheet View so it is most useful in conjunction with the Spread sheet View Waveform Display Shows waveform display for all active ports on which you can perform timing measurements Statistical Report generate statistics for all transports commands primitives bus conditions addresses lanes and errors Histogram View Shows frame type transfers Bus Utilization Displays the utilization of the bus Data Reports Displays data payloads Compare 2 Data Payloads Compare two data payloads VSE Perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verifi cation script over the trace Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 31 Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars 1 19 6 Navigation The Navigation menu has the following options to navigate through the application see Figure 1 22 on page 32 El Fie Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help gt gp Trainer Y Jarnrre A ii Search Ctrl F 2 Position c Lak Tee pp i FE Search WNext FS Y Position x Search Previous F4 Packet Mo El a Time Stamp 3 Bookmark Begin Source Zone Group HI Fathway Blo End Figure
120. phy is requesting A G1 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G1 i e 1 5 Gbps without SSC A G1 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G1 without SSC A G1 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G1 i e 1 5 Gbps with SSC A G1 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G1 with SSC A G2 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G2 i e 3 Gbps without SSC A G2 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G2 without SSC A G2 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G2 i e 3 Gbps with SSC A G2 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G2 with SSC A G3 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G3 i e 6 Gbps without SSC A G3 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G3 without SSC A G3 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G3 i e 6 Gbps with SSC A G3 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G3 with SSC A G4 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G4 12 Gbps without SSC A G4 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G4 without SSC Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Default Setting Value OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g4WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy_Parity Sierra
121. sequence or reaches a designated time interval yet it requires no complicated scripts programming or simulation tools InFusion can monitor traffic in both directions and act on events occurring in either direction of the communications link InFusion can modify traffic in only one direction within a given test scenario but that direction can be either from the Initiator or from the Target InFusion is specifically designed to verify recovery characteristics within a subsystem An easy pop up menu interface allows you to create specific test scenarios in just minutes Once a InFusion session starts the system automatically handles protocol handshaking between devices InFusion transmits a faithful copy of the original data stream down to the CRC value which if needed it recalculates InFusion allows test engineers to systematically verify error recovery in ways not possible with other test platforms An Infusion event can trigger an analyzer 4 1 Key Features The key features of InFusion are Q Error Injection Injects CRC disparity 8b 10b encoding framing and coding errors a Break Link Recovery Programmatically breaks the connection to test link recov ery QO Value Replacement Monitors the link for specific values patterns or primitives as low as bit level and replace with user defined values You can replace values on every occurrence after a specified number of occurrences or after a speci fied time interval QO
122. shade See Selectable Filter Options for SAS on page 171 and Selectable Filter Options for SATA on page 177 Note If you select a group that also selects all child items Note Only packets captured at run time are available for selection for filtering Filter Type You can choose to show or hide the Filter Type items by checking the Show or Hide option button Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 167 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker Filtering Direction You can select items for filtering in a single direction or both directions by checking the corresponding Port By default all ports are enabled Uncheck the port check boxes for ports not to include in the filter Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden Save Filter Setup After you have set up a Filter configuration you can save it as an SAS Filter file sfl or SATA Filter file tfl by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Filter dialog Filter Logic After you have set up Filter options you can set filter logic to And Related Items to apply AND logic on related selected options for example SCSI commands and SAS Addresses or OR to apply OR logic on all selected options After you ha
123. start Timer 1 continue it then set Timer 2 in order to continue it It will not allow you to continue Timer 2 until you first set it 2 2 22 Timeout In the Timeout Pattern dialog see Figure 2 83 on page 106 you can do the following Set a Timeout Select a Pattern for the Start Event Start Event resets the timer Select a Pattern for the End Event Enter the Timeout Value in milliseconds or microseconds Select a Trigger Mode m f End Event occurs before timer expires m ftimer expires before End Event occurs DOOCDLD Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 105 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Timeout Pattern Pattern External Trigger Add gt gt Bus Condition Remove lt lt Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 346 milliseconds Trigger mode 2 Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Eventis occur z Mote gt Start Event s reset s the timer unconditionally Start Events Primitive End Events Bus Condition 2 microseconds Figure 2 83 Timeout Dialog WARNING In Advanced Mode Short State Jump Intervals Can Cause Hardware Queue 106 Overflow and Corrupt Frames Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menu
124. the following information O Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Initiator Bus Utilization Target Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration is the sum of all write commands duration Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S is the Total Write Total payload size of all write com mands in sample file in MB Total Completion Time Total completion time of all write commands in sample file in seconds Cmd Maximum Write MB S Average Byte per SSP Frame O Average Byte per STP Frame DOOOKOUODUOUOUOOOODOODODUOD O O General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Min Compl Time Avg Compl Time Max Compl Time Init Bus Util Target Bus Util Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes 69 293 334 96 us 10 442 747 12 ms 50 291 065 22 ms 4 66 ms 10 97 ms 43 57 659 1331728 Figure 3 49 SAS Performance Report Performance Report SATA To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report see Figure 3 50 on page 140 displays information in the following columns AU Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time O Maximum Completio
125. the number of DWORDs between two pair primitives after which the analyzer detects a protocol error Default value is 65000 When host or device sends a primitive such as X_RDY HOLD or WTRM it expects device or host to reply with a primitive such as R_RDY HOLDA or R_OK This parameter detects FIS Signaling Latency error between HOLD and HOLDA and FIS State Transition error between X_RDY and R_RDY between SOF and EOF or between WTRM and R_OK or R_ERR You can set a trigger on these protocol errors Disable Scrambling If checked causes the Analyzer to assume that no traffic is scrambled By default the Analyzer assumes the scrambling state of the devices under test Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 95 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Show XXXX value Check this option to display XXXX values Pack Training Sequence Checking this option allows hiding the details of the Training Sequence which can take up large portions of the trace unless packed ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA Choose the ALIGN Transmission Period for SSP and STP by clicking the corresponding option button then open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Protocol Error Mask Click the Protocol Error Mask button to open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Protocol Errors Protocal Errors SMP Response Time Limit Code Violation Disparity Error ALIGN Error STP Signaling Latency Error STP Invali
126. to 511 twos complement This counter is cleared by sending or receiving an OPEN_ACCEPT primitive or by execution of a CLEAR_CREDIT_AVAIL command in the script This counter is incremented by receiving any SAS RRDY primitive and is decremented by sending SAS SOF The wait_for command will wait for this counter to have a positive value between 1 and 511 This wait_for condition is intended to be used before sending a SAS frame within a connection CIEAR_CREDIT_AVAIL clears this credit function CreditBlocked Received This function is based on a flip flop which is cleared by sending or receiving an OPEN_ACCEPT primitive It is set by receiving a CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive It is intended to be used in conjunction with wf_credit_avail to prevent script hangs in those cases where there is not going to be any more credit granted primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive 347 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 348 Wait Command Name WF_DONE RESERVED 1 WF_DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT O WF_DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 WF_ERROR WF_HARD_RESET WF_AIP_NORMAL WF_AIP_RESERVED_O WF_AIP_RESERVED_1 WF_AIP_RESERVED_2 WF_AIP_RESERVED_WAIT_ON_PART WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_CONN WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_DEVICE WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_PARTIAL WF_IDENTIFY_FRAME WF_OPEN_FRAME WF_SMP_REQUEST WF_SMP_RESPONSE WF_REC_RESOURCES OUTPUT A WF_REC_RESOURCES OUTPU
127. to Hide selected items or Show selected items Apply Teledyne LeCroy By default no data is hidden You can hide any group of data and any type of data To hide one or more fields select the Group and Data type in the Group and Color column then click the Hidden checkbox in the display or the Hidden checkbox in the Hiding section of the Format section 381 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options Headers Options You can choose the appearance of header fields Select the Header tab then select the header Display Options En x Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Header Field Appearance Select Header Hashed Source Address Hashed Destination Address Move Up Move Down Restore Detaults For 55P Frame Header Restore Defaults For All Headers Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load coa to Figure 5 32 Level Hiding Tab Available headers are SSP Frame Header SMP Report General Request or Response SMP Report Mfg Info Request or Response SMP Discover Request or Response SMP Report Phy Error Log Request or Response SMP Report Route Info Request or Response SMP Configure Route Info Request or Response SMP Phy Control Request or Response SMP Phy Test Function Request or Response SMP Configure Phy Zone Request or Response SMP Configure Zone Permission Request or Response SMP Report Zone Permiss
128. to choose Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width 96 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy The pulse width is programmable in the software The Voltage level is O to 3 3 Volt The trigger out is derived by NL17SZ126 buffer The delay for OOB traffic external trigger out is 190 ns The delays for non OOB external trigger out are a 12G 380 ns a 66 530 ns a 3G 7 730ns a 1 56 1020 ns External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Under Setup select External Trig Setting to choose External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Choose Port Speed Capture Trigger Settings Notes Trace Memory Statue Trigger Position In Memnon O Entire Memory 14 19 2 Partial Memory 10000 KB Up to 32768 MB O Segmented Memory Trace File Name c program files ecroy sas sate protocol suite Dort upload trace and open upload manager automatically Auto Run Number of Aun 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dw ORC Showy e hare Disable descrambling HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout eag Bach valio Secuenes ALIGN Transmission Pernod O 2048 for SSP 256 for STP Protocol Error Mask 2049 for 55P 258 for STP Speed 4 1
129. view menu and choose Cursor Position X to Y Ons x to T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 128 Cursor Position Toolbar 3 13 Display Configuration The Analyzer ships with a default display configuration of field and viewer settings You can define your own field and viewer settings for a particular testing scenario Right click in the Packet View and select Preferences or select Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer gt Configuration The Trace Viewer Configuration dialog displays see Figure 3 129 on page 199 3 13 1 Trace Viewer Configuration The Trace Viewer Configuration dialog allows you to change the following display settings a Field Setting m Format Decimal Hexadecimal Binary m Visible m Byte Order Right Align Left Align a Field Header Setting m Text color Name m Abbreviation Foreground color O Viewer Setting m Wrap Packet m Enable Tooltips QO Data Payload Columns in Row 1 2 4 8 16 m Bytes in Column 1 2 4 8 16 Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Defined Based on System Time Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format LeCroy Milli Micro Save Trace Viewer Configuration in a file Load Trace Viewer Configuration from a file Factory Setting restores default settings DOOOUCOUOUDL Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 197 Teledyne LeCroy Display Configuration 198 a Font opens Font dialog Trace iewer Config
130. wait sessions and conditional branching It is assumed sample 6 code is to be modified before being generated to a real SAS device 7 HHRHHRHHRHHRHHRHAHRHRHRRH RRS RRS RRHHRHRHRAH RAH RRH RRR RRR EE E E E E E E E EEE EE E E EEE EE i O gi Include necessary definition files supplied by CATC 10 The path for include files is considered to start 11 in the SaSTracer Trainer program directory 12 13 include Generation Include Settings inc 14 include Generation Include PrimitivesDecl inc 15 include Generation Include SMPFramesDecl inc 16 include Generationi Include WaitCommands inc 17 18 Set GenerationMode GEN MODE 545 INITIATOR 19 set Speed LINK SPEED 3G 20 21 Each generation file must have this main block 22 Generation 2330 24 OUTPUT_ON 25 26 did 27 Setting timeout value for future wait sessions us 28 set WaitTimeout 239 29 30 did 31 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 32 E VAIT FOR WF_ACK UF_ SATA X RDY WF_OPEN RESPONSE 333 34 did 35 Simple vait session vith no conditional branching 36 with timeout previous global timeout value assumed 37 E VAIT FOR WF_ACK WF_SATA X RDY WF_OPEN RESPONSE WF_TIMEOUT 30 39 did 40 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 41 with custom timeout global timeout value ignored and unchanged 20 VAIT FOR 566 WF_ACK WF_SATA X RDY WF_OPEN RESPONSE WF_TIMEOUT 93 44 45 HHRHHHRHHRHHRHHHAHHRHRRHRRHRRHHR
131. you to enter that information Note The description does not appear on screen but you can bring it up by clicking the name of the sequence or state 270 4 Inthe State O area click the prompt to add an event Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy New Scenario O X Status Mot sawed Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event State oO lt Click here toa ii an event gt Click here to add another state Click here to add another sequence gt Figure 4 36 Example 7 Adding an Event for the First State The Event Properties dialog box appears 5 Inthe Event Properties dialog box select Address Frame as the event 6 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 271 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 7 Inthe State O area click the prompt to add an action New Scenario O d box Mo action specified For the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State O Click here to jump to the pro Status Mot saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event sequence State O P Wait for Click here to add Figure 4 37 Example 7 Adding an Action for the First State The Action Properties dia
132. zoom Click diagonally to select and Horizontal zoom out Graph Areas Presents options for displaying additional graphs zoom in on part of the graph Hide graph Graph legend see previous page 3 3 15 Data Report When a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer the Data Report button is on the Viewer toolbar and Data Report is in the Report menu The data report displays all the data sent from the host to the device and from the device to the host All PIO In gt In commands are grouped as a data packet until the occurrence of a PIO Out gt 0ut command creating a new data packet To display a Data Report click the Data Report button on the Viewer toolbar or select Analysis gt Data Report la pe N 12 Port H Command Direction gt gt Data 2048 Bytes Duration 36 i 36 054 973 ms 0000000000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 gt 82 951 693 ms 12 36 Port H Command Direction gt gt Data 4096 Bytes 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Source Address H Destination Address H Command Direction gt gt 5000C500001 04785 12 Destination Address H Command Direction gt gt gt gt 36 104 962 426 ms 50000500001047B5 12 Destination Address H Command Direction gt gt Data 2045 Bytes Duration gt 135 714 120 ms 50000500001047B5 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt 680 us X to Y 136 880 293 ms X to T 136 880 293 ms Y to T 0 ns
133. 00 0x36 OXA Wait ttiu change ttiu y 0x00004000 error counts Training ERROR COUNT EE Ger ror count lt 2 Send ttiu 0x0000A000 0x36 OQOxA Rest Training Error count Change_Local_tx_parameter 16 b data variable This instruction is to change the Local tx parameters It takes either 16 bit data or 16 bit variable which represents the control word of the TTIU When this command is given the 32 bit data or 16 bit variable value is written to the constant variable memory location address location is 511 Example var32 received control var32 Status var32 control 0x00100000 var32 temp Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OXA Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 Change Local tx parameter 0x0400 requesting to change the tx parameters Lo reterence d ereceived control LRT temp received control amp 0x1111000 0x11110000 is the mask data so that the variable contains only the controlwordofthereceivedttiu Change Local tx parameter temp variable as input status Local_ Tx status word temp status control Send ttiu temp 0x36 0xA Where 0x0400 is the control word of TTIU Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Local_ Tx_status_word This instruction is for getting the status of the local tx parameters for the previous requested tx parameter change This is a 32 bit word in which the LSB 16 bit contains the
134. 0000 KB E Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Drword s g Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 72 13 T3 14 T L Descrambling Enabled i Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 38 Connection Details All Ports Protocol Emors E Exclude pattems 7 Define different pattems for pre trigger and post4rigger data captures tor O ns to T O ns to T Ons For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Figure 2 16 SAS Choosing Capture Patterns SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC The SAS Parameters window displays the following pattern capture choice categories a OCDOO O a STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors The SATA Parameters window displays the following pattern capture choice categories a a a a FIS STP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors Choose a Parameter To choose a parameter for capture from any of these categories highlight the category in the parameter window and click the Add gt gt button This opens selection dialogs for each of the categories displaying all parameters for that category All of the patterns added appear in the project tree Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 55 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Exclude Patterns Check this box to allo
135. 0s Primitive name OFTLSety counk Primitive Definition m Primitive name offset count Prolog primitive name Epilog primitive name Field Definition a Field length is in bits means that the length is variable and is set based on the assigned value a Field starting offset is calculated from frame start based on the length of the pre vious fields Examples Field32 gt 32 QOxAABBFFEE FrameType gt 8 12 HashedDest 24 HEX DATA Reservedl gt 8 OXDA Fieldl6 E TO OSAAAA Reserved gt 8 0OxAD CRC o Data field Definition e Data pattern Pattern is assigned to Data e Data count value A pattern of count times value is assigned to Data e Data count start value step A pattern of values starting with start value with steps of step and a length of count is assigned to Data 316 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Primitive definition Primitives are inserted into the frame payload Primitive definitions are inherited by descended frame templates QO Assigning clears all previous settings maybe from parent frame template a Offset specifies the DWORD offset where this primitive is inserted in the Frame QO Count specifies how many times to repeat the primitive Examples Primitive Primitive SOF 48 where 48 offset Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 36 5 where 5 repeat
136. 1 Hide RRDY Primitives 161 Hide Unassociated Traffic 161 hiding display options 381 levels 381 hiding options 381 Histogram View 31 histogram view 149 Humidity 12 Identify frame parameter settings 384 IfisStopped statement 285 Include statement 309 InFusion 231 Infusion 35 InFusion scenarios 238 Initiator Emulation 297 Install component selection 12 Installation CD ROM 10 Intersection search 376 IP Settings 18 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index J Jammer 237 Jump to Next button 146 Jump to Previous button 146 Jump to Specific button 146 K K Codes 249 L lanes report 138 launching 26 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 44 LCD display 11 LEDs description 11 library 242 main 242 License Configuration 219 License Manager 219 line condition 247 line numbers 308 link layer command interpretation 42 Link Script Selection dialog 310 Link With Sample View 146 Load command 383 log error 309 log file 285 M Main Display Area 366 Main Library window 242 Main Window 37 Manual Calibration of Tx Path from Jammer or Trainer 207 Manual Trig button 69 manual trigger 69 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 211 Memory Assignment 217 Memory Size 94 MiniSAS 13 mini SAS connectors 10 Move drop down list 146 Move Event to option 371 moving events 371 N NACA test 227 NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 211 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne Le
137. 1 T1 AutoSpeed la 13 T3 AutoSpeed 12 T2 Autos peed bG 14 TA Autospeed Figure 2 72 Speed Setting The default speed is Autospeed You can also select the port speed from the drop down list 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps 6 0 Gbps or 12 0 Gbps By selecting Autospeed 6G you can limit the port speed to 6 Gbps to eliminate the possibility of some speed related errors Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 97 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Note If a Port ID check box has no check the analyzer does not capture any patterns for that port The system allocates trace memory for that port to its adjacent port for example 11 T1 lt gt 12 T2 or 13 T3 lt gt 14 T4 Ports Configuration Click the Port Configuration button to display the Set Port Configuration dialog Set Port Configuration Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Target Emulator Initiator Emulator A MITE ai 0 Available Cancel Out of 4 Out of 0 0 Available Tz 3 Available Out of 0 Ports Configuration for Current Ji i dlei o 17 02 03 04 Type Serial Num Sierra M124 64937 OxFDA9 Figure 2 73 SAS Set Port Configuration Dialog 98 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy The dialog shows the current port configuration To select a port configuration click the down arrow to
138. 2 85 shows the state machine using Timeout instead of Timer Figure 2 86 on page 108 shows the Timeout settings Timeout Pattern Pattern Start Events External Trigger Frimitive Bus Condition Symbol Print STP Frame 474 Command End Events ATARI Bus Condition Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame 1 Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 346 milliseconds microseconds Trigger mode Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur z Note Start Event s reset s the timer unconditionally Figure 2 86 Timeout Settings Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Settings 2 2 23 2 3 2 3 1 Teledyne LeCroy Timeout begins when the port detects the Start Event Timer begins when the port detects the Hard RESET primitive In the Trigger Mode window set the Trigger to trigger when the port detects the End Event before the Timeout occurs In our example this is the Bus Condition Capture begins when the ports detects the Bus Condition before the Timeout occurs If the port does not detect the Bus Condition until the Timeout occurs the State Machine in Figure 2 85 on page 108 jumps to State O Useful Key Sequences The following key sequences are active to assist you in navigating a defined state machine Ctri a Add State Insert Insert State Del Delete State C
139. 2 PSN OSD 2 ADC 3 Cancel Hexadecimal Carcel Command Type Ary Command x CDB Type Any CDB Type y Any CDB Type F M Show Reserved 6 Byte Command 10 Byte Command yte Command g LBA 16 Byte Command Tag DOO Destination Address AAA Source Address AAA LUN HOO Mi Mr MB vil VTi MT MT Ww T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 58 SAS SCSI Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the CDB dropdown list scroll the list to choose a CDB Type and click OK 84 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Timeout Choosing timeout as a trigger condition allows you to define a timer with a timeout value that is reset to O and starts by occurrence of any events that you add to the Start Events list You can then add one or more events to the End Events list and then choose a trigger to occur if an End event occurs before the timer expires or if the timer expires before the occurrence of an end event You add and define the Start and End events identically to the way that you define and add patterns to capture Timeout Pattern Pattern Start Events External M anual Trigger Add gt Device Sleep Remove lt lt Bus Condition Symbol Frimitive End Events FIS Add gt gt STP Frame ae ATA Command eee ATA Command
140. 3 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 4 Right click the new event button and select Specify Action s A menu appears showing the letters A through F and the option No action A x Generation Rules Newevent 4 O C R a es st Available Events Global State active at all times Primitive NO ACTION Specify Action s ER Move Event To gt Copy Event To I Delete This Event B E D E F Properties No Action Click to Select Right Click for menu Double Click for Properties Save Save As Defaut Load 5 Select a letter from the menu The menu closes The event button should now point to a neighboring button that has the letter value you assigned Global State active at all times 6 After the condition has been defined you can then add the Wait For command line with whatever letter you assigned to your script For example Wait For WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT A 9 11 18 Find Find allows searches on an open trace using one or more criteria You can search by packet transactions split transaction transfer packet type and fields within packets To run Find select Search gt Find or by click on the toolbar Searches can combine criteria using the options Intersection and Union Intersection creates AND statements such as Find all packets with x and y Union creates OR statements such as
141. 4 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Device Sleep DevSIp Teledyne LeCroy The Device Sleep status is displayed throughout the trace by right clicking and selecting Device Sleep in Packet View Add Bookmark E Field External Signals Hide Field State Add to Trigger Date Device Sleep Format Byte Order Copy Data Set Time Stamp Origin Color Time Stamp Format Goto Figure 3 11 Right click Device Sleep Menu The trace now displays the Device Sleep fields of all the packets see Figure 3 12 on page 119 Current measurement accuracy is 10mA for 5V and lower signals and 100mA for 12V Voltage measurement accuracy is 100mV for 5V and lower and 150mV for 12V D us a 35 us Initiator ALIGN 1 258 56 693 us a Ti Link 156 bh i 962 266 us 11 976 0 26 us Figure 3 12 De Sleep i Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Initiator Al K SN 1 i x258 3 Initiator RAD RD RD RD RD RD RD RD Relative Time 1 306 us Relative Time 5 573 us Relative Time 7 1 306 us Relative Time fi 5 573 us Relative Time il 1 306 us Relative Time 5 573 us Relative Time 1 306 us Relative Time it 5 573 us Relative Time ii Duration 6 880 us Duration 6 880 us Du
142. 42FB5D004 00 00 0000 Relative Time Duration 86 lt i ns T Target RD Relative Time Duration 134 800 992 786 min 765 AIP NORMAL 320 ns 13 ns Target RD Relative Time Duration AIP WAITING ON DEVICE 26 ns 13 ns es Target RD Relative Time Duration j OPEN ACCEPT 266 ns 13 ns _ Source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H _ a Chg Count D Vendor Id 4 1 34 800 993 280 min 0x01 Report manufacturer information 0x00 Smp function acc epted 2D relative Duratio oo SENORMAL x3 293 ns 40 ns Ae Initiator RD Relative Time Duration CLOSE NORMAL x3 93 ns 40 ns Link Address Frame Type Initiator Port Connection Rate Features Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H 601 121 213 min 0x1 Open 0x0 SMP 3 0 Gbps FFFF S000E0C 471865000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data NS 5000 0C42FB5D004 00 00 0000 Relative Time Duration qa 33 72 506 us Figure 3 1 SAS Packet View of scs Sample File Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 111 Teledyne LeCroy Viewer Display 11 511 578 666 5 FIS Type Ph Port H C H Command H Features H Sector Number H Cyl Low H Cyl High H 2 666 5 0x27 Register Host to Device 11 511 5 Command Input H 22 Normal Output H sj Phd Port H Protocol D
143. 6 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Configuration for InFusion Teledyne LeCroy Device Ports SN 61656 1 2 gt Scenarios pu Ports are Ready to Aun Library Scenario SF SN 61658 New Scenario 1 a Y SN 61658 New Scenario 3 Figure 4 5 Device Ports Dialog Alternatively assign the scenario using the Library and Scenario drop down lists Library Scenario SH 61658 New Scenario 1 SN 61659 Production estBeep Yew Scenario 1 New Scenario 10 New Scenario 3 New 3 cenario 4 Figure 4 6 Scenario Drop down List After you have assigned scenarios to ports in the first row of icons use the first green arrow icon to Run Stop All Ports or use the numbered green arrows to Run Stop an individual port Note A port row is grayed out when that port is running a scenario 4 3 Port Configuration for InFusion The InFusion Jammer port configurations must match the Analyzer port configurations for the infusion analyzer to work Select Configuration gt Port Configuration to display the Select Port Configuration dialog see Figure 4 7 on page 238 To record traffic both before and after the InFusion modifies jams it select Analyzer Jammer Analyzer on the port that you want to jam In the following figure there is a match on Port 0 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 237 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios 238 Select Port Configuration
144. 6 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 11 10 Generation Rules Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy The Generation Rules toolbar buttons control the Generation Rules page ia New event m 9 c Q le e Figure 5 17 Generation Rules Toolbar TABLE 5 12 Recording Rules Buttons ial New event El New Event Creates a new event in the Available Events area Delete Event Deletes the selected event Undo Undoes the change made to Recording Rules page The Undo buffer has unlimited size Redo Restores changes done to the Recording Rules page Zoom In Enlarges the display see note There are five zoom levels The default level is the middle one E Config is valid Config is invalid Zoom Out Makes the display appear smaller Show Hide Channels Shows or hides the channel icon on the Event button Show Hide Properties Dialog Shows or hides the properties dialog of the selected event action or state This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration can be executed by the hardware This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration cannot be executed by the hardware Note If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel 5 11 11 Generation Rules Page How It Works You can think of the Generation Rules page as a workspace for creat
145. 62 positioning 197 timing 127 Customize command 385 dialog box 385 Customize the color of any operation code field 116 D data pattern 58 show 193 DATA FIS 68 data format 193 Data Pattern definition dialog 58 Data Pattern Mask and Match 372 376 Data Payload View 153 data report 152 Data Report button 152 156 Data View 31 DataPatternCapture 113 Decode CDB of Commands 216 Decode Toolbar 189 Decode toolbar 34 Default Workspace 211 212 default workspace 211 default infdb file 242 Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures 40 Delete button 371 Delete This Event option 371 deleting events 371 Device Identifier dialog 226 Device List 227 Device Setup dialog 221 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Device Sleep 119 Device Type field 384 DHCP server 26 direction search 294 377 Disconnect 17 Disconnect Link 293 Disconnect Link button 297 disparity indication 189 display fonts 202 display Configuration 198 display configuration 198 Display License Information 224 display manipulation 113 Display Options 293 Color Format Hiding tab 378 factory settings 378 level hiding 381 loading 383 saving 383 values 378 window 378 DMA activate FIS 66 DMA setup FIS 66 Don t care Snapshot 68 dragging buttons 369 Dword Matcher 249 E Easy Mode 27 Edit as Text button 296 Edit Comment 292 Edit script 161 e mail 391 Email CATC Support 391 Enable Outlining c
146. 7 About 225 296 Action 241 button 371 pop up menu 371 action counter 254 scenario 250 Action Properties dialog 253 actions assigning 370 events 370 372 Actions submenu 371 Add Device 18 Add Pattern button 103 Add to Trigger 113 address 391 address frame 62 Address Frame Type Pattern dialog 81 Address FramesDecl inc 306 Advanced Mode 27 100 Advanced Probe Setting dialog 206 alias name 227 ALIGN Transmission Period 96 Analysis Project dialog 43 analyzer connecting 13 analyzer overview 9 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Anchor the Selection bar 216 Any Trigger mode 69 application overview 27 As previously saved 212 assigning actions 370 ATA Command Pattern dialog so ATA command pattern dialog 86 ATA Command Report 133 ATAPI Report 133 ATAPI spec assignment 211 Auto Probe Calibration dialog 209 Auto Run 12 94 AutoAlign 303 Available Events Area 366 B Based on Cell Type 215 Based on Port No 215 Based on Read Write Command Type 215 217 Based on Specific Command Type 215 217 batch command editing 284 batch script 281 Batch Script Setting 234 Beep statement 289 BIST FIS 67 bookmarks 163 finding 164 Break Link Recovery 232 Browse Default Path 211 buffer full 195 bus condition report 132 Bus Utilization buttons 152 Bus Utilization View 151 buttons bus utilization 152 Main toolbar 296 Script Editor 308 393 Teledyne LeCroy Index Byte Order 193
147. 962 us 69 28 51 SMP Frame T gt 1 4 53333330 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SSP Frame T gt 1 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SSP Frame I gt T 14 43000050 us 35 14 46 STP Frame T gt I 85 89333344 us 34 14 05 STP Frame I gt T 7 03999996 us 17 7 02 0 00015528 242 100 00 STP Frame I gt T 7 03999996 us 17 7 02 STP Frame T gt 1 8S 89333344 us 34 14 05 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 SSP Frame T gt I 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame T gt I 53333330 us 17 7 02 Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 26 51 0 00015528 242 100 00 Figure 3 63 Toggling Type Sort Order Hiding Columns To hide a column right click in the column and choose Hide To unhide a column right click any column and choose Unhide 148 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 3 3 13 Histogram View The Histogram View displays a histogram of frame type transfers To display the Histogram View of the current capture click Analysis gt Histogram View or click the in button on the toolbar F Y Erme Y Era E Use Define Zoom 5 zj o i W ad 2 Figure 3 64 Histogram View Hide Frames You can customize the histogram by including only frame types that you want To choose frame types to include in the display click the down arrow on the Frame button on the Histogram toolbar and check frame types STF Frame STF Read Data STF Wr
148. A CONFIGURATION AutoOOB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS PauseTrmScrmblr ReconnectOnRun AdvanceConnect X ContPrimUsage ScramblingMode OutputOffAfterDC AddSyncAfterAlign NONE GEN MODE UNDEFINED II OFF 160 480 OOB Settings COMWAKE Num Bursts Burst Length Idle Length Negation Len O 6 160 160 1440 2400 SATA Link Initialization Settings Align Time D10 2 Time 100000 100000 SAS Manual Speed Neg Settings Align Time AlignO Time Interspeed 61920 61920 750000 153600 163840 750000 2200 29998080 a A oe CT a o o o Auto Wait Settings SAS_AFTER CLOSE CLOSE EOF ACK EOF ACK NAK OPEN ACCEPT OPEN REJECT IdenFr ldenFr SMPReq Resp OFF Auto Wait Settings SAS_BEFORE CLOSE CLOSE SOF Credit IdenFr IdenFr ACCEPT OPEN REJECT OPEN AIP OPEN SMPResp Req Auto Wait Settings SATA_AFTER X_RDY R_RDY WTRM Status PMREGQ_S Resp PMREGQ_P Resp SYNC SYNC Auto Wait Settinas S For Help press F1 B 3 Figure 5 10 New GenFile 298 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Traffic Generation File Teledyne LeCroy 2 Click the Edit as Text button to enter Generation Block or Change Settings instructions in the Generation Script Editor See Starting the Script Editor on page 306 5 5 2 Editing an Example Generation File The easiest way to generate traffic is to start with one of the example gene
149. A Wait_ttiu change _ttiu 0x00004000 Change Local _tx_parameter 0x0400 requesting to change the tx parameters to reference 1 received_control LRT temp received_control amp 0x1111000 0x11110000 is the mask data so that the variable contains only the control word of the received ttiu Change Local _tx_parameter Otemp variable as input status Local_ Tx_status word temp status control Send_ttiu temp 0x36 0xA Local_ Tx_status_word This instruction is for getting the status of the local tx parameters for the previous requested tx parameter change This is a 32 bit word in which LSB 16 bit contains status word and MSB 16bits are ZEROS Set OOB_SpeedNeg_ TX_TAT Tx_training analysis time This setting defines the time for Link analysis i e time for counting errors in the received dwords after this time trainer request for new attached tx_ph y change depending on the error count in Auto Tx_training mode This is a global setting Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Send_RAW_TTIU SendRawTTIU Pattern_marker 320bits of BMC encoded TTIU IDLE count Repeat count This command is for transmitting a Raw_ttiu i e BMC encoded 320 bits ttiu can be specified here User is given a flexibility to specify the pattern marker Generation sendrawttiu 3ff 3ff 000 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3e0 3ff 01f 000 3f
150. AS Address hex eight digits eight digits PHY Identifier hex two digits Zone Device Yes or No Zone Broadcast Method hex two digits O OODODODDDO DO O O You can select to not show the dialog until there is a generation mode change Resetting the Toolbar The Analyzer Toolbar has the following QO Launch Jammer Switches to InFusion frame Q Launch Analyzer Switches to Analyzer frame QO Start Recording Start Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame QO Stop Recording Stop Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame Q Abort Recording Abort Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame The Generator Toolbar has the following Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Teledyne LeCroy Start Generation Stop Generation Resume Generation Connect Link Disconnect Link a Generation Options OCOOO O From time to time such as following a software upgrade it is possible for the buttons on the toolbar to not match their intended function You can reset the toolbar by performing the following steps 1 Select View gt Toolbars from the menu bar 2 Select Customize from the submenu to display the Customize dialog box x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Categories Commands Protocol Analyzer Protocol 4nalyzer Initiator E mulat Configuration Project Setup Performance Analyzer iad Performance Analyzer Initiator Em rol Target Emulator Aa ld
151. ATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Trace Yiewer Configuration E ATA Com Fields vse Normal Output e de Features seve Logical sectors per logi i SectorCount Sector fiset i e Error ao LBA Low LBA Mid i LBA High de LBA see Native Max Address Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Head Number Command ain Reg urm oi Reserved me PortMNum Number of sectors to bi n naobs a Field Setting Format Hexadecimal W Visible Bute Order Right Align Field Header Setting C Name f Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns in Aow E Column Bytes in Column fi Byte Error Output Wiewer Setting e Wrap Packet fv Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute C Trigger User Define Based On System Time W Same color for start time and port Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 145 Preferences Dialog Trace Viewer Configuration Tab Teledyne LeCroy Select a view in the left pane and set the trace viewer display options in the right pane Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 213 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 3 17 3 Spread Sheet View Tab Preferences Spread Sheet View iS Repeat decoded command in frame column lili Decode CDB of Commands Based on
152. Align Test Description Detect incorrect order of Alis and beep when it happens Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence a Wait for Aliqnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt a Wait for Aliqnl Wait for ALIGN l from Initiator Click here to add combined event E then Branch to Wait for Alignz2 Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 21 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined events then Branch to Error Detected lt Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined erent gt then Branch to Wait for Align3 Click here to add another action Wait for ALICN 0 from Initiator OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator w File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 COP WOM SCRL Figure 4 41 Example 8 Top Half of Scenario Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 277 Teledyne LeCroy Align Test File Library c A Xx Wait for Aliqnz Wait for then Wait for OF OF then ALIGN 2 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 3 Branch toa Click here to add
153. Analysis The Analysis menu options allows you to see the trace in various views and switch views Show Analysis Toolbar To display the capture in any of the other available views you can make the selection on the View Type toolbar as shown below or select the menu option under Analysis as shown in Figure 3 5 on page 115 Decoding Assignments l Show Hide Column View Show Hide Histogram View Show Hide Text View Power Tracker Show Hide Waveform View GeEEG R Show Hide Bus Utilization View Compare 2 Data Show Hide Spreadsheet View Payloads Data Report Show Hide Fr Inspector View Show Hide Packet View Show Hide Statistical Report View punning Verification Scripts Figure 3 4 View Type Toolbar Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis 3 3 2 2 000 Gu LS BEE g TE Analysis Navigation View Decoding Assignments Packet View Spread Sheet View Column View Text View Frame Inspector View Statistical Report Histogram Bus Utilization Data Report SAS Verification Compliance Test WSE Decoding Assignments Decoding Assignments Hash Destination 545 Address iF FFF54 L Ox3596 6 J OxE Feat FC Figure 3 5 SAS SATA Analysis Menu MMCB SPC4 SBCS 5PC4 SMC3 SPC4 soCe 5PC4 sCC2 5PC4 O502 5PC4 ADCS SPC4 Add to Assigned List Assigned SCS Specs Hash Destination 5 45 Address SCSI Spec 0x959E67 DxFFFF54 OxEFS1FC Oxc0F 444 SBCS 5PC4 SBCS
154. Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Features 10 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 Features O OOCODODODD Doo Doo oo O Up to 12 Gb s SAS and 6 Gb s SATA protocol analysis or error injection Capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI or Serial ATA packets Easy mode triggering Cascade up to 8 analyzers Sync with Teledyne LeCroy Sierra family products CrossSync Hardware filtering by Analyzer at Wire speed Automatic error detection Comprehensive decoding of SAS and SATA data traffic Logical and chronological traffic displays Statistical reporting Trace memory of up to 32 GB Sierra M122 or 64 GB Sierra M124 GbE amp USB 3 0 host interfaces to connect to a host machine CATC API Automation API Error Injection Functionality InFusion Jammer Traffic Generation Functionality Trainer Receiving Your Analyzer The analyzer package includes the following components a DOCO DDD 1 Sierra M124 Analyzer identified in the packing list 2 miniSAS HD cables 1 meter 1 USB A B 2 0 cable 1 8 meter 1 USB A B 3 0 cable 1 meter 1 Ethernet cable 10 feet 1 Three Prong AC power cord 1 Installation CD ROM with software and documentation 1 Sierra M124 Getting Started manual Unpacking Your Analyzer Inspect the received shipping container for any damage Unpack the container and account for each of the system components listed on the accompanying packing list Visually inspect each component for absence
155. B6 11 Cylinder La Return From Nw Cache Power Mode OxB6 1 Cylinder H 38t N Cache Power Mode OxBE Any Command DEY Heal Sector Numie p Format MS C Binary f Hexadecimal Cancel Show Features Cylinder Low exp Cylinder High e p JEJEJE Features exp wi MMi wig iw 14 e T1 Iw T2 we TZ I T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link li Figure 2 48 SAS ATA Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options x Format Command Eerie C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Parameter Command X Any Command PM Port x MH MH MH M H4 MDI MD D3 M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 49 SATA ATA Command Dialog Click the down arrow next to the Command dropdown list scroll the list to choose a command to trigger on and click OK A powerful triggering choice is Any Command which causes the analyzer to trigger on any ATA command Note The command code and feature set are not the only parameters that describe an ATA command For parameters such as LBA and sector count you must use the ATA Command Pattern dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 77 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern in the Patterns window of t
156. Bunning Disparity Error e Wait for Random Timer Max Time 1 790 Click here to add am action S e heee we A 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 33 Example 6 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Inthe Type list on the left choose Stop Scenario as the action that you want after the timer has expired Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 267 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 268 4 10 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box d if ACK Inject Error gt x Scenario is valid Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error 3 Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Rules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Wait for Pandom Timer Max Time 1 790 then Stop Infusion S A For Help press Fi Figure 4 34 Example 6 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Creating a Sequence This section gives several examples for creating sequences Recall that a sequence can have multiple states but only one state is active at any time In other words at any point in time a sequence waits for one event or combined event and responds with the corresponding action or set of actions when the event occurs A sequence is more powerful than Global Rules because you can create branching or looping test logic with a sequence You can include up
157. C2 Occurrence of a particular SMP frame Occurrence of Final SNW SNW1 SNW2 SNW3 Train SNW Occurrence of a particular SSP frame Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events 4 7 1 4 7 2 4 7 3 Teledyne LeCroy Event Description Timer Occurrence of a particular elapsed time time period Training Sequence Occurrence after training sequence Trigger Input Occurrence of input trigger The following sections provide some additional details about three of the above events DWORD Matcher DWORD Matcher is a DWORD pattern matcher that presents match and mask fields and a K Code Mask field K Codes are control characters that are always used in the first byte of a four byte primitive Of the K Code masks listed in the menu D D D D is used for data bytes and K D D D is used for all primitives When you create a DWORD match keep the following in mind QO The pattern can be inside or outside of frames it does not matter if the pattern is inside a frame or not O Because the pattern can be inside or outside of frames there is no offset a You can make user defined primitives This is the reason this feature was cre ated You can use any K D pattern Address Frame With Infusion you must enter all values in reverse MSB LSB order For example a SAS Address in the viewer 5000C50056B8C829 should be entered like this in Infusion 29C8B85600C50050 SAS Data Pattern When you create
158. CATC SYNC Expansion Cards will not sequentially trigger the State Machine in Advanced mode Connecting a Sierra M124 and a Summit T3 16 via the CATC Sync Expansion Card ACC EXP 002 X A Sierra M124 and a PCle Summit T3 16 are connected using their CATC Sync ports which require an optional expansion card ACC EXP 002 X see Figure 1 6 on page 15 Note Refer to the relevant protocol analyzer user manual for instructions on how to install the expansion board To do so perform the following steps 1 Make sure to stop any recordings in progress Note You may plug unplug the sync cable while the analyzer unit is powered on 14 2 Connect the female end of the sync cable to the SYNC OUT port of the Sierra M124 3 Connect the male end of the sync cable to the SYNC IN port of the PCle Summit 13 16 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy AQIAIJIN FINA Gal sist N Figure 1 6 An Example of Connecting a Sierra M124 and a Summit T3 16 You can cascade up to eight Sierra Analyzers if they all have a CATC SYNC expansion card Note If the Sierra M 124 has a CATC SYNC Expansion Card you can cascade with Sierra M6 4 M6 2 and M6 1 1 10 2 Select Device After starting the software click on Setup and select All Connected Devices see Figure 1 7 on page 16 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 15 Teledyne LeCroy Expandabi
159. Command report 136 SMP frame 62 SMP Initiator field 384 SMP Target field 384 SMP Transport report 135 SMPFrames inc 306 Snapshot mode 69 Soft Reset dialog 39 Software default 211 software installation 12 software overview 27 sorting column content 148 Spec View 125 188 Specify Action option 371 Speed Negotiation 227 Spread Sheet Color Setting 215 Spreadsheet View 31 spreadsheet view 122 SSP Frame 63 SSP Initiator field 384 SSP Target field 384 SSP Transport Report 135 SSPFrames inc 306 Start Analyzer button 297 Start Generation 293 Start Generation button 297 State 241 statements 285 Statistical report column setting 145 content SATA 130 131 options 131 save as text 144 Statistical Report toolbar 143 Statistical Report View 146 Statistical reports 31 Statistics button 153 Status bar 197 Status Bar command 295 Stop Analyzer button 297 Stop Batch Script 234 Stop Generation 293 Stop Generation button 297 Stop Hardware button 69 Stop statement 287 STP Initiator field 384 STP Target field 384 STP Transport report 136 STPFrames inc 306 subnet 26 400 support 391 Switch to CATC Navigation 213 Synchronize with Trace View 151 T tabs file 309 Target Emulation 297 task command report 137 Technical Support 391 telephone number 391 Temperature 12 Template Files 210 Text View 31 text view 125 Tile Views 162 time relative display 42 Time Stamp Origin 166 Timeout Pattern dialog 72 timer 72 setup advanced m
160. Croy network 26 Networks 18 New Batch Script command 233 New Event button 368 option 371 pop up menu 368 New GenFile 292 New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode 210 New Scenario button 244 New Scenario command 233 New script 161 normal zoom reset 162 Notes tab 100 Number of Run text box 94 O Open as Data View 153 Open Document button 296 Open Library command 233 Open Sample file In 212 operating system 12 opt files 383 order reorder in results display 187 Others Report view 134 output trigger 104 p Pack Repeated Primitives 213 Packet Drop 232 Packet View 31 111 packing list 10 Partial Memory 94 Paths settings 210 pattern definition in sequential trigger mode 91 Pattern field 103 Pattern triggers 69 Pending ATA IO 151 Pending SCSI IO 151 Performance Report 139 performance report 139 PHY Identifier field 384 PIO Setup FIS 67 PM Performance Report 142 PM Statistic Report 141 pop up menu Script Editor 309 pop up menus 397 Teledyne LeCroy Index Recording Rules 366 port renaming 190 status 195 port alias 202 Port Configuration 233 234 293 Port Configuration button 98 port ID 190 Port Speed 97 Port Status 35 Power Expansion Cards 21 pre trigger 92 data 93 Primitive and Frame Definitions 305 Primitive Manipulation 232 primitive report 132 primitive response timeout 95 Primitive selection dialog 58 Primitives Decl inc 306 Print Preview button 144 Program Manager Window 26 p
161. DMA Activate Register Host To Device Register Device To Host Response XFER_RDY Count All Custom or a number ODO O O General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Type Frame Type All All All All 50060560000003C4 5000628000001074 STP Register Device to Host 300 5000626000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Register Host to Device 301 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 137 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 138 Figure 3 46 SAS SAS Address Report Lanes Report SAS To display the Lanes Report click the Lanes tab The Lanes Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Port Open Accept All Custom or a number Open Reject All Custom or a number AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command All Custom or a number ATA Command All Custom or a number SMP Command All Custom or a number Out Standing Command All Custom or a number Transfer Bytes All Custom or a number Link Utilization time Link Utilization O O DOODODODODDOCDODO oO TN Nesenteteeeme eens Port Open Accept Open Reject AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command ATA Command SMP Command Out Standing Cmd Transfer Bytes Link Utilization Link Utilizal als al ej al e al vj al lA
162. E pep 40 Hz 20 ms Check here to add another script commands Goto Label 9 Chick here to add another script commands END IF Labeli Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST Click here to add another soptcommand gt Run Runs the scenario on hardware on specified ports If you call this command for the first time and the scenario was not assigned to the hardware and ports before the scenario is assigned to specified hardware and ports and then scenario runs on the hardware Format Run Serial Number Scenario Name Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware O Scenario Name Name of scenario a Target Port Port number in port map Example Run ox841200 Substitute address frame 4 Beep 800 400 Rum oOx641200 CRC Inject Play CD 8 WaitForStop 0x63463 1 150 Run oxs41200 Remove Send Cue Sheet 2 Goto Label6 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Note If the selected ports are busy scenario cannot run and the command will be skipped The result will be written in Log area Stop Stops running scenario by hardware and port name Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 287 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 288 Format Stop Serial Number Target Port Parameters O Serial Number Serial number of hardware QO Target Port Port number in port map Example Run Ox00620 In ect CRCOUO 2 Beep 700 500 Stop OXDUSZO 2 Goto Label3 Label3 R
163. E ses scanccecectcacea scence sca teacwabeee E ASA ET E A A E A A asker esenacccumecaee 234 A2 3 Maln LIDT aaa ii ii 235 AZ AFG ira A 235 AZ DEVICE POS o o a e o li ad o e lee ce eta 236 4 3 Port Configuration for INFUSION cooccccnccncccocccocononanonanonnnnnnnnonnconancnnnrnnnrnnnrnnarenarrnnnnennnnnans 237 4 4 INFUSION SCONAMI OS iii ad 238 A A 1 SC NAPOS OVEIVICW 2c hc eee ec ei cae he ee heed A EER 238 AA ZO RUSS scrisoarea ea aean 241 A RS O R 241 45 Scenario LIiDraFiOS iria delas 242 42521 Mall LIDII iiaa a a a a aa 242 BDZ FG IDFA OS A A 242 46 Scenario Properties ins 244 rs Oe GENS ef lt 1 as do Event eee re a a a a sa 246 AT DWORD Mate Nerd a o o ad elo a La e ni Nec 249 e A S Fell isteach cee ieee E A AA EEE S ATE SAAE E AAA 249 n e SO ae N eee a A a ci P E E E EE E E AE A AEE E E E T A N A 249 A TA SALA Da PaE a a A N 250 4 1 5 Nally Zen MIO a 250 48 Scenaro ACHONS iii lid 250 4 8 1 Avallable ReSQUIECOS urna i 253 4 8 2 Using Counters in Events and AcCtiONS occocnconcconcccnnocnconcconnnancnnnnnncennronnnnarrnnrrnnrnnnrnnrrnnrnnnrnnrrnarennnenanos 254 4 03 Gapluring a Data DWORD iii csndensSanxdeescuatudaedavanducssteucudundouureceis 255 4 8 4 Using Captured Data DWORD Sica id iii 255 4 8 9 SuUMMaly OF Scenario CAN a iia 257 4 9 Creating Global RUS oia 257 4 9 1 Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive ccccesseeeeeeeeeeeees 258 4 9 2 Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Re
164. Emulator Inactive pa Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 78 Run Verification Scripts Dialog To expand the Log window click the Expand Log button The Log window fills the whole window To see the Verification Scripts window again click the Collapse Log button To save output click the Save Output button 2 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the Settings dialog displays 158 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Verification Script Engine VSE Teledyne LeCroy Choose Editor application and editing settings f Notepad by default Other Path to the editor Browse Edit all selected scripts in one process T Open all included files T Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script Je program files lecroyeas protocol suite 54 5 Browse Display settings M Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start I Load last output from saved log files when possible M Activate dialog after scripts stop running IM Remember dialog layout Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Saving settings T Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file path Path to the folder where to save output log files Je program files lecroy eas protocol suite 5 45 Browse Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running OF Cancel
165. HHRAHRRHRRHRRHRRHRRA RRR RRR RHR EEEE E E E 36 Advanced wait sessions with conditional branching 97 did 45 49 wait no timeout value specified it means we assuyme current global Wi 50 E 58 when WF_ACK WF_SATA SYNC do 52 H 53 ACE 1161 4 b H 4 h BranchingSample ssg la E A EI Ex Ma Bw Figure 5 12 Script Editor Script Editor Toolbar The Script Editor toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions ajos g Be Figure 5 13 Script Editor Toolbar Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual FERRE MM SG ch 307 Teledyne LeCroy Starting the Script Editor The buttons have the following functions 5 Save Saves your edits and Add Remove bookmark lal immediately updates the E Allows markers to be set or setting bars and Frames shown removed to aid in navigation in the trace window View Options Opens a menu a with three options Enable Go to next bookmark Outlining Toggle Outlining and Show Line Numbers See View Options Menu below ES Cut x Goto previous bookmark Copy Clear all bookmarks Paste A Find Undo cal Find and Replace Redo b4 Goto Trace View E Print BH Selected Keyword Open File under Cursor Opens the file pointed to with the mouse in the script This command works with Include statements ith La View Options Menu 308 The View Options button displays a menu with the
166. IMEOUT_BLOCK_TWO WF_SOF WF_SOAF WF_EOF WE_SOAF WF_NAK_CRC_ERROR WF NAK RESERVED O WF NAK RESERVED 1 WF NAK RESERVED 2 WE_RRDY_NORMAL WF RRDY RESERVED O WF RRDY RESERVED 1 WF CREDIT AVAIL WF CREDIT BLOCKED RECEIVED WF CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION WF CLOSE NORMAL WF CLOSE RESERVED O WF CLOSE RESERVED 1 WF DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT WF DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT WF_ DONE NORMAL WF DONE RESERVED O WF DONE RESERVED 1 WF DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT O WF DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Wait Command Group WFE_AIP WF_REC_RESOURCES WF_RCV_STATUS WF_PM_REQ WF_PM_ STATUS WF_OPEN_ REJECT WF_OPEN_ REJECT continued Teledyne LeCroy Group Contents WF_AIP_ NORMAL WF_AIP_RESERVED_O WF_AIP_RESERVED_1 WF_AIP_RESERVED_2 WF_AIP_RESERVED_WAIT_ON_PART WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_CONN WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_DEVICE WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_PARTIAL WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT A WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT B WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT C WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT D WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT E WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT F WF_ SATA R ERR WF SATA R OK WE_SATA_PMREQ P WF SATA PMREQ S WE_SATA_PMACK WE_SATA_PMNAK WF OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT CONN RATE NOT SUPPORTED WF OPEN REJECT NO DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED WF OPEN REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED WF OPEN _REJECT RETRY WF OPEN REJECT STP_RESOURCES BUSY WF_OPEN_REJECT WRONG _ DESTINATION WF OPEN REJECT
167. LeCroy Analysis 144 Export as Microsoft Excel file Ed The Export to Excel button opens the Export to Excel dialog Choose a folder in which to save the Excel file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Save as Text file a The Save as Text button opens the Export to Text dialog Choose a folder in which to save the Text file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Print Statistical Report a The Print button opens the select printer dialog Choose an available printer and click OK Print Preview La The Print Preview button displays a preview of the report to print Catalyst Enterprises Inc General ES foo h A 7 00103291 Primitive CONT H gt D 1000 E ICONT___ D gt H__ foo9 Eos gt gt 1000 EOF JH fo99 HOLD HD froo0 sor oon es fl WRM H gt D___ 1000 3 X ROY DoH__ os9 auen ro po h a 92 209 593 428 86 us Apr 14 2006 PM Port barros Payload Size Status Time Figure 3 56 Sample Print Preview of Report Norma Q ois Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Report Display Settings g The Setting button opens the Setting dialog You can set up the report columns for display to suit a particular analysis need eliminating the need to show hide columns individually Use the Setting dialog to configure the display for each page see Figure 3 57 and Figure 3 58 Primitive SSP
168. M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 117 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis The time measured from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this IO operation Data Stat Time Data to Status Time The time between the end of data transmission for this command and the Status frame Thrpt MB s Data Throughput The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second Duration The time taken from the first DWord to the last DWord in a line Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code EVPD H CMCCT H Page or Gpcode H Allocation Length 0H Contr SO00E0C42FB5D004 500005000051 F775 E Ho Resp Time r Pld me Duration i l 527 093 us 8 366 ns Relative Time HE Duration Figure 3 9 Packet View Metrics Expanded Copying Packets from a Trace to a Host Emulator Script This check mark in the illustration below shows packet s selected to copy You can copy packet s from a trace and paste it into a host emulator script That is why you can only mark packets that we support in emulator and host side packets You can also mark multiple packets by left clicking and moving the mouse over multiple packets and then right click to select them and paste them in an emulator script Transfer Length H Control H Figure 3 10 Packets Selected to Copy This is applicable only when using M6 4 or M6 2 as only they support emulation 118 Sierra M12
169. MAL DONE RESERVED 0 DONE RESERVED 1 DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 0 DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 SAS Specific Script Defined Constants The following is a list of SAS specific constants declared in AddressFramesDecl inc as Symbol Chains If you want to use these commands in your script you must also include AddressFramesDecl inc in your script a DOOCD SAS_AF_DT_NO_ DEVICE ATTACHED SAS _AF DT END DEVICE SAS _AF_DT_EDGE_EXPANDER_DEVICE SAS_AF_DT_FANOUT_EXPANDER_DEVICE SAS_AF_FT_IDENTIFY SAS_AF_FT_OPEN Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy O COCODODDDDODDoDoDo ooo ooo Do Doo oda ooo ooo O B SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_SMP SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_SSP SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_STP SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_UNKNOWN SAS_AF_RATE_1_5 GBPS SAS_AF_RATE_3 GBPS SAS_AF_RATE_6 GBPS SAS _AF_RATE_12 GBPS SMP_FRAME_TYPE_REQUEST SMP_FRAME_TYPE_RESPONSE SMP_REPORT_GENERAL SMP_REPORT_MANUFACTURER_INFO SMP_DISCOVER SMP_REPORT_PHY_ERROR_LOG SMP_REPORT_PHY_SATA SMP_REPORT_ROUTE_INFO SMP_CONFIGURE_ROUTE_INFO SMP_PHY_CONTROL SSP_FRAME_TYPE_DATA SSP_FRAME_TYPE_XFER_RDY SSP_FRAME_TYPE_COMMAND SSP_FRAME_TYPE_RESPONSE SSP_FRAME_TYPE_TASK SSP_FRAME_TYPE_VENDOR MUX LOGICAL 0 MUX LOGICAL 1 BREAK_REPLY TRAIN TRAIN_DONE PS_ACK PS_NAK PS_REQ_PARTIAL O PS REQ SLUMBER Primitive Category A ALIGN O 1 2 or 3 a NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP RESERVED O RESERVED 1 or RESERVED 2 O ACK OU NAK CRC ERROR RE
170. Ne TELEDYNE LECROY Everywhereyoulook P Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual For software version 5 70 September 2014 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Trademarks and Servicemarks Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group CATC SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASTracer SATracer SAS Trainer SATrainer SASTracker and Avalanche are trademarks of Teledyne LeCroy Microsoft Windows Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Inc Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL INFORMATION EXAMPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE REPRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS ARE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN INFORMATION THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT TELEDYNE LECROY FOR A COPY 2012 Teledyne LeCroy Inc All rights reserved This document may be printed and reproduced without additional permission but all copies should cont
171. ODODODDO OO General Bus Condition Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Others PM Statistic PM Performance Note Results are displayed only for items that have been captured in the sample Report Options Some report categories offer options to display only specific items These report categories incorporate drop down list boxes offering pre defined and custom options For details see Formatting the Statistical Report View on page 146 General Report To display the General Report click the General tab The General Report displays the report data in columns with the following information see Figure 3 33 on page 131 a OOO O Type All Custom Bus Condition FIS Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame STP Frame Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count Masa tJy gt gt Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read write Command Performance Others Type Direction Duration Count Lo Al vw All v All v Al v FIS H gt D 9 191 893 58 ms 1748 29 70 FIS D gt H 122 484 352 11 ms 4054 68 588 Bus Condition H gt D 62 213 333 13 us 32 0 54 Bus Condition D gt H 93 506 668 09 us 52 0 08 0 13183196 5886 100 00 Figure 3 33 General Statistical Report Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analy
172. OO EF COUP COO EE CODE FCOO FF COOF FCOO FF GLE OS COGMuEE COR TECOU FEF CODE ECOO EF CODE REO OT Idle 54 Where ffffc0000 is the pattern marker TRAINING ERROR_COUNT This command instructs the hardware to create Change_local_tx_parameter separate variables with pre defined addresses Tx_status_word When the user specifies this command the software compiles the commands into variable commands with specific pre defined variable addresses SATA Commands Look at STP sample file for syntax a OOoOUOUDL a SEND_SATA_FRAME SendSATAFrame SATAData SATA_Data SATACRC SATA_CRC SATAXXXX SATA_XXXX Primitive Commands The following is a list of SAS and SATA primitives declared in Primitives Decl inc as Symbol Chains If you want to use these primitives in your script you must also include Primitives Decl inc in your script a OCOO O SOF EOF SOAF EOAF ALIGN 0 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language O DODODDODODODODD DD Doo oo oo ooo ooo ao ooo oo oo ooo O OCO ooo ooo po O ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 ALIGN 3 NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP NOTIFY RESERVED 0 NOTIFY RESERVED 1 NOTIFY RESERVED 2 ACK NAK CRC ERROR NAK RESERVED 0 NAK RESERVED 1 NAK RESERVED 2 CREDIT_BLOCKED RRDY NORMAL RRDY RESERVED 0 RRDY RESERVED 1 SATA_SOF SATA_EOF SATA_CONT SATA_DMAT SATA_HOLD SATA_HOLDA SATA_PMACK SATA_PMNAK SATA_PMREQ_P
173. OWER_SOURCE_1 2V POWER_SOURCE_1_5V POWER_SOURCE_3_3V POWER_SOURCE_5V POWER_SOURCE_12V Call this command in any branch of the Trainer set_trainer_interconnect_signal_1 or program to stop execution After exit the Port Status dialog displays the exit code Note The Trainer GUI has LED indicators Green is for pass Red is for fail No color is for unknown or for user to review Set these signals to allow other ports to wait on settrainerinterconnectsignal 1 set_trainer_interconnect_signal_ 2 or them using WF_TRAINER_INTERCONNECT_ SIGNAL 1 Set these signals to allow other ports to wait on settrainerinterconnectsignal 2 set_trainer_interconnect_signal_ 3 or settrainerinterconnectsignal 3 set_trainer_interconnect_signal_4 or them using WF_TRAINER_INTERCONNECT_ SIGNAL 2 Set these signals to allow other ports to wait on them using WF_TRAINER_INTERCONNECT_ SIGNAL 3 Set these signals to allow other ports to wait on settrainerinterconnectsignal_4 SET_EXTERNAL_TRIGGER them using WF_TRAINER_INTERCONNECT_SIGNAL_4 Call this command to set External Trigger Out SET_ANALYZER_TRIGGER Settings and External Trigger In Type to High Active Low Active Toggle and set External TrigOut pulse width Call this command to set Analyzer Trigger Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 337 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 338 Set This setting defines the time
174. Output window Show Port Assignment Displays hides the current port assignment Port Configuration Displays the port configuration dialog See Port Configuration for InFusion on page 237 Launch Analyzer Returns to the Protocol Analyzer or Target Host Emulator window Launch Trainer Goes to the Trainer window Run Batch Script Runs a scenario batch file Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 233 Teledyne LeCroy Interface 234 Stop Batch Script Stops a running scenario batch file Record Starts recording on the current analyzer using the current project Stop Stops recording on the current analyzer Abort Aborts recording 4 2 2 Menus The InFusion interface has the following menus File see command descriptions in the Buttons section above O a a O a a a a a a a Setup a a a a View O O Configuration a a Tools New Scenario Open Scenario File Library or Main Library Open an InFusion database infdb file Launch Analyzer Launch Trainer New Batch Script Save Batch Script As New Library Close Library File Library or Main Library Save Library Save Copy of Library As Open Log File Print Setup Recent Trace Files Recent Project Files Close External Trig Setting see Floating Licence Dialog on page 219 Update Device see Update Device on page 221 All Connected Devices Status Bar Views Library Output Port A
175. RE lt P Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Pattem Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command E Define Sequential Trigger Mode xto Ons toT Ons YtoT Ons Figure 2 37 SAS Select Patterns for Trigger The SAS Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame SCSI Command Data Pattern Training Sequence Protocol Errors O O OCODODODODODO ooo OoOo o O 70 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Define Sequential Trigger Mode This is enabled when more than one pattern is used It allows for the use of a simple state machine of pattern A then pattern B When checked the Count field in each pattern s dialog is enabled see Figure 2 38 on page 71 FIS Type Register Hostto Device 0x27 El C Binary OK STP Frame Type x Hexadecimal Format Cancel FIS Type Register Hostto Device 0x27 Z C Binary Show Reserved and Obsolete Hexadecimal _ Cancel Parameter Value Show Reserved and Obsolete FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Part x Parameter Value C FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device Command AX Fean a Features AX E Command AX
176. RESET settings Generator will send COMWAKE OOB signals using current COMWAKE settings Generator will send COMSAS OOB signals using current COMSAS settings Generator will go through SATA_ALIGN stage of SATA SpeedNeg process using current SATA_ALIGN settings Generator will go through SATA_D10_2 stage of SATA SpeedNeg process using current SATA_D10_2 settings Generator will go through SPEED NEG_RCDT stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED NEG RCDT settings Generator will go through SPEED_NEG_ALIGNO stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED NEG ALIGNO settings 335 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 336 SPEED NEG ALIGN1 Set Speed LINK SPEED 1 5G Set Speed LINK SPEED 3G Set Speed LINK SPEED _6G Set Speed LINK SPEED _12G DevSlp Exit_ DevSlp SEND TRAIN RX WINDOW SEND_TRAIN_TX_WINDOW XXXXXX Send_Phy_Capability Send_Train_TrainDone Delay Generator will go through SPEED_NEG_ALIGN1 stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED_NEG_ALIGN1 settings Generator will change speed to 1 5G if MultiSpeed is enabled This setting is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 3G if MultiSpeed is enabled This settings is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 6G if MultiSpeed is enabled This setting is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed
177. S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lt Chck here to add another achon gt Label 1 Sleep 10 ms Chick here to add another action gt Label 2 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 2 THEN Chick here to add another action Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Chick here to add another achor Label 3 ELSE Chick here to add another achon gt Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Check here to add another action gt END IF Goto Label Goes to specified label Labels can be assigned to each script line Format Goto Label3 Parameters none Example Label3 WaitForStop 0x83456 2 100 Run ox01267 Inject ERCODO 4 Goto Label Note You can use a Label and a Goto Label to make loops First make the label then make Goto Label The Command Parameters window shows only enabled Labels Labels are disabled by default and are in gray color To enable them click them to make purple color al Command Parameters Parameters a Stoo 286 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy Disabled E abel Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Click here to add another scmpt command uni S N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR A Fi Click here to add another senpt command Enabled Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Click here to add another script command Goto Label 2 lt Chck here to add another script command gt Labell ELS
178. S Sample file in the SAS Examples folder Sample subfolder sfl Filter configuration file spg Single role Pattern Generator file in the Examples folder SAS PatternGenerator Single role spg files subfolder and SATA PatternGenerator Single Role subfolder Single role means the file is for a Device or Host ssh SAS Search configuration File stc SATA Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders sts SATA Sample file in the SATA Examples folder Sample subfolder tsh SATA Search configuration file WSS SAS Workspace file in the SAS System folder Predefined Workspace subfolder wst SATA Workspace file in the SATA System folder PreDefined Workspace subfolder Example Projects Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 51 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars The Analyzer includes example projects that you can use to perform an immediate analysis without any setup The Analyzer system software has a pre defined folder directory structure for storing all files All example files are in the Examples folder under the Sierra M124 folder It is strongly recommended that you open some example files to see types of projects that you can create Run an Example Analysis Project 52 To run an example project 1 Select File gt Open Locate example analysis
179. SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Types dropdown list and scroll the list to choose an SMP frame type on which to trigger Then click the down arrow next to the Function dropdown list choose a function and click OK SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the SSP Frame Pattern dialog SSP Frame Type q x Format S OK C Binay o SSP Frame Type Any Type x z Hexadecimal Cancel Destination SAS Address Source SAS Address PASATA ATAA A A A A ATATA AA AS Changing Data Pointer gt ReTransmit Retry Data Frames Number of Fill Bytes Tag OOK Target Port Transfer Tag xX Data Offset AS Vi MR MIB mi MI MT MT M T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 57 SAS SSP Frame Type Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 83 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an SSP frame type on which to trigger and click OK SCSI Command SAS only Double click SCSI Command in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the SCSI Command Pattern dialog x Type Format Any SCSI Command MMC 6 SBC 3 C SMC 3 SPC 4 C SSC
180. SERVED O RESERVED 1 or RESERVED 2 a RRDY NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 O AIP NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 RESERVED 2 RESERVED 3 WAITING ON CONNECTION WAITING ON DEVICE or WAITING ON PARTIAL O BREAK O CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 QO CREDIT BLOCKED QO OPEN ACCEPT a OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED NO DES TINATION PATHWAY BLOCKED PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED RESERVED ABAN Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 345 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 346 Wait Commands Syntax a a a DON O RESERVED ABANDON 1 RESERVED ABANDON 2 RESERVED ABANDON 3 RESERVED CONTINUE O RESERVED CONTINUE 1 RESERVED INITIALIZE O RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 RESERVED STOP O RESERVED STOP 1 RETRY STP RESOURCES BUSY or WRONG DESTINATION BROADCAST CHANGE RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 RESERVED 2 RESERVED 3 RESERVED 4 RESERVED CHANGE O or RESERVED CHANGE 1 DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT CREDIT TIMEOUT NORMAL RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 RESERVED TIMEOUT O or RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 SATA FLOW CTRL PRIMITIVE SATA IDLE PRIMITIVE SAS PS PRIMITIVE PS_REQ PARTIAL PS REQ SLUMBER PS ACK or PS_NAK WALT FOR lt comman al gt lt command z sis lt GLOupL gt lt GQroupZ gt dee 4 Wait Command Name Description WF_ TIMEOUT WE_SOF WE_EOF WE_SOAF WE_EOAF Timeout Credit Available When WF_TIMEOUT is requested in WAIT_FOR command the wait session will be rele
181. Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length SATA only Display sector count 3 17 4 Column View Tab End Preferences Spread Sheet View Column View Show Waming In Search Primitives In Column View Figure 3 147 Preferences Dialog Column View Tab Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View If searching in Column View takes a long time the software asks if you want to continue search Otherwise the software continues searching with no pause Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 215 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 216 3 17 5 3 17 6 Packet View Tab Tee Spread Sheet View Packet View Command Color Setting Based on Command Layer 5 Based on Specific Command Type Figure 3 148 Preferences Dialog Packet View Tab Based on Command Layer You can specify a color for the Command Layer The software shows each row based on the command layer Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column Sampling Memory Usage Optimization The Preferences dialog has a Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option in the Trace Viewer tab This Memory Assignment MA feature optimizes sampling memory utilization If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked The system tries to use empty space in all memory banks to prevent any memory bank from filling completely Each physical link is not ne
182. Sort bookmarks by start time 736 265 226 ms H2 ATACmd 5 ATA Command Add Delete GoTo Time Difference O Save as text Print Close Figure 3 87 Go To Bookmark Dialog Box Highlight the bookmark to which to go then click the Go To button or double click the selection Command 0x60 Read FPDMA Queued Figure 3 88 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Bookmark Description To get a quick description of a displayed bookmark position the tool tip over a bookmark The name and description of the bookmark display Set Time Stamp Origin Right click in the sample viewer to open the fly out menu see Figure 3 88 on page 165 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 165 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar ARIAL LarPOLIC M LUND Add Bookmark o i Show Field Hide Field View Fields Add to Trigger hitiator Connection Tag H Format Poo a Byte Order Copy Data Set Time Stamp Oygin gt Absolute Color Trigger Tae anp Fama R Current Position Goto i Based on system time Figure 3 89 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Highlight Set Time Stamp Origin and choose either Absolute Trigger Current Position or Based on system time 3 7 2 Filtering The Filtering menu and options allow you to modify data in the sample viewer display to exclude packets with a set of user defined patterns and show the results in all views To set up filtering you mu
183. T and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has Exclude Dev Slp Packets SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 54 To remove an item from capture highlight it in the Project Tree and click the lt lt Remove button Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture 56 You can define one set of patterns for capture prior to the occurrence of a trigger and another set of patterns for capture after the occurrence of a trigger The selections and setup procedure is the same for both the Pre Trigger capture and the Post Trigger capture To define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data capture check Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data capture to enable the Post Trigger Capture tab see Figure 2 18 on page 57 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Pre Trigger Capture Trigger Post Trigger Capture Settings Notes Project Tree l 5ASProtocolAnalyzer2 Everything Exclude SATA_ CONT Ss Pre Trigger Capture Pattern Exclude SATA SYNC Q Include x Exclude OOB Signals Exclude iiim Include SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except jo Dwordls Include SATA_CONT Parameters Include DOB Signals g Include Payload of Data Frame P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type STP Frame P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type A Trigger Non
184. T B WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT C WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT D WF_REC_RESOURCES OUTPUT E Description primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Request Frame SMP Response Frame Advanced Wait Condition A This command causes generation to wait for Event A to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition B This command causes generation to wait for Event B to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition C This command causes generation to wait for Event C to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition D This command causes generation to wait for Event D to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition E This command causes generation to wait for Event E to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Wait Command Name Description WF_REC_ RESOURCES OUTPUT F Advanced Wait Condition F This command causes generation to wait
185. The Power Expansion Card can supply 5 V or 12 V Holes in the Expansion Card Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X This card has several capabilities O Supplies power to devices at 12v 5v 3 3v 1 5v and or 1 2v a Allows monitoring in the trace of the DevSlp signal as generated by the Trainer or Host Emulator as well as when generated directly from a Host using a dedicated DevSlp cable See DevSlp on page 336 and Exit_ DevSlp on page 336 Also see Device Sleep DevSlp on page 119 a Allows CATC Sync functionality to enable cascading so there is no need to toggle between the Power Expansion Card and the Sync Expansion Card a Allows power measurement to monitor and record the power current and volt age being used by the device it powers will be supported in a future software release Note When it runs the Host Emulator turns on the voltage on all channels whether they are turned on or off previously The emulator does not execute any command until its link is established So if the power is off on any channel the emulator will not proceed even if the first command is a Power On command Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 21 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability Figure 1 15 Power Expansion Card 2 It is shipped with the following three cables QO Standard 4 pin power connector ground 5v 12v only This is a direct replace ment for the existing Power Expansion C
186. Transport SMP Transport STP Transport 4TA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read Write Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Show Hide Columns tems Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Reports Check All Reset All Figure 3 58 SATA Statistical Report Column Setting Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 145 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Link With Sample View When you select a type on any page of the Statistical Report a set of navigation buttons allows you to examine each instance of that type in the Sample Viewer 7 Y gt 3 of 137 Register Host to Device FIS The Jump to Previous button goes to the previous instance of the selected type in the Sample Viewer The Jump to Next button goes to the next instance of the selected type in the JL Sample Viewer The Jump to Specific button goes to the instance specified as N of M items on the Statistical Report toolbar The Move drop down list moves to the X Cursor Y Cursor or None Move 3 3 12 Formatting the Statistical Report View Initially the Statistical Report View contains all of the information in columns but you can customize the display by a Filtering columns by item a Sorting items by column a Hiding any column on the display Filtering Column Content To filter column content click the down arrow in the heading for tha
187. TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis to display the Rx Tx Settings dialog see Figure 3 139 on page 208 2 Press the Read button to read the current values for all ports values achieved through automatic Training when the link has come up then press the Advanced button to see and tweak the values 3 The typical set of values for the Initiator are shown in Figure 3 140 on page 208 If you see these values then no changes are required PMA Analog Control Settings RX equalization DC O RX equalization control 3 Write Only Pl Overwrite Tx Settings Disable Rx Training Port Status Number of errors per second 0 Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports a per Apply Start Reading Ports Status 206 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual TxRxVout amp Preemphasis Teledyne LeCroy Figure 3 139 Rx Tx Settings Dialog TX Signals VOD 33 Pre emphasis first 16 DFE_Control DFE Tapio DFE Tapo DFE Tap30 DFE Tap4 0 DFE Tapsio reference voltage 0 mv Figure 3 140 Advanced Probe Setting Dialog 4 To see the Target values click Cancel on the Advanced Probe Setting dialog 5 Select T1 on the Rx Tx Setting dialog see Figure 3 141 on page 208 and then click the Advanced button no need to re read the values 6 Manipulate the Pre emphasis first and Pre emphasis pre tap fields by making small changes to the values achieved by Training see Figure 3 140 This is an iterative process to
188. User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Filter Options Bus Condition JAddress Frames 55P Frames SMP Frames STP Frames OSCI Commands SMF Commands JT ask Management Functions 1474 Commands SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination 545 Address Pair 545 Address I Protocal Error LISTF Port Tag QJaTAPI SCSI Command CIMicelaneous Filter Type o Hide C Show T Fiter Idie Pot gt gt Filter Logic wi ie wis fe W T1 T2 e Ta 74 Reset Al Check All_ Save Load Ox50060560000003C5 gt 05000626 000007 074 Prirnitive OxSOQEOS6000000304 gt 05000628 000001 074 Incomplete Frames 0x5 00500001 04785 OF4 0 5000E 85000000001 gt DE 94 E 5E C 0x5000 85000000001 gt 0250000500001 03091 0 5000C500001 03D 91 gt O 5000E 85000000001 1050000500001 03091 gt Ox5000626 000001 074 05000626000001 074 gt Os50060560000003C5 0 0 5000628 000007 04 gt Ox5000C500001 04765 105000626000001 074 0250000500001 03091 NH 0500068000001 074 gt Os50060560000003C4 M Multi Level Filtering AND Related Items OF iY Use Pair SAS Addresses Iv Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Hest gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 91 First Level of Multilevel Filtering m Filter Options Bus Condition J Prirnitive incomplete Frames JAddress Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames ISTP Frames
189. VED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL Cancel ae AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Sn ALIGN Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 46 SAS Primitive Selection Choices SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different choices Primitive Traffic Soeed Option SATA only You can change the speed for triggering as well as search by speed for Primitives Primitive gt Primitive Type AIP NORMAL E NOT Cancel Not Specific To Type OF Connections C Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections 0 Used Inside STP Connections Traffic Speed 1 5 gbps 3 0 gbps 12 0 gbps WI 13 9 T3 Check all Uncheck al Count Expected number of occurences on each link Figure 2 47 Primitive Dialog ATA Command Double click ATA Command in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the ATA Command dialog see Figure 2 48 on page 77 and see Figure 2 49 on page 77 76 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy ATA Command Pattern Command Ary Command Write Uncorectable Ext 45 Write Multiple C3 O40 d Add LBAls to NY Cache Pinned Set 0 B6 10 Flush Mi Cache OB 6 14 MY Cache Disable OxB6 16 Command NW Cache Enable 0256 15 Quer NY Cache Misses 066 13 Quer NY Cache Pinned Set 066 12 sector Nul Remove LBA s From NW Cache Pinned 0x
190. _TRAIN primitive WE_TRAIN_DONE primitive WF_BREAK_REPLY primitive WF_MUX_LOGICALO 2 primitive 9 2 2 22 2 WF_MUX_LOGICAL1 pte 222222 2 WF_PS_REQ PARTIAL pame WF_PS_REQ SLUMBER primitiva 350 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Wait Command Name WF_PS_ACK WF_PS_NAK WF_EXTERNAL_TRIGGER WF_ANALYZER_TRIGGER WE_TTIU DATA Change TTIU MASK Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description primitive primitive This command causes generation to wait for an External Trigger This command causes generation to wait for an Analyzer Trigger This instruction waits for specific TTIU During this instruction the previously transmitted TTIU is transmitted The user can trigger wait for specific TTIU or change the TTIU or part of TTIU by specifying the 32 bit mask value The default mask value is set to all ones i e waits for all 32 bits to match with the received TTIU Changing the mask value gives the flexibility to wait for some specific bits in the TTIU Giving Change_TTIU with mask value waits for any change in the specified Bits in the Received TTIU compared to the previously received ttiu 351 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Wait Command Groups Wait Command Group WF_ TIMEOUT WF_ALL_ SOF WE_ALL_EOF WE_NAK WE_RRDY WE_CREDIT_OK WF_CLOSE WE_DONE 352 Group Contents WF_TIMEOUT BLOCK ONE WF_T
191. a Export data in file Figure 3 75 Data Payload View in Hex ASCH Columnsin Row 16 columns se Bytes in Columm 1 Byte s OOHOOOOOOOODOOOOOOD Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Note You can control the number of bytes per line 154 Find Data Pattern To quickly locate a data pattern in the current frame enter the pattern in the Text Box and click the Find button Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 3 3 16 Compare Two Data Payloads To compare two data payloads select two different payload packets one as reference Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu then select Set As Reference Data Payload Bookmark Show Field F Hide Field Format F Byte Order Expand All Open as data view a Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu and choose Set as Second Data Payload To compare data payloads click the BE Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button on the toolbar El File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help HE Lt ES 0 Record E
192. action might be for example injecting a particular primitive or error into the traffic stream You can enter multiple actions which take place simultaneously After defining the event and actions within the Global Rule area you can save the scenario and download it to a InFusion device Sequences The Global Rules are all you need for simple test scenarios However a scenario also can contain one or two sequences which can define multiple states and allow branching between states With a sequence you also can do looping which allows you to repeat a test state or to execute a test for a specified period of time As with Global Rules the menu driven interface guides you in building a sequence Some of the prompts are different however because you now are encapsulating groups of Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 241 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Libraries 242 4 5 4 5 1 4 5 2 events and actions as distinct states Recall that a state is a combination of events and actions at a specific point in time If the event or combined event defined by a state occurs the corresponding action or set of actions follows Scenario Name Test 326 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Pules Wait for SOF from Initiator then Beep 500 ms Sequence oO State O Wait for CEC Error from Initiator then Branch to State 1 Figure 4 9 Global Rules and Sequence Areas of a Scenario I
193. add an event Sequence Wait for Aligqgnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Wait for Timer 100 us Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Error Detected Click here to add another action Click here to add another event Wait for Alignl Wait for ALIGN 1 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignz2 Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 1 lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 COP NUM SCRL Figure 4 43 Example 9 Top Half of Scenario 280 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy Eas Fin Aligns Test box File Library c 9 X Scenario is valid ld H al ll 5 Scenarios 7 ee EE Sequercers GH El Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiatori d Align Test then Branch to Wait for Alim3 Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN il from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 2 Wait for Aliqns Wait for ALIGN 3 from Initiatori then Bra
194. affic continually from when you use the Manual Trigger until you click the Stop Recording button on the analyzer toolbar which triggers the analyzer Clicking the Manual Trigger _ button on the application toolbar creates a Trigger Event and uploads the trace with the specified trigger position Any Trigger in Pattern Mode In Pattern mode the Analyzer triggers whenever any of the patterns selected for triggering occurs an OR condition The procedure for selecting trigger parameters is identical to that for selecting capture parameters All items selected for triggering appear in the Project Tree Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 69 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars To define patterns for triggering check the Pattern button in the Trigger dialog see Figure 2 37 on page 70 File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help Oe gt El lt Trainer Y Jammer O Recod E Il E51881 29 5 cr APPO R 2 gt lch l eo en F ia 00 ms nk Trp App CQ amp Y ize 3B sc PV ade Project Tree 8 8 SASProtocolAnalyzerl Dont care Snapshot i Capture Manual Trig oo Include Xxx 9 Pattem Infusion Tre Parameters 9 Include Payload of Data Frame BFA Trigger Non Sequential E P Device Sleep Rising Edge Timer P Primitive AIP NORMAL Timeout S F Settings Extemal Manual Trigger Trigger Position in Memory 50 Device Sleep TO
195. ain this copyright notice WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your Teledyne LeCroy product please visit teledynelecroy com recycle Teledyne LeCroy 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 TEL 800 909 7112 USA and Canada TEL 408 653 1260 worldwide Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual ii Chapter IC OCG TO soit os ctrpecansatutensee meh semntanetnusabedushonpasecegeansuuateaenstteansseanaueaes 9 TETANY ZOR OVENVICW oscine coria lili 9 Mes FOCA MUS awa eeie dlc Gu yamawmae beatae tatu tun metnnmammudaea any deste uaa tase aida dae oeee alee hehe Seueanamleceaeoaa ee 10 13 RECEIVING YOUN PNMAlY ZOM oia 10 14 UNPACKING VOU ANAIVZON usina cd 10 Lo Analyzer Feature anadir aia 10 TOCEDS ani ee ae en ee eee ee eee eran ae eee ee eee oe eer ee ere 11 1 6 1 Status and Configuration Display ooccconcccncoccnincncocanonaconaronnnronaronarrnnaronarnnnrennrrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnnrrnnnrrnnnrenarenanens 11 1 6 Z Temperature and Humidity iii a a a a a a a a Ea 12 1 7 Installing Your Analyzer Fania ais 12 1 8 Software Instala ON siii aida 12 Ol OSO MES di A nanscen a RE 12 1 8 2 Error Message nica A A AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA 12 L9 Hardware SOU orcarina nN a aE sS 12 19 1 SE Dala
196. al and you should define them in the script header before the generation block The syntax of variable definition is VAR32 VariableNamel VariableName2 VAR64 VariableName VAR64 holds field values greater than 32 bits such as SASAddress Note Variable names should start with Assigning Variable Values You can set variable values in different ways Constant value Q varNamel 1234 Other variable value varNamel varName2 Result of expression on other variables QvarNamel varNamel varName2 Fields of last received frame varNamel SSPFrame LRF FrameType where LRF is Last Received Frame Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 329 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Note Specifying packet type SSPFrame before LRF causes last received frame to be this packet type and field start bit position is calculated according to the packet type definition Part of last received frame Q varNamel LRF stratBitOffset endBitOffset where offsets are bit based Example SendSSPFrameCommand Initiator Data LRF startBitOffset endBitOffset Tag 0x101 The constraints are 1 Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported and 2 Offsets StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 Random values Q varNamel Random Expression on Variables Mathematical expressions such as sum subtract and shift QvarNamel varNa
197. alue Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 8 1 CATC Navigation View To change the trace display to a CATC Trace see Figure 3 108 on page 188 click the CATC Navigation button You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Trace Viewer Configuration see Trace Viewer Configuration on page 198 El File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help l8 X SEO Tener Y me Bor 8 s APRA Aaa oran cea OEA O leas wv x al Trans 1 1 34 800 993 280 min Frame772 772 1 34 801 121 213 ee Trans 2 y x Start Start 1 34 801 048 320 min 293 ns Re A 1 34 801 048 613 min 801 048 613 1 34 801 048 613 min Frame 771 1 ECEE 801 048 706 1 34 801 048 706 min a e A Frame773 A E 121 533 min a Sec AIP WAITING ON DEVICE 1 34 801 121 560 min 266 ns K28 5D27 4D30 0 D29 7 A Start Start OPEN ACCEPT 1 34 801 121 826 min 200 ns K28 5 D16 7 D16 7 D16 7 if Trans 3 e 1 34 801 122 026 min if Trans 4 A Start Start SMP Response 1 34 801 160 720 min 186 ns Report general Smp function accepted A 1 34 801 160 906 min 7 1 34 801 161 000 min z 1 34 801 246 213 min F87BA6E3 E El Frame 781 3 AIP NORMAL t E Start Start P SMP Request Request Length H A 55 040 us Start Start CLOSE NORMAL Sequence 93 ns K285D20D30 0D274 3 E Start Sta
198. ame SSP Frame D word 0 Value ore F ais EN aptured Dior ee ee al Duyord 1 Captured Dword 2 E Condition 1 Captured Dword 3 Dword 1 Type Custom Dword Dword 1 Value 0x O0000000 Dword 1 Mask OxO0000000 Diword 1 Offset i E Condition 2 Dword 2 Type Custom Dword D word 2 Value 0x O0000000 Dword 2 Mask OxO0000000 Dword 2 Offset O al Dword 0 Type OK Cancel Figure 4 18 Using a Captured DWORD in a SAS Data Pattern 256 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy Captured data DWORDs may also be used in the Substitute Data DWORD test state action From the Action Properties screen choose Substitute Data DWORD and then select the Substitute for property A drop down menu is provided see below that allows the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORD registers 21011 Type Properties Type Acton Capture Data Diword Description El Inject Random No H Link Every Mth occurence 1 Monitor Count Monitor Court Mot monitored Remove Custom Dword Stop Scenario Pattern Field Name Custom Diword Er Substitute Pattern Field Value Captured Dword 0 Data Dword Pattern Field Mask ae sien a with 545 primitive Recalculate CAC Captured Dword 3 i with SATA primitive Trigger Qutput Substitute For x ere Ee Figure 4 19 Using a Captured Data DWORD in Substitute DWORD Test Action 4 8 5 Summary of Scenario Creation The suggested pr
199. and AND a tag Ox1 you will get all entities on a trace that are SCSI commands that have tags equal to 0x1 in that SCSI command As a general rule it is not possible to apply AND on two packet types frames commands primitives training sequences or bus conditions It only works when you apply AND on one packet type with other items such as source Destination Addresses TAG Task attribute Search For Choose a category to search in the Search For window Each of the search categories offers additional choices in the Search Items window to refine the search Check items for the selected category Data Pattern Search for Data Pattern allows you to search for a specific Data Type Pattern and Length see Figure 3 100 on page 180 QO Data Pattern Only O Data Payload Length Only Data Pattern and Data Payload Length 180 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Advanced options Some of the Search For categories offer advanced options for search To set these options highlight the search item in a category and click the Advanced button to open the Advanced options dialog xi Field Length Value mu O PM Port O ON C Status Lo C Status Hi C Eror O SActive 31 0 32 0 YY UU A TO co Figure 3 102 Advanced Options Dialog Example Set Device Bits Set the options and click OK Search Domain Click the Domain button and choose a search domain from
200. and Data Pattern When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Command Data Patterns in the Trace Viewer Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Trace Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Trace Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Trace Viewer Protocol Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Trace Viewer ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands see Figure 3 94 on page 173 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 171 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Filter Check Condition 172 Checking the SCSI Command Status check box enables Check Condition for filtering Filter Options Command Data Pattern PF Bus Condition Primitive PJ Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames E STP Frames SCS Commands SMP Commands E Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCS Command Status Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address PJ Pair SAS Addr
201. and pattern selection dialog Figure 2 60 SATA ATA Command Pattern Dialog Click the down arrow next to the Command list box choose an ATA command and click OK Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars FIS SATA only Teledyne LeCroy Double click Frame Information Structure FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog FIS Type 4 m Format FIS Type Any Type x Binary Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal A Register Device to Host 0x34 0x41 0x39 0x41 0x58 Ox5F 0x46 x MH MH MH Iv H4 VDI WM D2 MDO M D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 61 SATA FIS Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type on which to trigger and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate Any Type OCDOO O O DMA Setup a BIST O PIO Setup O Data Note You cannot trigger on a Vendor FIS FIS Pattern SATA only Double click FIS Pattern to open the FIS Pattern selection dialog see Figure 2 62 on page 88 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 87 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 88 xi Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete
202. ange Format of Logical Block Address LBA 3 3 6 You can set different LBA formats in Packet View and Spreadsheet View To change the LBA format right click the LBA column to display the popup menu select Format and change the format to Decimal Hexadecimal or Binary In Spreadsheet View you can also click the Trace Viewer Configuration icon to display the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog Expand the Frame List Spread Sheet View select LBA Sector and change the Format If you cannot change the format there select the Link Fields Transport Fields ATA Cmd Fields or SCSI Cmd Fields node select the field such as LBA High and then change the Format Column View Column View displays the captured data grouped in columns by port see Figure 3 21 on page 124 Each row shows captured DWORDs on different ports related to the timestamp It also shows different speed 1 5G 3G 6G 12G DWORDs Different DWORD cell height shows the duration of the DWORD To display Column View of the current capture click Analysis gt Column View or click the B button on the toolbar You can click the sign to expand the packet and sign to collapse the packet Hovering over the signs displays a tooltip showing the contents of the packet see the arrows in Figure 3 21 on page 124 Right click a packet to change the background and foreground color Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 123 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis
203. anges From Initiator Global Fules Wait for PERDY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Pemove Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 23 Example1 Complete Scenario 12 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario 260 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 4 9 2 Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive and replaces it with an ERROR primitive L 8 J Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box As you did in the previous example choose RRDY Normal as the type of primitive to monitor In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box In the Type column on the left choose Substitute gt with SAS Primitive as the action that you want when an RRDY Normal occurs In the middle column of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the action Still in the middle col
204. appears The Event pop up menu has the following options QO Specify Action s Opens the Actions submenu allowing you to assign an action to the event Options on this submenu are the same as those on the Action pop up described previously O Move Event to Moves the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window a Copy Event to Copies the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window QO Delete This Event Deletes the selected Event Alternatively you can use the Delete button on the toolbar or keyboard to delete events a Properties Displays the Event Properties dialog for the selected event Event Properties be E qee Primitive Actions Primitive ALE AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 Desc the speched Primtive Unknown on channel Generation Figure 5 23 Event Properties Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 371 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language The dialog lists the Properties and their Values 5 11 16 Events and Event Properties Generation rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs The supported events are a a O OOOO O Primitives Primitive Categories or Primitive Frames Open Address Frames Identify Address Frames Zone Br
205. appears see Figure 4 15 on page 247 4 Inthe Type column of the Event Properties dialog choose Primitive gt SAS Primitive 5 Inthe Type column in the middle of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the event 6 Click Direction to choose the direction of traffic to monitor for the selected event the default is From Initiator which is what you want for this example 7 Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which you want to wait in this scenario In this example it is RRDY Normal Event Properties Eje Type Properties Type Event e Address Frame o Any Dword ATA Command ATA Command Frame Description Count Randomly Ho Counter Walue 1 E ATAPI Direction From Initiator Both Links Up z CRC Error Dword Matcher fa FIS Frame FIS Type gt Frame Type Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G A NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP COB Signal NOTIFY POWER LOST EXPECTED El Primitives NOTIFY RESERVED 1 Primitive Group NOTIFY RESERVED 2 545 Primitive ay SATA Primitive e Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern HAK CAC ERROR HAF RESERVED 0 MAK RESERVED 1 MAK RESERVED 2 CRECIT_BLOCKED RADY NORMAL BI 5C51 RADY RESERVED 0 gt SMP Frame RADY RESERVED 1 e SSP Frame AIP NORMAL i Te AD bese di Trigger Inpu
206. ard cable QO SATA 15 pin power segment connector This plugs in to the power segment of the standard SATA connector allowing to control and monitor its power and DevSlp QO DevSlp cable This cable is used to monitor DevSlp levels when the Device is con nected directly to the Host It is up to the user to supply a copy of the DevSlp sig nal coming from the Host to connect to the DevSlp wire of this cable as well as to connect the adequate ground wire of this cable Activating the Power Expansion Cards Select Setup gt Power Source Control to display the Power Source Control dialog see Figure 1 16 on page 23 Depending on the Power Expansion Card s ordered the applicable device controls are enabled Make the appropriate selections and click Close 22 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy Power Source Control No device is connected ACC EXP O04 ACC EXP 005 Close Figure 1 16 Power Source Control Dialog 1 10 4 Removing Expansion Cards You can remove expansion cards using two tools Standard flat blade 3 16 screwdriver a Teledyne LeCroy Extraction Tool part number 230 0160 00 ZA TELEDYNE ON LECROY EXTRACTION TOOL To remove an expansion card follow these steps 1 Unplug the system from AC power and turn the system so the expansion port is facing you Note the two retaining screws and the holes for the extraction tool that are located on the panel o
207. ased after timeout has elapsed The Timeout value can be set two different ways 1 Through the global WaitTimeout setting that can appear anywhere in generation Default value is 1000 microseconds Syntax Set WaitTimeout lt value gt in microseconds 2 Through local WaitTimeout value for this specific wait session Syntax WAIT_FOR lt number_of_microseconds gt WF_TIMEOUT lt other_wait_commands gt In this case wait for other commands will be released no later then after number_of_microseconds but global WaitTimeout value remains unchanged for future use See Generation Include WaitCommands inc in the program folder for the samples of syntax primitive primitive primitive primitive Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Wait Command Name WF_ACK WF_NAK CRC ERROR WF_NAK_RESERVED_O WF_NAK_RESERVED_1 WF_NAK_RESERVED_2 WF_CREDIT_AVAIL WF CREDIT BLOCKED RECEIVED WF CREDIT BLOCKED WF _RRDY_ NORMAL WF RRDY RESERVED O WF RRDY RESERVED 1 WE_BREAK WF CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION WF CLOSE NORMAL WF_ CLOSE RESERVED O WF CLOSE RESERVED 1 WF DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT WF DONE CREDIT _ TIMEOUT WF DONE NORMAL WF DONE RESERVED O Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Credit Available This function is based on a 10 bit counter whose value can range from 512
208. ata format Show the layers and channels using their toolbars Decode using the Decode toolbar Search and Filter There are five sets of toolbars see Figure 1 24 on page 35 E E 34 Main Toolbar For details on the Main Toolbar refer to SAS Main Toolbar on page 41 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 41 Record Capture Toolbar For additional information see SAS Main Toolbar on page 41 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 41 Navigation View Toolbar For additional information see Navigation View Toolbar on page 161 Show Analysis Toolbar For additional information see Show Analysis Toolbar on page 114 Packets View Toolbar For additional information see Packet View Toolbar on page 186 Column View For additional information see Column View on page 123 Cursor Position For additional information see Using the Cursors and Book marks on page 197 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Status 1 20 1 21 1 22 Teledyne LeCroy Record Capture Toolbar Devic E on View Toolbar E a a PEY Re p alch Show Analysis Toolbar EJ p E 58 En yu e M ca Packet View Toolbar E J0 PAA 100 FE r Figure 1 24 SAS SATA Protocol Suite Toolbars Port Status You can display an overview of the active ports by clicking the buttons at the bottom right of the main window see Port Status on page 195 InFus
209. atement Primitive and Frame Definitions Five other Include files are provided that define the most of the known templates for Primitives and Frames The five are a PrimitivesDecl inc O AddressFramesDecl inc a SSPFramesDecl inc a SMPFramesDecl inc a STPFramesDecl inc Each of the Frame templates defines header and field structure The default value for all Frame fields is zero Special Conditions for Frames There are three conditions about Frames that need to be kept in mind when configuring Frame generation 1 Frame delimiters need to agree At the present time when defining a Frame make sure that the Frame Prologue and Frame Epilogue agree Do not mix types For example do not mix a SAS Start of Frame SOF with a SAS End of Address Frame EOAF A SAS SOF should be matched to a SAS EOF A SAS SOAF should be matched to a SAS EOAF If generating SATA traffic a SATA_SOF should be matched to a SATA_EOF At the present time if you mix different types of prologues and epilogues for any given Frame the Frame is ignored 2 Data Length Fields can be fixed length or variable By default data frames are of a fixed length If you want to generate variable length frames place an asterisk in the Data definition field in the SSPFramesDecl inc file Data 39 40 HHHHHHHHHHHH DATA HHHHHHHHHHHHH 413 Data e Variable length field can be assigned to an array of DUORDs 42 43 I If you replace the asterisk wit
210. ater xj FS El Compact 8 680 A SS H1 nanannads a A A J Ni Figure 3 28 SATA Expanded Waveform View 3 3 10 Statistical Report Whenever a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer a Statistical Report selection in the Report menu and a Statistical Report Button on the viewer toolbar are enabled You can create a Statistical Report for the entire capture or select a portion of it Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 127 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis To display a Statistical Report click the 4 Statistical Report button on the viewer toolbar or select Report gt Statistical Report to display the Select Statistical Report Range dialog see Figure 3 29 on page 128 Select Statistical Report Range All Traces From T Cursor To T Cursor From Link Mo To Link Mo cancel Figure 3 29 Statistical Report Range Dialog The default statistical report has All Samples You can set a specific Statistical report range between defined cursor positions or events Generating Statistical Read Write Report To create a statistical read write page perform the following steps Click on Setup gt Preferences Click on the Trace Viewer tab Check the box Create statistical report read write page see Figure 3 30 on page 129 128 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Open Trace File In Optimization Default Workspace Sampling memory usage optimization
211. ause Resume Play Audio 10 Read Capacity Read10 Receive Diagnostic Results Send Diagnostic Write10 Start Stop Unit Test Unit Ready Report Luns Synchronize Cache10 Direction All I gt T T gt l or Custom Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Incomplete Response Data Present Task Attribute Simple Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count ODODDDDOLDO O AA Command Direction Number TAS Payload Task Attribute Duration All All All 5 3 Write10 Inquiry a Simple 128 _ Simple 360 000 000 TE ns 1 0 02 Read10 I gt T 4 2048 Good Simple 3 351 399 90 ms 447 65 33 Figure 3 43 SAS SCSI Command Report SMP Command Report SAS To display the SMP Command Report see Figure 3 44 on page 137 click the SMP Command tab The SMP Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Function All Custom Discover Report General 136 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Report Manufacture Information Report PHY Error Log Function Result SMP Function Accepted Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count E E a a a General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Comma
212. button at a time to show hide the capture for that port Show Hide Single Port is time consuming as it shows or hides one port at a time Show Hide Multiple Ports If Show Hide Multiple Ports is selected you can click on multiple ports to show or hide them This mode is much faster Click on multiple ports to show or hide them Ch 1 Ti 12 2 14 T4 9 Single Port Multiple Pa Figure 3 106 SAS Show Hide Ports Toolbar Ch aho H2 D2 H3 D3 Ha Da 9 Single Port Multi Port Figure 3 107 SATA Show Hide Ports Toolbar You can also show or hide a port by right clicking a Port ID in Text View or Column View and choosing Show or Hide see Figure 3 111 on page 190 3 8 Packet View Toolbar The Packet View toolbar allows wrapping zooming and configuration Packet Yiew Toolbar 3 x ln ek ele sr The Wrap Packets button on the Viewer Toolbar wraps the packet data in the display to eliminate the need for horizontal scrolling Go to CATC Navigation View Click this button to change the trace display to a CATC Trace You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Trace Viewer Configuration see Trace Viewer Configuration on page 198 The Show Hide Link Packet button displays hides the Link layer SAS only ARI Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 185 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 186 The Show Hide Transport Packet button on the Layers Toolbar d
213. ce 0x27 Hexadecimal c ancel Register Device to Host 0x34 _Cancel_ OxAT 0x39 0x41 Value 0x58 tto Device Ox5F 0x46 Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp EEE Cyl Low exp Vi pe MRB mi WTI M12 WwWT3 Ww T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 55 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an address frame type on which to trigger and click OK Double click STP Frame in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the STP Frame Type dialog Click the down arrow next to the FIS type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an FIS type on which to trigger and click OK Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog xi Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type l x C Binary Function Any SMP Frame Type x Hexadecimal ae Show Reserved arto Parameter Value SMP Frame Type x Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function Vi MR MB Mig MT MR MTR M T4 Check All Uncheck ll Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 56 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs
214. cel Command Type Any Command x CDE Type Any CDB Type y Any CDB Type 6 Byte Command Show Reserved 10 Byta Command 12 Byte Command Par 16 Byte Command Long LBA 16 Byte Command Operation Code PM Port Mi Me mi mi MI MTR MT MT Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 53 SAS ATAPI Patterns Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Teledyne LeCroy Click the down arrow next to the CDB dropdown list scroll the list to choose a CDB Type and click OK Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Address Frame Type Pattern x Format Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type X C Binary Any Address Frame Type x Hexadecimal Cancel I Show Reserved and Address Frame Type X Any Address Frame Type Vr me MRB mi MI MTR MT M T4 Check All Uncheck All l Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 54 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 81 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA STP Frame 82 FIS Pattern es Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Register Host to Devi
215. cessarily assigned to a specific memory bank The system can capture more sample data than if the MA option is unchecked and sample file size is closer to the user defined Sampling Memory Size Memory Assignment efficiency varies with Port Configuration and Trigger Position O FPGA The Memory Assignment feature works for a pair of ports connected to Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy one FPGA for example ports 1 and 2 or ports 3 and 4 Memory Assignment does not work for two ports connected to different FPGAs for example ports 1 and 3 a Triggering Memory Assignment only starts after the trigger point During pre trigger each physical link is always assigned to a specific memory bank Post trigger the system can try to use empty space in all memory banks if you check the MA option Therefore Memory Assignment efficiency is maximum when Trigger Position is set to 0 snap shot trigger and is minimum when Trig ger Position is set to 99 or when there is no triggering you stop recording man ually MUX When MUX is enabled each segment has four memory banks limiting Memory Assignment somewhat Here are examples of different Port Configurations and Trigger Positions One port configuration A Sample size is user specified sample size Two port configuration AA Ports 1 and 2 are on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has an effect If you use snapshot trigge
216. ch configuration file ssh or a SATA Search configuration file tsh by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Search dialog Search By Choose Hashed SAS Address to search on hash address or choose SAS Address to search for address Search Direction Choose either Forward or Backward direction in which to perform the search Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 179 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Search From Choose a starting point to begin or continue a search Start of the sample file Trigger Pointer X Pointer Y Pointer or Last Found Search Logic The default setting is Or Selected Items With this setting clicking Find Next locates all selected items in turn If you choose And Selected Items you can set a logical AND combination of items to find Both options allow setting Advanced search features Search looks for entities in a trace When you choose SCSI command AND SSP frame for instance search will return all entities in the trace that are SCSI commands AND are SSP frames Any SCSI commands that are NOT SSP frames will not in this case be returned If you choose OR search will return all entities that are SCSI commands as well as all SSP frames The AND operator is only applicable for certain cases such as a ASCSI command AND a Tag O ASCSI command AND a source destination address For example when you choose a SCSI comm
217. ck Repeated Primitives The software packs repeated primitives just after opening a sample file Pack Repeated Primitives The software packs repeated primitives just after opening a sample file Scroll Horizontally to Show matched Column in Search When unchecked makes columns stationary even during search Use new PHY capabilities decoding Decodes PHY capability bits in reverse order per the latest specification Cancel button kills upload immediately The software kills the uploading process if you press Cancel Close previous sample file when new sample file opens When you want to open a new sample file the software closes any open sample files Create statistical report read write page The software creates a Read Write page in the statistical report Enabling this setting displays the Read Write Stream DMA command in the Read Write page Show Quick View Warning The Quick View Warning pops up when attempting to close a trace that has not yet been saved and is only shown in Quick View mode This checkbox allows to turn off this popup LBA mode Checking this box enables LBA mode for ATA decoding CHS mode Checking this box enables CHS mode for ATA decoding According to LBA mode in ATA command Checking this box enables decoding according to LBA mode in ATA command for ATA decoding Configuration Clicking Configuration displays the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog see Figure 3 145 on page 214 212 Sierra M124 SAS S
218. cket Types SSP Frames SMP Frames Primitives Errors Data Lengths Speed SATA FIS Type SATA FIS Port or Hash Address Source or Destination See Figure 5 6 on page 295 Find Displays the Find dialog See Find on page 374 Find Next Applies the previous Find parameters to the next search Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Menus Search View Tools Window Help Go to Event Ctrl G finn te 5 Go to Marker a SSP Frames kl Find i A SMP Frames BE Find Next F3 Primitives Search Direction Backward Errors Data Lengths Speed Mum Bursts gt OMINIT SATA FIS Type SATA FIS Port j Hash Address d IMWAKE Figure 5 6 Trainer Search Menu View Menu See Figure 5 7 Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements Teledyne LeCroy Toolbars Displays list of available toolbars Standard Frequently Used Generator Analyzer Ports or Customize See Resetting the Toolbar on page 384 Status Bar Toggles the Sierra Trainer Status Bar at the bottom of the window which shows help messages and the search direction The right most segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from th
219. cking in the column title and then dragging the drag and drop icon to a new position 124 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 3 3 Text View Text View displays the captured data interpreted as transaction frames grouped in columns by port To display Text View select Analysis gt Text View or click the MEN button on the toolbar 3 fa 1 248 E i i i COMMIT 124 891 299 613 mini COMIPIT h ap Figure 3 22 SAS Text View Ime stamp Po A nes 01 11 511 578 666 57 ME Bika 117 511 599 960 57 xj El AS 7 Tr mr 0 H Reg 0 H Reg 1 ASADO D PIO Setup FIS SF Data FI FIS 46 aa Reg FET aH Reg FSH oH Reg FEB aa Reg FEI DoH Rag FSH oe ee Di D gt H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg F1539 Di j jx DH Reg FIS 34 X D gt H Reg FIS 34 36 Figure 3 23 SATA Text View PIO Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 46 7 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 3 7 D gt H Reg FIS 34 7 Di D gt H Reg FIS 34 e Note The LBA and Tag Number value are shown in the All Lanes column 3 3 8 Frame Inspector View Frame Inspector View has lots of information that is available in Packet View but not Spreadsheet View so it is most useful in conjunction with the Spreadsheet View This view has the following three tabs Spec View
220. ction Properties dialog box In the Type list on the left choose Substitute SAS Primitive as the action that you want when either RRDY Reserved 0 or RRDY Normal occurs Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 10 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario d Replace RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 Pb x Scenario Name Replace PP Normal or RADY Reserved 07 A Description Wait for EPDY Normal or BEDY Beserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for EPLY NORMAL from Initiator OR REDY RESERVED O from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action gt Click here to add another event gt 1 Te T ae i l l e For Help press Fi CAP NUM SCEL os Figure 4 26 Example 3 Complete Scenario 4 9 4 Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for two events each of which triggers a different action 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As you did in example 2 choose RRDY Normal as the first event to monitor and substitute with the SAS p
221. d State Transition Unexpected Primitrve STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout Frame Type Error Frame Length Error Frame Direction Error CRE Error ACE HAE Timeout Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation Delimiter Error a w F Ei Ei Ei Ei Ei Ei Ei Ei F A Ei Check All Uncheck All Check Disable Protocol error detection Un Check Enable Protocel error detection Figure 2 1 Protocol Errors Dialog Check the Protocol Errors that you want the Analyzer to ignore When RD Error and Code violation Error are set as trigger events RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the OOB sequence RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the recovery from the PM state These errors are mainly caused by the long synchronization time of the analyzer If these errors caused by the Analyzer become triggers you cannot detect some other errors that you really need to detect To NOT detect the above two errors enable the software setting Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during Speed negotiation After this the code violation is not triggered during the speed negotiation phase but is triggered if the violation happens after the speed negotiation phase External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal when a trigger occurs Under Setup select External Trig Setting
222. de Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden IDL You can quickly filter idles by clicking the between Show and Hide items Filter Idle button This button toggles Search The Search menu and toolbar options permit you to examine any data capture file to quickly locate the packet or data pattern To perform an initial search select Navigation gt Search or click the a Search button to open the Search setup dialog see Figure 3 100 on page 180 Note Only items captured in the sample file are enabled for search Search Packet View search For search Items search Sub Items Data Pattern a Data Type Bus Condition Primitive i E Incomplete Frames 0 Data papload length only FP Address Frames O Data patterm payload length SSP Frames E SMP Frames Data Pattern STP Frames P SCS Commands FP SMP Commands PJ Task Management Func 0 Hex Co Binary C ASCII HJATA Commands E SCSI Command Status E Source SAS Address And Or E Destination 545 Addres Protocol Error P Tag Data pattern only SCSI Task Attribute ATAPI SCSI Command PF Device Sleep Search By i Hashed SAS Address 545 Address Search Direction Forward Backward Search From a Start Trig Pointer 0 Pointer O AND Selected Items CO Y Pointer OR Selected lteme M Last Found Search Logic Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Te
223. default Each port monitors incoming data which originated with the other device s receiver as close as possible to where it enters the bus engine If a port detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame the port stops reading data from the FIFO and generates HOLDA The HOLD propagates through the bus engine and eventually goes to the other device where the HOLD causes the other device to send HOLDA The bus engine FIFOs must be Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 245 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events 246 deep enough to hold all the traffic that the other device sends while the HOLD propagates The port drops all incoming HOLDA conditions so HOLDAs are never put in the FIFOs or made visible to the sequencers After this the port that had been receiving the HOLD stops sending HOLDA and attempts to read data from the FIFO The termination of HOLD propagates through the bus engine and then causes the other device to restart transmission which puts data into the FIFO Note If both sides send HOLD primitives that overlap the receivers drop the HOLD conditions to avoid overflowing the FIFOs If you turn off the Smart Hold option the port does not send HOLDA when it detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame 4 7 Scenario Events A scenario is a script you create using simple mouse clicks and text entries As you work the script takes shape in the scenario area of the application display You can thin
224. delete the default opt file To apply the current Display Options values click Apply The Display Options win dow remains open To apply the current Display Options values and close the Display Options win dow click OK To cancel unsaved changes to display values and exit the Display Options win dow click Cancel 5 12 2 Connection Parameters To display the Connection Parameters dialog see Figure 5 33 on page 384 select Generate gt Connect Parameters Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 383 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options 384 9 12 3 Conection Parameters k x Identify frame parameter settings to keep link connected Device Type End Device SSP Initiator Present ssp Target Not Present y STP Initiator Present o sr Target Not Present y SMP Initiator Present T sm Target Not Present y 545 Address hes 00000000 00000000 FH r Identifier hen one Device Mo one Broadcast Method hex M Dont show this dialog till generation mode change Cancel Figure 5 33 Connection Parameters Dialog You can set the Identify frame parameter settings to keep the link connected O Device Type End Device Edge Expander or Fanout Expander SSP Initiator Present or Not Present STP Initiator Present or Not Present SMP Initiator Present or Not Present SSP Target Present or Not Present STP Target Present or Not Present SMP Target Present or Not Present S
225. down list choose a symbol to trigger on and click OK Note that the D Symbol choice does not have a down arrow To choose a D symbol click the D symbol option button and enter a Hex value Primitive Double click Primitive in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Primitive dialog Primitive Primitive Type AIP NORMAL gt 2 NOT Mna a _ _ gt Cancel Not Specific To Type OF Connections Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections Used Inside STP Connections Traffic Speed 411 5 gbps 3 0 gbp 6 0 gbps 41120 gbps 4 4112 9 13 14 4171 T2 WITS W T4 Check all Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link Figure 2 45 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive dropdown list scroll the list to choose a primitive on which to trigger and click OK Note Users need to exclude the ALIGN capture for the SAS SOF EOF trigger and exclude the XXX capture for the SATA SOF EOF trigger in order for the trigger to precisely display on those primitives in the Link Data frame Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 75 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Note Check the box to the right of the Primitive Type to use the logical NOT Primitive Primitive Type AIP NORMAL C NOT AIP NORMAL AIP RESER
226. dress Alias 203 SAS Address field 384 SAS address report 137 SAS data pattern 249 SAS Parameters window 70 SAS Verification 227 SAS SATA Protocol Suite 27 SATA data pattern 250 SATA Parameters window 71 save Display Options 383 partial trace capture 45 46 47 48 50 trace capture 44 Save As Display Formats 46 Save as Text button 144 Save As Text dialog 123 Save button 296 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Save Filtered Sample 45 Save Output button 158 scenario 238 action 250 creation 257 event 246 properties 244 running 281 Scenario Batch file 281 scenario Properties dialog 244 scramble unscramble payload data 187 scrambling disable 95 Script Assignment dialog 310 Script Editor 306 buttons 296 308 pop up menu 309 toolbar 307 Script Workspace 232 SCSI Command 84 SCSI Command report 136 SCSI commands address display 42 SCSI spec assignment 211 search 179 by tag 184 185 complex 374 Direction 376 direction 294 377 domain 182 Exclusion 376 for data pattern 180 181 Intersection 376 logic 181 Origin 376 SAS address 182 save setup 180 status 197 STP port 182 sub items 182 Union 376 Search Direction 294 search direction 180 search from 180 search items 181 Search Menu 294 select item for capture 57 Select Device 15 Select Port Configuration dialog 99 selecting components for installation 12 separate systems 12 sequence 241 examples 268 sequential trig
227. e Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include Ox Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA _CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Exclude Idle S Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP E9 Connection Details Simulation Mode v amp Collapse All Expand All 2 2 19 Advanced Mode User Defined Advanced Mode expands Analysis capability by allowing you to program complex triggering and data capture projects The Advanced Mode is a state machine with up to 23 different states You can program each state individually to a Trigger on a different event or trigger unconditionally QO Capture Everything Nothing or a user defined pattern QO Include up to three ELSE IF statements allowing a jump to any other state based on a user definition QO Use up to three timers which you can set to a maximum value of 42949 ms You can set a timer in the state or continue the timer set in the previous state Q Output an external trigger High or Low Note In Advanced Mode events on each link are counted independently A condition is met if the number of events on a link equals the defined occurrence 100 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Softwa
228. e a Uses only one command at a time Command queuing is not supported QO Does not save incoming write data Sends back data for all LBAs or generates counter random data Cannot be used as a real formatted partition Q Has tight flow control due to limited RX frame processing Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy SATA Host As a Host Trainer can send commands and complete them in normal or some popular error conditions SATA Host can issue NCQ commands necessary for SATA compliance tests on SSD devices Limitations are O Does not save Read data or reuse bulk read data for next commands a Sends only limited Write data patterns SATA Device As a Device Trainer can receive commands and respond to them in normal or some popular error conditions Limitations are O Uses only one command at a time Command queuing is not supported QO Does not save incoming write data Sends back data for all LBAs or generates counter random data Cannot be used as a real formatted partition To use the Trainer as a SATA Device in real configurations only tools like IO METER that can work with un partitioned and un formatted drives can be used Variable Definition Variable definition is like definitions in programming languages You can define up to 512 DWORD 32 bit variables There is no constraint on variable names except you cannot use keywords Variable scopes are gener
229. e definition 51 files utg 35 291 tabs 309 filter 166 by tag number 174 check condition 173 options 171 save setup 168 type 167 filter enable 178 filter idle 161 179 filtering 166 direction 168 filtering column content 146 Filtering menu 166 filters 366 Find command 375 utility 374 Find and Replace button 297 Find button 297 Find command 294 Find Device 225 Find Device button 227 Find Next 294 Find Next command 377 FIS Report 140 FIS Type selection dialog 63 Fit to Graph Area 151 Floating License dialog 219 Force Add Connect Attempt 18 format display options 380 Found Device List Mode 211 Frame Inspector View 125 frames hide 149 From Initiator 244 From Target 244 G general report 131 Generate Menu 293 Generating Traffic 297 311 Generation Commands 335 Generation Files 299 Generation Language 312 Generation Options 294 Generation Rules 366 Generation Rules page 366 Generation Rules toolbar 367 396 Getting Started manual 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface 26 Global Rules 241 examples 257 Go to ATA SCSI Cmd 151 Go To button 161 Go to command 294 Go to Event 294 Go to Event dialog 294 Go to Marker 294 Go To Timestamp dialog 163 Goto Command 192 Goto Label statement 236 Goto Response 191 Goto Within Packet command 192 grouping by port 95 H hardware run 42 hardware setup 12 Hash Address Utility 296 Hashed Address field 296 Help Menu 296 Help Topics 223 296 Hide All Primitives 16
230. e 372 a Insert Waits inserts the appropriate Wait_for commands in the Trainer script as a function of the protocol state machine An example would be to insert a Wait_for open_accept after an open command is exported This allows the script to work even if the DUT has different timing than the DUT in the original trace See Wait Commands on page 346 48 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy QO Insert Delays inserts the exact delays as they appear in the original exported trace This may result in the closest match in terms of timing to the original trace but may not work with other DUTs O Use Auto Alignment see The Global Setting AutoAlign Select the Port see Setup Menu on page 293 a Indicate Trainer Generation File Name and click Export to export the trainer generation file yy on page 303 O Note The resulting Trainer Generation file cannot exceed 2 MB or 1 000 000 packets SATA has different options including Device Sleep Export Read Write Command Report 2 2 11 You can create an Export Read Write Command Report as an Excel file csv using the Export dialog from the File menu In Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer you must first select Create statistical report read write page in order to create this report If this choice was not made when the trace was taken then use Save As to save the trace file with
231. e LeCroy 51 0 OVE Frames ING Flip 306 5 6 Staring Ine SCHipU GINO issued 306 5 6 S CHpt EGILOM TODD Rico ida 307 5 9 Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to LINKS ooccccncccncincccoccnocanocanoncncnnrnnanonannenanenns 310 5 10 Generating rates 311 STO SLOT Generatim arainn a 312 5 10 2 Resume Trae General 312 5 11 Sierra Trainer Generation Language ooccocccocccccccconnconccocncnnnconnrennncnnncnnnrnnrnnnrrnnrenanrnnanenas 312 A A RO 312 0112 Languade ina a 313 So Generation DICK avaro 318 A AS de 318 911120 CONNECTING the Fallera daa 320 511 6 Trainer Script Enhancements isco tiie as 328 5 11 7 Sierra Trainer Generation COMMAN S cccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeneceeceneeaesenesenseensenesenseenseneseasaeesenesenesoneaanes 335 5 11 8 Auto Speed NEGOUATION urna e AAA AAA AAA 365 5 11 39 GOneratoN DALIA So A A AA A 366 5 11 10 Generation Rules TOO Da aiii is 367 5 11 11 Generation Rules Page How It WorkS coooccocccocccoccccocccococonaconcononanenaronnnonnnronaronnrrnnnronnrnnnrrnnarenanens 367 5 11 12 Creating Event BUTMONS a A A a 368 5 11 13 Dragging a Button to the Main Display A rea cooccoonccocccocccococonaconanonanennnnnnnnonanonnrenarenarennaronarenanens 369 3 11 14 ASSIGniNO ANA CUO Disc as ad edi 370 5 11 15 Generation Rules Pop Up MENUS ii lada 371 5 11 16 Events and Event Properties siii 372 5 11 17 Setting Complex Wait For Conditions oocoocccoccconoconoccnccnonocenaconaronnnnonaronnrcnn
232. e Search menu or double click the Search Status segment Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window Compact Displays each row on one line only with no wrapping View Tools Window H cy Zoom In a Zoom Cut Toolbars d Status Bar Compact Ctrl Q Figure 5 7 Trainer View Menu Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 295 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar 5 1 6 Tools Menu Hash Address Utility Opens a dialog that allows you to enter an eight byte SAS Address to display a Hashed Address LeCroy SAS Ad Nis Hash Utility X Type in the 545 Address to get its Hashed Value SAS Address Ox Hashed Address Ox address must be E bytes long Close Figure 5 8 Address Hash Utility Dialog 5 1 7 Window Menu Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side by side arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Windows Displays a list of open windows 5 1 8 Help Menu Help Topics Displays online help You can also select F1 Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the Teledyne LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup About Displays version information 5 2 Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar The Si
233. e a single InFusion test state You can think of the Global Rules and each sequence as a separate test routine or program operating within the scenario Each operates independently and in parallel with the others The purpose of each is to detect events and then respond with the appropriate action or set of actions In essence you can operate up to three test states simultaneously within InFusion Sequence Portion of a scenario that can define multiple InFusion test states More flexible than the Global Rules a sequence allows more powerful scenarios that include branching and looping between test states Global Rules can define only a single test state so there is no branching State Behavior of the Global Rules or a sequence at any point in time In terms of InFusion testing behavior is waiting for a set of events and responding with a set of actions Global Rules Global Rules are a portion of the scenario that can define only one test state To create the Global Rules you use the menu driven interface to enter an event or combined event and the corresponding action or set of actions the response of InFusion hardware to the event In the case of a combined event the action is taken upon occurrence of any of the events stated for the event combination It is a logical OR association meaning any of the events can trigger the action After you enter the event or combined event the interface prompts you for actions An
234. e operation with 4GByte of in Enable operation with 6GByte of int Enable operation with 16GByte of Enable operation with 32GByte of mw fi Noo o Yes Support for 15GBDps data rate Enable operation with b4GByte of ternal memory ternal memory nternal memory nternal memory nternal memory Rate Support 3G Yes Support for 3GDps data rate Rate Support 66 Rate Support 126 Tool Pattern Generator Protocol Support SAS Protocol Support STP Protocol Support Pre emphasis Analysis ports 1 Analysis ports 2 Analysis ports 4 API Support Analyzer Multi Level Filtering Figure 3 157 Licensing Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Yes Support for 6GDps data rate Yes Support for 12GBps data rate Ye Enable Pattern Generator Y Yes Support for SAS protocol Y Yes Support for STP in SAS protocol Yes Suppor for mao for SAS and SATA protocols Yes Enable Multi Tr a 223 Teledyne LeCroy Find DUT 3 22 6 3 22 7 3 23 224 Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the Teledyne LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite Scftware Update x E There are no new updates available for 545 Protocol Suite Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at hEbp jiw lec
235. e used in further declarations as long as they are previously declared No forward declarations are allowed at this time Generation Blocks a List of generation instructions Note It is possible to create many generation blocks but currently only a block with the name Generation executes Calls of some blocks from another blocks are not currently allowed 312 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 11 2 Language Comments is the Comment symbol The line remainder after this symbol is ignored is a Comment Block All the text between and is ignored ye This is an example of a block of comments A Includes The directive include FileName inc includes the file FileName inc This lets you add common definitions and templates into new scripts The language parser makes sure the same file is not included more than once Example S6include Somelnc inc 7 nig dircet tive adecua Li Includes Pts Omn ae ne inline is the same as include but without the Language parser check Settings The Set Constant Name Value statement sets different constants modes using the following value types a Predefined constants TRUE FALSE ON OFF INFINITE a Numbers Examples Set AutoAlignSATA 0N Set WaitTimeOut 239 Constants Only unsigned integers can be defined as constants Some constants are predefined in Sierra T
236. eType Value 4 Bits 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to State 1 lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt El State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFreameType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask Oxf From Target Click here to add combined event then Beep ls Click here to add another actior lt LClick here to add another event gt Click here to add another state Sequence 1 El State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask Oxf From Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to State 1 Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt State 1 El Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask Oxf From Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Beep 2 5 Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt Click here to add another state gt Click here to add another sequence gt Figure 4 40 Example 7 Sequence Area of Scenario 4 10 2 Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 In this example a five state sequence detects if a group of primitives is received out of order from the initiator The expected order is Align 0 Align 1 Align 2 Align 3 If thi
237. ectric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle D10 2 time for SATA link synchronization in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will transmit D10 2 symbols ALIGN O time for SATA link synchronization in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN O primitives Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Default Setting Value SAS Speed Negotiation Settings OOB SAS Aligni Time 81920 OOB SAS AlignO Time 81920 OOB_ SAS Interspeed_Time 750000 OOB SpeedNeg MTT 29998080 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg _ SNTT 2200 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg_ BCT 2200 OOBI OOB_SpeedNeg_MTTT 750000000 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg COEF Sett Normal ing Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description ALIGN 1 time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN 1 primitives ALIGN 0 time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN 0O primitives Interspeed time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The maximum time in OOBI during which training phase of speed negotiation should be completed in Train SNW The time in OOBI during which generator transmits phy capab
238. ed and other conditions that are to exist throughout part or all of the traffic generation This file must be included in the traffic generation file There are fifteen groups of settings in this file AutoMode COMINIT COMRESET OOB Signal COMWAKE OOB Signal COMSAS OOB Signal Generation Commands Link Speed SATA Link Initialization SAS Speed Negotiation SATA Speed Negotiation Autowait m SAS After m SAS Before m SATA After m SATA Before QO Wait Command Timeout a Scrambling Mode OOOUOUUOUUODUDE Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Teledyne LeCroy Details about each group of settings are described in the Traffic Generation Language section Editing Settings inc Text in the Settings inc file can be edited directly or copied into the beginning of the traffic generation file and edited there oinclude Generation IncludelPrimitivesDeclino oinclude GenerationtincludelSettinges inc set GeneratonfMode GEM_MMODE 547A HOST Generation i When editing global settings keep in mind the following rule The last line encountered before the generation block takes precedence Thus if the following two lines about the device emulation were added just above the generation block the second would take effect set GenerationMode GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST set GenerationMode GEN_MODE_SAS_INITIATOR include Generation Include Settings inc inc
239. eep category Select Rising Edge or Falling Edge Device Sleep Device Sleep Rising Edge Falling Edge ES Figure 2 42 Device Sleep Dialog Bus Condition Double click Bus Condition in the Patterns window of the Capture Project dialog to open the Bus Conditions dialog x Conditions OK T Electrical Idle Eem Electrical Burst Cancel COMINIT COMRESET M COMWAKE M COMSAS Uncheck All Vi ml MIs ml Y TI MT MT M T4 Check All Uncheck All Port ID Count E xpected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 43 SAS Bus Condition Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog separates the COMINIT and COMRESET check boxes and replaces COMWAKE with Host COMWAKE and COMSAS with Device COMWAKE Check the Conditions to trigger on and click OK Note You can define triggering for specific ports by checking or unchecking Port IDs 74 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Symbol Double click Symbol in the Patterns window of the Capture Project dialog to open the Symbol dialog KSymbol k28 3 y ZE TA C D Symbol Vin MR MRB mi MTI MT MT3 M T4 i Check All Uncheck All m Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 44 SAS Symbol Dialog Choose a symbol type by checking either the K Symbol or D Symbol option then click the down arrow in the Symbol drop
240. egin End Figure 3 85 Bookmark Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 163 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Click Bookmark from the fly out menu to open the Bookmark Comment Dialog me NN x Bookmark Name Bookmark Description n MV Sort bookmarks by start time Stat Time Port Layer Packet No Bookmark Description ___ Delete GoTo Time Difference 0 T Save As EN e Text Excel Save As Close Figure 3 86 Bookmark Dialog Enter a description for the bookmark and click the Add button Repeat for additional bookmarks You can save the bookmark as a text file or Excel CSV file Note Column View has a different bookmark mechanism than other views and you can set a bookmark on each DWORD in the view This makes Column View bookmarks unavailable in other views and vice versa Editing a Bookmark If a packet has a bookmark you can edit the bookmark by right clicking the data viewer area of the packet selecting the Edit Bookmark command from the pop up menu and changing the information in the Bookmark dialog see above Finding a Bookmark To find a bookmark in the data viewer display right click the mouse in the sample viewer and select Bookmark see Figure 3 87 on page 165 164 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy xi Bookmark Name ATA Command Bookmark Description V
241. elect Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture Viewer Display enables you to also perform the following O Decode Assignments Refer to Decoding Assignments on page 115 for more details O Compare Two Data Payloads Refer to Compare Two Data Payloads on page 155 for more details a Run Verification Scripts Refer to Running Verification Script Engine VSE on page 157 for more details 3 2 Trace Properties You can view the Trace Properties from the File menu Click File gt Trace Properties the Trace Properties dialog displays see Figure 3 3 on page 114 with the following information a Software version Sample file version Grouping Type Hardware bin file version Analyzer armed at Analyzer triggered at Sample saved at Original Capture Project Open displays the project settings used to capture the sample Licensing Information Simpass Information DOOOUOUOUD O O Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 113 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 114 3 3 3 3 1 Trace Properties Software version 4 30 Build 500 Sample file version Version 54 Adding optical OOB Grouping Type Narrow Hardware bin file version 0016 with HY version 3 VP 70 7 GB Memory Analyzer armed at Unknown Analyzer triggered at Unknown Sample saved at Unknown Original Capture Project Unknown Licensing Information Unknown Simpass Information Unknown Close Figure 3 3 Trace Properties Dialog
242. eliminate errors After each value change press OK to make the change in the software copy of the value and then press Apply in the Rx Tx Settings see Figure 3 141 on page 208 dialog to write the new value to the Serdes PMA Analog Control Settings Restore Factory Settings RXequalizatonDC 0 c ave RX equalization 4 Write Only Load Au Advanced __ Overwrite Tx Settings Port Status z Number of errors per opy Selected Port Settings to All Port Figure 3 141 Rx Tx Settings Dialog Overwrite Tx Settings Check this box see Figure 3 141 to retain the optimal values reached through manual calibration every time the link goes through Training due to port reset power cycle or disconnection Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 207 Teledyne LeCroy TxRxVout amp Preemphasis 3 16 4 Auto Probe Calibration The Auto Probe Calibration dialog will attempt to optimize the receiver settings The accuracy is controlled by the time interval spent on each setting Note that this action might take a very long time depending on the values entered ito Probe Calibration Port Status Rx Equalization Control DFE Tapi DFE Tape DFE Taps DFE Tapd DFE Tag E n Idle E Ti Idle E 12 Idle E T2 Idle E 13 Idle E T3 Idle Fl 14 Idle Ta Idle Note Link establishment is a requirement for analyzer Auto Calibration Time Interval 500 ms stop Close Figure 3 142 Auto Probe Calibration
243. end transmitter training auto matically and use other commands for speed negotiation The SATA scripts should be run in SAS mode Manual Transmitter Training Commands and Descriptions Send_TTIU 32 b DATA Variable Idle count Repeat number This instruction is mainly for sending a specific TTIU with variable number of Idles 32 bit TTIU value can be specified either by directly specifying the 32 bit data or by specifying a variable When the variable name is recognized the trainer reads the data in the specified variable and considers it as the TTIU value The Idle count defines the number of idles to be transmitted after the 32 bit TTIU and the repeat number defines the number of times the same TTIU is to be transmitted Example Var32 ttiu 0x00006000 Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA ttiu with specific data Send ttiu ttiu 0x36 O0xA 7 TTIU with variable Wait_For_TTIU DATA Change TTIU MASK This instruction waits for a specific TTIU During the execution of this instruction the previously transmitted TTIU is transmitted The user can trigger a wait for a specific TTIU or change the TTIU or a part of TTIU by specifying the 32 bit mask value The default mask value is set to all ones The application waits for all 32 bits to match the received TTIU Changing the mask value provides the flexibility to wait for some specific Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generatio
244. eneration Options dialog select Generate gt Generation Options or click Ye the Setup Generation Options _ button Generation options ee x Generation Rules Toolbar nwwa w lcl AoE Config Global State active at all times Status Available Events Area Main Display Area Save Save As Defaut Load Cancel Figure 5 16 Generation Options Window The page has the following areas Q Toolbar Contains buttons that control the Generation Rules page OU Available Events Area Area where you can park Event buttons that you intend to use in the Main Display area a Main Display Area Area where you configure trigger and filter rules You config ure rules by dragging Event buttons from the Available Events area and then assigning actions to those buttons a Config Status Indicator A button that indicates if the rule is valid or invalid If a trigger or filter rule is configured correctly the button is green and indicates Config is Valid If a rule is not configured correctly the button is red and indicates Config is Invalid Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Generation Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus 36
245. ered Upload Manager 94 To upload segments manually in the Upload Manager select the Don t upload segments and open upload manager automatically checkbox To upload segments automatically for display as the system creates them do not select the checkbox To view segmented trace files click the Upload Manager 2 button beside the Record button to display the Upload Manager dialog see Figure 2 70 on page 95 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Upload Manager k x Upload Saye pl Delete Options E Preview D ME around segment trigger position TC AAA E 1 99 l Preview Select All Deselect All a ee Show Traffic Summary Figure 2 70 Upload Manager Dialog The dialog displays the segments in the format Segmenti Segment2 and so on Select segments by clicking the checkbox You can also Select All or Deselect All segments You can Upload segments for display Save segments as sample files and Delete segments The Preview radio button allows a preview of an integer number of megabytes around the trigger position You can set the trigger position as a percentage and select the segment number Click the radio button to Show Traffic Summary with the preview To show the preview click the Preview button 2 2 17 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout The Primitive Response Timeout parameter specifies
246. erra Trainer Generation Language Wait Command Name Description WF_OPEN REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPOR primitive TED WF_ OPEN REJECT RETRY primitive WF_OPEN_REJECT_STP_RESOURCES BUSY _ primitive gt WF OPEN REJECT WRONG DESTINATION primitive gt WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON O primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 1 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE O primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 primitive gt WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_INITIALIZE_ O primitive gt WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 primitive WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_STOP_O primitive WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_STOP_1 primitive a i ss is s s WF_ALIGN_O primitive WF_ALIGN 1 2 primitive WF_ALIGN_ 2 primitive WF_ALIGN_ 3 primitive WF_NOTIFY_ENABLE_SPINUP primitive ses WF_NOTIFY_RESERVED_O primitive WF_NOTIFY_ RESERVED 1 primitive WF_NOTIFY_RESERVED_2 primitive 2 2 2 2 WF_BROADCAST_CHANGE primitive WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED O primitive eee WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_1 primitive WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_2 primitive WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_3 primitive WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_4 primitive WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_CHANGE_O primitive i s ies ss s s WF BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 1 primitive WF_BLOCK2_MISC_RESERVED_O reserved WF_BLOCK2_MISC_RESERVED_1 reserved WF
247. erra Trainer toolbar contains the following buttons SOR WM RRT Mw EEG SS te Yoma Orme eros O0 MHOGO Figure 5 9 Sierra Trainer Toolbar The buttons have the following functions B Save As Opens a dialog in ly Open Document Ci which you can save your edits in the appropriate file type Edit as Text Edit the text file for Setup Display Options Opens the document 1E the Display Options window 296 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setting Up for Generating Initiator Traffic Teledyne LeCroy fea fre ES Frame a Start All Generation TE Resume All Generation es Connect All Link FM Disconnect All Link i Setup Generation Options Launch Jammer Infusion 18 Opens the Generation Options Salome window Launch Analyzer ree Recording E analyzer Record Stop Recording Abort Recording El Show Port Configuration Dialog Show Script Assignment See Ports Configuration on a Dialog page 98 See section below Assign Active Script oF Tile Windows OO Remove Assigned Script for Link 1 2 3 or 4 See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 310 5 3 Setting Up for Generating Initiator Traffic Connect the SAS cable from the Target port of the Sierra Analyzer to the Target port on the unit under test This transmits the Traffic Generator stream from the Target port to the target side port on the unit under test 5 4 Setting Up for Generating Target T
248. es check box in the Filter dialog see Figure 3 99 on page 177 Filter Filter Options Filter Filter Options C Bus Condition J0x5000 85000000001 Bus Condition Primitive J0x50060560000003C5 O incomplete Frames g Address Frames 0x5000C500001 04765 JAddress Frames J0x5000E 85000000001 gt OxE 94E8E CISSP Frames 0x5000C50000103D91 SSP Frames 0x5000E 85000000001 gt 05000C50000103D91 C ISMP Frames Ox50060560000003C4 CISMP Frames 0x5000C500001 03D 91 gt 0x5000E 85000000001 CISTP Frames OISTFP Frames 0x5000050000103D91 gt 0x5000628000001074 SCSI Commands SCSI Commands 0x500062B 000001 074 gt 050060560000003C5 SMP Commands SMP Commands 0x500062B 000001 074 gt 0 50000500001 04765 Task Management Functions Task Management Functions 0x5000628 000001 07 4 gt 050000500001 03D 91 JATA Commands ATA Commands 105000628 000001 074 gt 0x50060560000003C4 SCSI Command Status SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address 0x50060560000003C5 gt 05000626 000001 074 Primitive 10s50060560000003C4 gt 0x5000626000001074 Incomplete Frames 0x5000C500001047B5 gt 0x5000628000001074 Destination 545 Address SOOO Pair SAS Address Protocol Error ISTP Port Tag JATAPI SCSI Command Protocol Error STP Port HOU Tag ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Fil
249. es this history and the illuminated LEDs are removed from the dialog 3 10 Toolbars 3 10 1 Enabling Tool Bars To customize the Viewer Display workspace you can enable and reposition the available toolbars To display or hide toolbars select View gt Toolbar then check or uncheck toolbars Fie Setup Session Analysis Mawigation View Window Help i Ld Trainer Jammer zoom In p com Out op Actual Size Full Screen E Tile Views BP Enable Filtering p2 Filtering IDL Filter Idles Ph Physical Layer Fis FIS Layer icmo Command Layer ea Wrap Packets TL e Status Bar e Record Capture Lig Analysis ve Havigation view e Packet View Column view e Cursor Position ve Device Emulator Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 195 Teledyne LeCroy Status Bar 196 3 10 2 3 11 3 11 1 3 12 3 12 1 Toolbars are a Main Record Capture Analysis Navigation View Packet View Column View a Cursor Position DOCOCOD Once enabled the toolbars can dock at the Viewer Display window or float on the windows desktop Cursor Position Status Bar To display the cursor position status bar select View gt Status Bar x to Y Ons xto T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 127 Cursor Position Toolbar See Using the Cursors and Bookmarks on page 197 Status Bar The Status bar is located at the bottom of the main display window Search Status The right most se
250. eseeceseeeeneeeeseeeeneeeeeeseeenseeesseeenseeenessesessensessenessenenens 100 2 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 2 2 20 MUI LINK UIQ OCNIING aoar a sacneionvwatvvsos reat veswentanouans 104 22 21 S6 TIMOS eiaa a e 104 22 22 NINA A a a OES 105 2229 Setul KEY SECCUCI COS iii 109 2 3 Projet OUI GS erinin E 109 23 NOS ii A ia T 109 Chapter 3 Display Manipulation oococcconconccccconcconconconccnncnnrnnncnnrnaronaronrnnnnnnnns 111 3 1 VICWEr DISPARA ias 111 Sl QUICK VICW iaa 112 321 2 USING the VIEWER DISDIAY Sica AA A A E N 113 SL MAC Proein 113 n o nn 114 290 1 onoWA alySIS TOO Dal iia 114 33 2 Decoding ASSIGNMENTS acacia tier edocincwes E a E e aE 115 33 9 PACKET VIEW O a a A 116 3 0 4 Changing the Default ViIeW ssrt a 122 339 SPL AG SISO GV OWN aea ds 122 3300 GOMIMIM VIEW sana a ai 123 HL VOX Was andas 125 3 3 8 Fra am INSDECION AAA PAP E AE 125 3 93 9 Waveform DIS Pla a 126 33 ISa Cal Repo iii 127 3 3 1 1 Statistical Report Toolbar po rr PUNA UU sac aa AEE EENE 143 3 3 12 Formatting the Statistical Report View oooooncconncccnccocccocococcnconnconanennnonancnnnnennnennnnnnnronnnenarennnrenanennnnenas 146 2919 HIStOgra Mi VIC Wis cictunsavencncia dudo 149 3 9 14 BUS Utilizan VIEW iia a 151 39 19 Data ROOM A A AA dae 152 3 3 16 Compare Two Data PAYIO AA Sii AR nnmnnn enmen 155 3 4 Power Tracker View SATA only occoooccoocococcccccocococononcnconanonnnonanonnn
251. espond Not Chained c Sierra M6 2 SN 6491 Sierra_M6 2 172 116 133 213 Locked Not Chained ls Connect sierra M12 4 SN 649 Sierra_M124 2 Ready to connect Not Chained Add Device Renove Device IP Settings Selected Device ld 0x00104CO0FD9A a wy Networks ba Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 8 Select Device Dialog Note Click Refresh Device List to display all the devices on the network The Select Device dialog displays the following buttons Set Alias Name Click Set Alias Name to display the Set device alias name dialog as shown below Set Device Alas Name x Alias SierraM12 4_test cn Figure 1 9 Set Device Alias Name Dialog Disconnect Click Disconnect to disconnect a device Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 17 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability Add Device Click Add Device to add a device with a static IP address Note You must close and re open the application when changing to static IP mode through the front panel instead of the application 18 Add Device with Static IP Device Type Sierra M124 had Device IP Address 0 0 0 E Force add connect attempt Figure 1 10 Add Device with Static IP Dialog Force Add Connect Attempt Use this option if the application s Ping function fails the button in the upper right corner but you are sure that the address is correct and you still want to attempt the connection This
252. ess E Protocol Error P STP Port Tag ATAPI SCSI Command E Device Sleep Filter Type Hide Show Forts W 11 2 IT W T2 E Filter Idle Good Check Condition Filter Logic O AND Related Items a OR F Multilevel Filtering Use Pair 545 Addresses Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar Figure 3 94 SAS Filter Check Condition Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Filter by Tag Number Teledyne LeCroy Checking the Tag check box displays tags available for filtering Check the corresponding check boxes for tags to filter Filter Options Command Data Pattern PF Bus Condition Primitive PJ Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames E STP Frames SCS Commands SMP Commands E Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCS Command Status Source SAS Address Destination 545 Address PJ Pair SAS Address E Protocol Error E STP Port Tag ATAPI SCSI Command E Device Sleep Filter Type Hide Show Filter Idle Parts W 11 2 2 T1 E Filter Logic 0 AND Related Items a OR F Multilevel Filtering Use Pair 545 Addresses Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar Figure 3 95 SAS Filter by Tag Number Filter Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or Ex
253. ess Alias to display the SAS Address Alias dialog see Figure 3 134 on page 204 202 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual TxRxVout amp Preemphasis Teledyne LeCroy SAS Adress Alias GAS Address Hash Address Alias Name 5O000628000001074 FFFF54 Intrasever 000000 50060560000003C4 962525 Network tools 1 5000E 85000000007 DB182F Catalyst 500605600000035 500252 Network tools 2 5000C500001047B5 CCAD3C Seagate 1 5000c500001 03091 EG4E 08 Seagate 2 M Apply alias to all view Cancel Figure 3 134 SAS Assign SAS Address Alias Assign a meaningful name to each SAS address in use and click OK The assigned names replace the SAS address in the sample view Search filter and Statistical report Search ltems Data Pattern _JIntrasever Bus Condition Network tools 2 gt Intrasever C Bus Condition Network tools 1 Primitive Network tools 1 gt Intrasever Primitive Catalyst incomplete Frames Seagate 1 gt Intrasever incomplete Frames Network tools 2 Da ddress Frames Catalyst gt S eagate 2 JAddress Frames Seagate 1 M Catalyst gt OxE 94E 8E FISSP Frames Seagate 2 Seagate 2 gt Catalyst ISMP Frames Seagate 2 gt Intrasever STF Frames SCS Commands intrasever gt Network tools 2 JSCSI Commands SMP Commands intrasever gt Network tools 1 JSMP Commands Task Manageme
254. essFramesDecl inc file defines Address frames SSPFrames inc File The SSPFrames inc file defines SSP frames SMPFrames inc File The SMPFrames inc file defines SMP frames STPFrames inc File The STPFrames inc file defines STP frames Starting the Script Editor To edit an ssg file use the Script Editor The Script Edit editing tool displays the ssg file and its supporting Include files The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields The Script Editor example below shows several commented lines followed by some instructions The Script Editor has three areas toolbar top script window and file tabs at the bottom of the window If errors occur a log opens at the bottom of the window Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Starting the Script Editor 9 8 1 Teledyne LeCroy Note If more than one port of Trainer is licensed you can assign scripts to one or more ports See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 310 To launch the Script Editor click the Script Editor button on the toolbar or right click in the trace window and choose Edit as Text Generation Script Editor tl E 1 HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHH H HHH R HHH H RRR R RRR 2 Copyright C 2004 Computer Access Technology Corporation 3 A This SiSTrainer TM generation file contains sample code for HH 5
255. ets all Display Options values to the installed values Color Format Hiding Display Options To modify the colors formats and hiding options select the Color Format Hiding tab Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers nore SOUS eee alee z Bit Order 15 a Doria Units o Hesadecimal r Er CRC 7 Decimal a Time E Binary Hiding f ASCII Other Hidden Protocols Address Frame Primitives SSP Frame SMP Frame Out OF Band Signals STP SATA SIP FIS Channels ATA Command Tracker Fields No color available for selected item TCG Packet E spand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save Az Default Load coed __ Figure 5 27 Display Options Dialog Color Format Hiding Tab Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Color Display Options Teledyne LeCroy The program uses a default set of colors for each type of data in each group of data The colors and color combinations are appropriate for most graphic systems You can alter any color To specify a color for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type such as Data Length in the Group then select a color in the Color section using Standard or Custom colors Use a bright color for each important field Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Group and C
256. f 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 3ff 000 0x3a 0x10 For TRAINING_ERROR_COUNT Change_local_tx_parameter Tx_status_word commands hardware creates separate variables with pre defined address When user specifies this command software should compile the commands in to variable commands with specific pre defined variable address Other Tx training related Commands 1 LINK_SPEED_126G Sets speed to 126 2 Set OOB SpeedNeg Phy g4 WithoutSSC Sets the G4 without SSC bit of phy capability window 3 Set OOB SpeedNeg Phy_g4 WithSSC Sets the G4 with SSC bit of phy capability window 4 SEND_TRAIN_TX_WINDOW Starts sending tx training window 5 Set OOB SpeedNeg MTTT Sets the maximum tx training time for Tx training window Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 327 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 328 5 11 6 Set Auto_TxUpdate This setting is for manual Tx training When Auto_TxUpdate is set to true the Local tx parameters will be updated automatically depending on the received control word and as result the Tx_status_word is updated accordingly When set to FALSE Tx parameters is controlled by the script TRAINING_ERROR_COUNT Change _local_tx_parameter Tx_status_word This command instructs the hardware to create separate variables with pre defined addresses When the user specifies this command the software compiles the commands into variable commands with specific
257. f errors per second 0 Apply Start Reading Ports Status Figure 3 136 Choose Port for TxRx Vout Port displays ports to select from Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports implements selected port s setting into all other port settings PMA Analog Control Settings allows you to select values for RX equalization DC and RX equalization Write Only Advanced displays the Advanced Probe Setting dialog see Advanced Probe Setting on page 206 References displays the References Probe Setting dialog see References Probe Setting on page 206 Overwrite Tx Settings check this box to overwrite the Tx settings Disable Rx Training check this box to use the manually entered settings Port Status displays number of errors per second Apply applies the selected settings Start Reading Port Status implements reading of number of errors displayed in Port Status Restore Factory Settings restores default values Save saves the new values as a sng file Load loads back the saved sng file Auto Calibration displays the Auto Probe Calibration dialog see Auto Probe Calibration on page 209 204 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual TxRxVout amp Preemphasis Teledyne LeCroy 3 16 1 3 16 2 Advanced Probe Setting The Advanced Probe Setting dialog allows you to set the TX Signals and DFE_Control Decision Feedback Equalization parameters You can set the TX Signals values for a VOD Programmable Different
258. f the expansion card Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 23 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability Holes in the Expansion Card 2 Insert the extraction tool prongs into the holes in the expansion card panel Note If the prongs do not slip easily into the holes use a small nail file or similar device to remove paint from the prongs 3 Rotate the extraction tool to a horizontal position to lock the prongs into place and make a handle 24 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy 4 Using the screwdriver loosen both retaining screws by rotating them counter clockwise approximately two full turns until feeling slight resistance Do not force the retaining screws after two turns 5 Using the extraction tool as a handle gently wriggle the expansion card forward about 1 8 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 approximately three times until the card is free from the retaining screws and you can remove the card from the system Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 25 Teledyne LeCroy Connecting via Ethernet 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 WARNING Connecting via Ethernet The Ethernet connection can have any of these configurations 1 Analyzer connected to a network using a hub or switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device 2 Analyzer connected to the host machine machine running the application software using a hub or sw
259. following options EN Show Line Numbers Enable Outlining Toggle Outlining QO Enable Outlining Adds an expandable collapsible tree structure to the left side of the Script Editor showing the hierarchical relationships of the script lines a Show Line Numbers Adds line numbers to the left side of the Script Editor win dow QO Toggle Outlining Switches between collapsed and expanded states Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Starting the Script Editor Teledyne LeCroy Pop up Menu Left click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options ie Display Options Edit as Text ET zoom In QU zoom Cue Compact Chio Display Options Selects what information to display See Display Options on page 378 Edit as Text Opens the Script Editor Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window Compact Displays each row on one line only with no wrapping O OOOO O File Tabs At the bottom of the window is a tab that shows the name of the ssg file If your ssg file has an Include statement in it the supporting Include files automatically open when the ssg file is first opened Tabs for the opened Include files appear at the bottom of this window BranchingSample ssq Figure 5 14 File Tab Error Log Whenever you create a scripting
260. for Link analysis OOB SpeedNeg_ TX_TAT Tx_training an i e the time for counting errors in the received alysis time Set Auto_TxUpdate Send_TTIU 32 bit DATA Variable Idle count Repeat number dwords At the end of this period the trainer requests for new attached tx_phy change depending on the error count in Auto Tx_training mode This is a global setting This setting is for manual Tx training When Auto_TxUpdate is set to true Local tx parameters will be updated automatically depending on the received Control word and Tx_status_word will be updated accordingly When set to FALSE Tx parameters has to be controlled by script This instruction is mainly for sending a specific TTIU with variable number of Idles 32 bit TTIU value can be specified either by directly specifying the 32 bit data or by specifying a variable When the variable name is recognized the trainer reads the data in the specified variable and considers it as the TTIU value The Idle count defines the number of idles to be transmitted after the 32 bit TTIU and the repeat number defines the number of times the same TTIU is to be transmitted Example Var32 ttiu 0x00006000 Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OXA Cli WIEN specitie data Send ttiu ttiu 0x36 OxA le TETU WLC yar anle Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language LRT Last received TTIU Training ERROR_COUNT Sierra M124
261. fy the criteria for filtering the result The Enable Disable Filtering button toggles the result between a filtered and unfiltered view see Filtering on page 166 The Filter Idle button toggles the display to show hide idle packets see Filtering on page 166 The Hide RRDY Primitives button toggles the display to show hide RRDY primitives see Filtering on page 166 The Hide Unassociated Traffic button toggles the display to show hide unassociated traffic see Filtering on page 166 The Hide All Primitives button toggles the display to show hide all primitives see Filtering on page 166 Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 161 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 162 oP D 3 7 1 The Zoom In button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar magnifies the data display area on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View increases column width only The Zoom Out button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar scales the data display area to display more data lines on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View decreases column width only The Normal Zoom button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar resets the zoom to default normal on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View resets column width only You can use Tile Horizontally All Views icon or select View gt Tile Vie
262. g Global Settings GenerationMode SSCEnable SSCType SSCAmplitude MultiSpeedMode Output Disable SupportSNW1 SupportSNW2 Default Value gt gt gt gt gt Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Description Generation Mode must be defined or no generation will take place Possible Values GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST GEN_MODE_SATA_DEVICE GEN_MODE_SAS_INITIATOR GEN_MODE_SAS TARGET Default Value GEN_MODE_ERROR undefined mode Spread Spectrum Clocking SSC In SATA software turns SSC on or off Can only be set outside Generation block In SAS software when you turn on SSC Trainer PHY can turn on SSC on the PHY In the SAS protocol during speed negotiation when both sides of a link agree to turn on their SSC SSC will turn on with the SSC Type and SSC Amplitude parameters Specifies SSC type as midspread Specifies SSC Amplitude Possible values are SSC_AMP_500 SSC_AMP_1000 SSC_AMP_1500 SSC_AMP_ 2000 SSC_AMP_2500 SSC_AMP_ 3000 When set the change of speed within Generation block is allowed with following syntax set Speed LINK_SPEED 1 5G LINK SPEED 3G LINK SPEED 6G This very poorly named register bit forces the Trainer to output data It is a little like the output_on script command except that its effect cannot be undone for the duration of the script If this is turned on none of the out of band commands will work as the output enable is forced on When set in
263. g the tooltip over the separator Exclude ALIGN Check this to exclude ALIGN primitives from the data capture Exclude RRDY SAS only Check this to exclude RRDY primitives from the data capture Exclude NOTIFY SAS only Check this to exclude NOTIFY primitives from the data capture Exclude Idle Check this to exclude Idles from the data capture Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Replaces the Capture tab with a Pre Trigger Capture tab and a Post Trigger Capture tab 40 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 2 2 SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars The SAS and SATA software has the following menus and toolbars 2 2 1 SAS Main Toolbar The following figure displays the SAS main toolbar Open Project File Launch Trainer Start Target Emulator Find DUT Stop Recording Launch Jammer Manual Trigger Start Recording G Reco 8 e Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Save Upload Manager Stop Target Emulator Figure 2 3 SAS Software Menus and Toolbar 2 2 2 SATA Main Toolbar The following figure displays the SATA main toolbar Open Project File Launch Trainer Find DUT Start Device Emulator Stop Recording Launch Jammer Manual Trigger Start Recording gt mj T Trainer Y Jammer 1 Record Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Save Upload Manager Stop Device Emulato
264. gering 90 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy serial ATA SATA data transfers 9 Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers 9 session 252 Set Alias Name 17 Set as Second Data Payload 155 set device bits FIS 65 Set Port Configuration dialog 98 Set the Anchor row as sync point 216 Set Time Stamp Origin 166 Set Timers dialog 104 Setting button 145 Setting dialog 145 settings advanced mode 109 Settings command 158 Settings dialog 158 Settings tab 92 109 Setup command 12 Setup Display Options button 296 Setup Generation Options button 297 Setup Menu 293 show all data in data field 193 Show Description window 161 Show Device Library command 233 Show Grid 161 Show Library command 233 Show Line Numbers command 308 Show Output 161 Show Output command 233 Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length 216 Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View 216 Show XXXX value 9 Show Hide CMD packet in results display 187 Show Hide Command queue in results display 187 Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button 155 Show Hide DLLP packet in results display 187 Show Hide Field 191 Show Hide Link Packet button 186 Show Hide Physical Packet in results display 187 Show Hide TLP packet in results display 187 Show Hide Transport Packet button 187 Sierra M6 4 Protocol Analyzer 9 Sierra Trainer menus 292 Sierra Trainer toolbar 296 399 Teledyne LeCroy Index simulation mode 26 Sleep statement 289 SMP
265. gical OR association of two or more single events Here the combined event consists of any occurrence of RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 1 A Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal or BREDY Reserved 0 Mo action specified For the event RROY NORMALS From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the pp Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box As you did in example 1 of this chapter choose RRDY Normal as the first primitive that you want to monitor Click the add combined event prompt to add a second event d Replace REDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 gt x Description Wait for BRDY Normal or BRDY Reserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules E Click here to add a sequence Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator F lt Click here to add an action 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 25 Example 3 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears 3 6 7 Choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second primitive that you want to monitor Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the A
266. gment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment Using the Cursors and Bookmarks Cursors The data viewer display incorporates three cursors labeled X Y and T All cursors are initially overlaid and positioned at location O which is the trigger position of the display The Trigger or T cursor is the measurement reference and is always at location O in the display Positioning the X Cursor To position the X Cursor within the viewer data display click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Positioning the Y Cursor To position the Y cursor within the viewer data display click the right mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration Teledyne LeCroy Note You can also left click to set the X cursor and right click to set the Y cursor in the Frame and Column View by clicking in the narrow strip on the very left side of a cell Similarly you can set the cursors in the Waveform View by left and right clicking at the beginning of a waveform Time Time differences between the cursors are displayed in the Cursor Position toolbar To display the cursor position tool bar select Toolbar from the
267. gt Open Description Close Figure 5 34 Customize Commands 3 Select the Toolbars tab to display the Toolbars page of the Customize dialog box xl Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Toolbars 7 Analyzer Control 2 Reset Reset All Hew Rename Delete Show text labels Close Figure 5 35 Customize Toolbars 4 Click the Reset All button Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 385 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options 386 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Pattern Generator File You may use any text editor or word processor to create a pattern generator file spg using the following conventions Note If you have purchased a licence you can enable the pattern generator see Ports Configuration on page 98 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 Key words ALIGN CONT DMAT EOF HOLD HOLDA PMACK PMNAK PMREQ_P PMREQ_S R_ERR R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY XXXX LOOP Enable Disable Host Device Scramble Role END OF_FILE Comment format Comment text Primitive definition format To add an ALIGN primitive use ALIGN or 27 3 10 2 10 2 K28 5 To add a CONT primitive use CONT or 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 Loop definition format You may write a defined pattern into memory repeatedly by enabling a loop Loop definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable looping use
268. gure on next page Device Setup be Dev Mame Type Cur Req Status File Name Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analzers 13 10 1310 PES C Program Files LeCroy s Update All Sierra Emulators 23 10 23 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analyzer 33 10 33 70 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MBE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Infusion 53 20 53 20 MES C Program FilessLeCroy s Pie Sierra Trainer C Program FilessLeCray s Figure 3 152 Device Setup Dialog Beginning to Update Status of a Device After the update the device must restart 220 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual User Defined Decoding Teledyne LeCroy AA 1 Sierra device 5N1 61475 updated successfully aTa Please wait until device SM 61475 restarts Figure 3 153 Info Dialog Then the update is complete Device Setup Dev Name Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected Siera Infuzion BHAN C Program FilessLeCroy S Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR CAProgram FileshLeCroysS Sierra Analyzer s2 1310 13 10 MOE CProgram FilestLeCropsS Update Ail Sierra Emulator 2 2310 23 10 POE C Program Files LeCroyss Sierra Analyzer 33 10 33 10 GR C Program Files LeCrop 5 M Siera Self Test 4312 4312 MES C Program Files LeCrovp 5 r he Sierra Trainer les LeLroy ss lose
269. h a value then the field becomes fixed length Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 305 Teledyne LeCroy Starting the Script Editor 306 5 7 2 5 7 3 5 7 4 9 7 5 9 7 6 5 8 3 CRC Calculations are calculated unless told otherwise If the CRC is not explicitly set in the traffic generation file the application assumes that you want it and calculates and displays it in front of the generated frames If you provide a CRC value the application uses that value even if it is incorrect This gives you the option of configuring the generator to create errors If the generation file was created through the Export command File gt Export gt To Generator File Format the CRC is calculated but commented out If the source trace has a bad CRC the CRC is exported into the generation file and is not commented out Primitives Decl inc File The PrimitivesDecl inc file defines Primitives The file consists of declarations left and the corresponding byte streams right 6 Primitive 0AF 7 Primitive EOAF a RBC 18 1E 61 KEES 18 67 OF 9 Primitive ALIGN 0 10 Primitive ALIGN 13 ji Primitive ALIGN 2 ig Primitive ALIGN 3 EFES 44 44 7B RBC 07 OF OF RBC 61 61 61 KEES YB VER VB To generate Primitives copy relevant portions of text on the left not the bytes shown right from this file into the generator block section of the ssg file Address FramesDecl inc File The Addr
270. half It is not recommended to use Sendinc and SendBulk when you are employing RateMatching since the automatically generated data will not get rate matched Raw Data Scrambling Mode Only those raw DWORDs will be scrambled that contain only data bytes no 10 bit symbols or K bytes Scrambling is reset by changing ScramblingMode or by any valid SAS or SATA frame When Scrambling is on scrambling is done by Trainer engine It automatically detects scrambling type SAS or SATA by start frame primitive When Scrambling is off data is sent without any scrambling Possible Values SCRAMBLING _MODE_NONE SCRAMBLING _MODE_SAS SCRAMBLING_MODE_ SATA SCRAMBLING _MODE_AUTO Default Value SCRAMBLING MODE_AUTO Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Default Setting Value Wait Timeout Settings WaitTimeout 1000 AUTO_WAIT_SAS_AFTER Settings AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE CLOSE _FOR_CLOSE AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE EOF FOR ACK AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE EOF_FOR_ACK_OR_NAK AUTO_WAIT_SAS_AFTER_ FALSE OPEN_FOR_OPEN_ACCEPT AUTO_WAIT_SAS_AFTER_ FALSE OPEN_FOR_OPEN_REJECT AUTO_WAIT_SAS_AFTER_ FALSE IDENTIFY_FOR_IDENTIFY_ FRAME AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE SMP_REQ_FOR_RESP AUTO_WAIT_SAS_BEFORE Settings AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE CLOSE _FOR_CLOSE AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE SOF_FOR_CREDIT AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE IDENTIFY_FOR_IDENTIFY_ FRAME AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE
271. he Trigger dialog to open the Data Pattern dialog see Figure 2 50 Data Pattern a SSP Hashed Source 545 Address bel ae STP Hashed Destination 545 Address pees eer Sesser Cancel MOT Data Data Offset 0 D words 0 255 oS Dw oS Dwi OS Dwa oS Dwe oS Dw5 oS Duy oS Dw oS Dwg oS Dw knees Dwa OX Dw KX Dwi ee ee ew Dw3 ee ee ew Dwle oS Dw15 oS El 11 4112 4113 4114 VIT WiT2 T3 FTA Check Al Uncheck Al Count Expected number of occurences on each link Figure 2 50 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for triggering and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to trigger on 00 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this DWORD pattern as 03 02 01 00 78 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Training Sequence Double click Training Sequence in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Training Sequence dialog Training Sequence Byte Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 EU 0 AR Pattern Type Reserved OOX wi Wie MJB 7 14 Mitra Wir Wl W T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurre
272. here to add another script command and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected script command 6 To edit batch commands click the command or right click the command and select Edit from popup menu Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Chick here to add another script command Ruri S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST j Click here to add else body gt END IF 7 To delete a command right click and select Delete from popup menu or select command and press Delete key on keyboard After finishing if everything is correct push the Run Batch button to execute scenario and save result in the log file a EEE Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box 284 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files 4 12 2 4 12 3 4 12 4 Teledyne LeCroy Error Checking The Script Workspace shows errors by red color The program reports all errors in the log file If you use a script from other InFusion hardware it may cause an error for example mismatch in hardware Mac addresses or scenarios that are not already in current hardware 1 New Script 0 gt x ANOLA Scrip comman d gt lick here toadd anott f Label 0 Run N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER A Rag HE oy PERA d a A AA ae a Chick here to add another sent command
273. host and the PHY of the test target DUT Link training is not performed transparently because the FPGA cannot manipulate the required physical probe settings Hence training sequences and speed negotiation cannot be jammed Another side effect is that pre jam and post jam recordings during these events are not the same Interface Buttons The InFusion interface has the following command buttons D M e Hg E El P E Analyzer Trainer B BE Record M H New Scenario Begins the scenario creation process by listing Scenario Name Direction for traffic changes and Global Rules in the scenario window New Batch Script Starts a scenario batch file in Batch Script window Open Library Lists the InFusion Library Files infdb which contain the available scenarios in an Open dialog Save Saves the current scenario in the UserData folder Print Prints the current scenario Show Library Displays hides the Main Library window on the right which displays the available scenarios You can create a new scenario save a selected scenario save the library save a copy of the library display the selected scenario insert a copy of the selected item or delete the selected scenario Show Output Displays hides the Output window at the bottom which displays InFusion output Use the buttons to save output print output display options automatically save the log file with a path and size start logging stop logging and clear the
274. ial Voltage a Pre emphasis Pre tab QO Pre emphasis first au Pre emphasis second You can set the DFE_Control values for O DFE Tapl a DFE_Tap2 Oo DFE_Tap3 a DFE_Tap4 O DFE_Tap5 QO reference voltage Pre emphasis first Pre emphasis Pre tal 4 y Pre emphasis second DFE_Control DFE Taplif0 DFE Tap 0 DFE_Tap3 0 y DFE Tap9 j0 DFE Tapi fo y reference voltage fo mv OK Cancel Figure 3 137 Advanced Probe Setting Dialog References Probe Setting The References Probe Setting dialog see Figure 3 138 on page 207 allows you to set the three reference points defined by the SAS 3 0 specification Reference 1 Reference 2 and NoEq in cases when the default reference points do not result in a clean link These settings only need to be applied once for each analyzer as they are saved by the SAS SATA Protocol Suite application on the host machine Connecting to a different host machine requires reapplying the settings Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 205 Teledyne LeCroy TxRxVout amp Preemphasis References Probe Setting lm 25 ol Reference 1 VOD 33 Pre emphasis first 23 Pre emphasis Pre taf 15 Pre emphasis second 3 z Reference 2 VOD 33 Pre emphasis first 16 VOD 33 Pre emphasis first 0 Figure 3 138 References Probe Setting Dialog 3 16 3 Manual Calibration of Tx Path from Jammer or Trainer To manually calibrate perform the following steps 1 Select Setup gt
275. ice S11 12 440 E Ure Cheek Power hiode TER 15 D1 DES Check Power hiode Figure 3 20 SATA Spreadsheet View Right click a column heading to go to Preferences make all columns the same width choose Time Stamp Format or Goto a position Right click a column heading to Hide or Show the column To show the same columns permanently select Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer gt As Previously Saved Right click a packet to change the background and foreground color 122 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Right click the column to Add Bookmark or Edit Bookmark Set Time Stamp Origin go to Preferences choose Time Stamp Format Change Background or Foreground Color or Goto a position Note You can double click a data frame to display the data payload view The Status column can show ABRT and UNC status Export As Text Excel Select File gt Export gt Export to Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files Select options from With comma delimiter Export Duration and Save in a Single CSV File For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note When SpreadSheet View is exported to text the XFER Length field is always in hexadecimal format Note The Export As Excel option is available only for Column View and Spreadsheet View Ch
276. ick Click here to add another sequence or Click here to add another state and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected sequence state event or action When you click the Scenario Name or the Direction For Traffic Changes the Scenario Properties dialog box displays see Figure 4 13 on page 245 allowing you to enter the scenario name a short description and direction of traffic change Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties Teledyne LeCroy alex Properties Type Scenario Name Mew Scenario 1 Description Direction From Initiator Figure 4 13 SAS Scenario Properties Dialog Box In the Scenario Properties screen the direction for traffic modification is defined on a global basis for the entire scenario In other words any scenario action that modifies line traffic only affects the traffic flowing in the direction established at the top of the scenario in the Scenario Properties Scenario events can be monitored in either direction and therefore the parameters for events provide the ability to specify the intended direction for monitoring traffic for that event SATA Smart Hold Option HE Scenario Properties Properties Mame Mew Scenario 0 Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yez Set DOB QUE Definition Normal Spec Value Smart Hold Figure 4 14 SATA Scenario Properties Dialog Box SATA Scenario Properties have a Smart Hold option which is on by
277. ide the specification requirements Code Violation Wrong 10b symbol detected Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 59 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 60 Disparity Error Wrong disparity detected ALIGN Error ALIGN primitive frequency is outside the specification requirements STP Signaling Latency Error SAS only or FIS Signaling Latency Error SATA only DWORD difference between HOLD and HOLDA is greater than entered value in the HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout field STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SATA only Second SATA_SOF is encountered before SATA_EOF and other unexpected primitives STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SATA only Timeout between two paired primitives is above entered value 65000 DWORDs is default For example it can occur between WTRM and R_OK or X_RDY and R_RDY It expects device or host to send a response but response is not received after 65000 DWORDs You can configure Primitive Response Timeout and HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout in the Settings tab Analyzer Settings section Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DWORD show HAR HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 255 A Pack training sequence Frame Type Error Wrong frame type Frame Length Error Reported frame length is different than
278. igger analyzer action A message Triggered Post Trig Capturing displays on the Software Status bar This is different from the external trigger mechanism You do not need an external trigger cable When the analyzer triggers it triggers on a packet before the actual trigger event occurs The trace triggers more than 1 us before the event actually occurs The trigger is on the Initator side instead of the Target side as set in the scenario Scenario Actions After you enter the set of events for a test state the menu driven interface prompts you for the corresponding action or set of actions If you define multiple actions the actions occur simultaneously see Figure 4 16 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy FE Action Properties E loj x Type Properties sunt Analyzer Trigger Type Acton bs Beep Description Capture Data Dword Random Ho l Inject Every Nth occurence 1 o CRC Error Monitor Count Not monitored z Invalid 10bit code Error E Running Disparity Error Insert z Address Frame z FIS Frame SAS Primitive SATA Primitive SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD l Link 2 Disconnect Reconnect z Monitor Count Remove Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame El SMW Z Speed Negotiation Retime Speed Negotiation Violation a Stop Scenario Substitute Data Dword with SAS primitive with SATA primitive Trigger Output x ere
279. ight of the application window The Port Status displays the Port Soeed and Analyzer In addition to displaying OOB Link Frame and Error a display showing the buffer full opens when a trigger occurs Port status O A PS ee ee ee ee Poca soul mm a A a O SCNT e Port Port Speed Function OOB Link Link Frame Error Eror Trigger Butter indicator ea EEN p EH nl 38 30G Exerciser 31 au o EEE Port status E Port ort Speed Function 00 00E 2E Link Frame Error Trigger Butter 1 indicator 0 156G Exerciser a FI 000 0 vy Port status 11 B o 30G Exerciser ra o 0 y Figure 3 126 Port Status Window and Capturing Time 1 Pre trig capturing trig is 50 2 Trig point shown by red bar 36 pre trig was captured 3 Post trig capturing 50 post trig was captured and capturing has stopped Note If sample capture occurs with more than one unit active additional Port Status windows display 194 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy The OOB Link Frame and Error LEDs in the Port Status dialog mimic follow the LEDs on the Front panel of the unit Reset button LEDs illuminated Unit 1 SN 61658 EW xl Port Speed Function ODB sk F me Error Trigger Buffer indicator Ay MM Y i i TENE 2 T 156 Y 1 PRR RP When the LEDs are dim it indicates they were lit in the past Pressing the Reset button eras
280. igure 5 26 on page 377 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Search by Hex Search by ASCII Bitmazk Mask Match hes hes co 07 M E to he E Figure 5 26 Data Pattern Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want Note If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match 9 11 20 Find Next To apply the previous Find parameters to the next search a Select Find Next under Search on the Menu Bar OR pi a Click on the Toolbar 5 11 21 Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 377 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options 9 12 9 12 1 378 Display Options You can select what information to display using the Display Options window To open the Display Options window QO Select Display Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR a Click Eg on the Toolbar You can select Color Format Hiding Level Hiding and Headers display options The following sections describe these display options Restore Factory Presets s
281. ility bits in SNW 3 In Automatic connection This value is also used for the time during which generator sends Align0 and Align1 in SNW1 and SNW2 The time in OOBI during which generator transmits COMWAKE or D C idle during SNW 3 The maximum time for transmitter training to complete during Train_Tx SNW The initial coefficient setting values to be transmitted in the Tx training TTIU The value can be one of these values Normal Reference 1 Reference 2 No equalization 359 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 360 Default Setting Value Phy Capabilities Settings OOB SpeedNeg Phy_start OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_txSSCtype OOB SpeedNeg Phy_RLLR OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g1WithoutSSC OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g1WithSSC OOB _SpeedNeg _ Phy_g2WithoutSSC OOB_ SpeedNeg _ Phy_g2WithSSC OOB_ SpeedNeg _ Phy_g3WithoutSSC OOB_ SpeedNeg _ Phy_g3WithSSC OOB_ SpeedNeg _ Phy_g4WithoutSSC Description The START bit shall be set to one The phy s receiver Shall use this bit to establish the timing for the subsequent bits A TX SSC TYPE bit set to one indicates that the phy s transmitter uses center spreading SSC when SSC is enabled A TX SSC TYPE bit set to zero indicates that the phy s transmitter uses down spreading SSC when SSC is enabled or that the phy does not support SSC The REQUESTED LOGICAL LINK RATE field indicates if the phy supports multiplexing and if so the logical link rate that the
282. ing rules rules that determine how the analyzer generates traces Rules are combinations of events and actions Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 367 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language An event and the action or actions associated with it form a rule state Briefly creating a rule involves the following steps 1 Creating Event buttons in the Available Events area 2 Drag and drop of Event buttons to the appropriate areas cells in the Main Display area 3 Assigning an action or actions to each Event button 5 11 12 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events area You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons 1 Click the New Event button at the left side of the toolbar to display the New Event pop up menu ia Now event wt O a Primitives Frames SCSI Commands SCSI Status 54 74 FIS SSP Frame Header SSP Information Unit SMP Request Response 474 Commands ATAPI Commands SATA Data Pattern 545 Data Pattern Figure 5 18 New Event Menu 368 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 2 Select an event such as Primitive The event appears in the Available Events area Available E vents Figure 5 19 Available Events Area 5 11 13 Dragging a But
283. ing timer value to zero syntax is CLEAR TIMER A CLEAR TIMER B CLEAR TIMER C CLEAR TIMER D Loading timer current value in variables varNamel TIMER A varNamel TIMER B varNamel TIMER C varNamel TIMER D Example CLEAR TIMER A While Counter lt MaxPeriodCount Counter TIMER A a Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 333 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language PATTERN Counter Trainer script syntax allows you to use counters on a number of defined events in generation settings Syntax for loading counters in variables is varNamel varNamel varNamel Q varNamel varNamel Q varNamel COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT B COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT C COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT D COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT E COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT F Syntax for clearing resetting counters is CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT B CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT C CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT D CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT E CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT F Example CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A 334 While Counter lt MaxPrimitiveCount Counter COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A Procedure Definition Procedures allow creating simple syntaxes for complex reusable parts in scripts You can write such code once as a procedure and use everywhere required Procedure definition syntax is procedure procedureName Ca
284. ion The Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool for traffic passing through the Jammer It allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems Click on the Jammer icon Jammer to invoke the Teledyne LeCroy SAS or SATA InFusion see InFusion Overview on page 345 You can toggle between the InFusion and Analyzer panes by using the Alt Tab keys the Windows Task Bar or by pressing the respective toolbar button in each pane Trainer The SAS Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device Traffic generation enables engineers to test designs under realistic conditions and to transmit known errors allowing engineers to observe how devices handle faulty link conditions Traffic generation is performed via the execution of text based scripts These traffic generation files ssg contain statements about the types of traffic to be generated These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the included Script Editor utility Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 35 Teledyne LeCroy Trainer Click on the Trainer icon 8 to invoke the Teledyne LeCroy SAS or SATA Trainer see Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation on page 407 You can toggle between the Trainer and Analyzer panes by using the Alt Tab keys
285. ion Request or Response SMP Report Zone Routing Table Request or Response STP Register Host to Device FIS STP Register Device to Host FIS STP Register Device Bits Device to Host FIS STP DMA Activate Device to Host FIS STP DMA Setup FIS STP BIST Activate FIS O O OCO0ODODDODODDO oO oo ooo o O 382 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options OOO O O Teledyne LeCroy STP PIO Setup Device to Host FIS STP Data FIS STP Frame Summary Header SATA Frame Summary Header SAS Delta Time Check boxes to allow a field when the selected header is collapsed Example header fields are OCDOO O a Frame Type Function Result Offset FIS Type You can move items up and down You can select to Restore Defaults for the selected header or all headers Saving Display Options You can save a set of Display Options values make a set the default settings or use a saved set of values with the commands at the bottom of the Display Options window a To save the current Display Options values in an options file for use in future ses sions click Save Enter a file name without a file name extension The program adds the opt extension The file must have an opt file name extension To load a previously saved opt file click Load and select a file name To save the current Display Options values in the default opt options file for use as the default display options click Save as Default Do not
286. ions SCSI Operations Management Transactions ATA Commands or OOBs from the top left list box to list that type of event in the Events Group box 3 Select one or more events from the Events Group box Packet Types Header PHY Event Transaction Primitives Source Addresses Hash Source Addresses Destination Addresses Hash Destination Addresses Data Length SMP Frames DOOUODODUOCUD Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 375 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language DOOOUOUHOUD SSP Frames Errors FIS Types FIS Port Number Channel Data Pattern Completion Time 4 Select one of the following options a e Union Find all packets matching ANY of the specified events Intersection Find packets matching ALL of the specified events Exclusion Exclude packets matching any of the specified events Exclusion works with the other two options Select Union AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ANY of the following fields or Intersection AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ALL of the following fields 5 Optionally set the search Direction and Origin 6 Optionally check to Search in Hidden or Find All 7 Click OK After the search finishes the program displays the packets meeting the search criteria 5 11 19 Data Pattern Mask and Match 376 If you select Data Pattern as the Event Group in the Find dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit see F
287. ipt Assignments to Links on page 310 Display Options Selects what information to display See Display Options on page 378 Setup Generate view Tools Update Sierra Device Port Configuration JE Display Options Figure 5 3 Trainer Setup Menu 5 1 3 Generate Menu Start Generation Causes the Generator to begin generation Stop Generation Causes the Generator to stop generation Resume Generation Causes the Generator to resume generation after a stop Connect Link Automatically bring the linkup to the Host Device Initiator or Target connected to the Trainer Disconnect Link Disconnect link Connect Parameters Set the Identify frame parameter settings to keep the link connected See Connection Parameters on page 383 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 293 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Menus 294 Generation Options Setup the Generation Rules See Auto Speed Negotiation on page 365 Gpuerate Search View Tools start Generation im Stop Generation e en i Resume Generation E Connect Link Disconnect Link Connect Parameters Te Generation Options Figure 5 4 Trainer Generate Menu Search Menu Go to Event Opens a dialog that allows you to go to a frame and time gt alae x Goto Frame i Time O O000000000 secs cr Figure 5 5 Go to Event Dialog Go to Marker Positions the display to the selected marked packet Go to Pa
288. isplays hides Trp the Transport layer and below SAS only App v The Show Hide All Commands Packet button shows hides the Command layer and all layers below SCSI Cmd and Task Mng SMP Cmd and ATA Cmd SAS only w E Click the down arrow on the Show Hide All Commands Packet PEREDA button to choose command types to show hide Y ATA Cmd The Show Hide Physical Packet button toggles the display of physical layer PLY packets SATA only The Show Hide FIS packet button toggles the display of FIS layer packets FIS When OFF the FIS layer and its links are hidden SATA only The Show Hide CMD packet button toggles the display of the CMD packets CMD When ON only the command layer displays SATA only SC FEY The Show Hide Command Queue button displays queued commands SATA only The CQ button s hierarchy only applies to ReadDMAQueued and WriteDMAQueued The hierarchy for other queued commands is displayed as part of the regular application layer decoding The Order Reorder button toggles the time order of packets SATA only The Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives toggles packing repeated primitives in one port SAS only The 10B button displays the payload data as 10 bit encoded data The 8B button displays the payload as 8 bit scrambled or unscrambled data depending on the Scrambled setting The SC button selects scramble unscramble for the 8 bit payload data The PV button shows hides the primitive v
289. itch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device 3 Analyzer connected directly to the host machine using a crossover cable Connecting to a Network When connected to a network the analyzer can communicate with the DHCP server to obtain IP address configuration information in order to establish a connection Refer to Select Device on page 15 Connecting over Different Subnets If the host machine with the Sierra software and Sierra M124 are on the same subnet they will see each other s broadcasts and the Sierra M124 application will automatically appear in the Select Device dialog from which you can select a device as described in the previous section If the host machine and Sierra M124 do not reside on the same subnet they will not see each other automatically You must add the Sierra M124 IP address manually To add the IP address use the Add Device button see Figure 1 10 on page 18 TCP and UDP Ports Must be Open to Connect over Ethernet Check your firewall settings before making Ethernet connections Incorrect firewall settings can prevent Teledyne LeCroy applications from detecting analyzers on the network though Ping works correctly Consult your Firewall documentation to allow Teledyne LeCroy applications access to the network 26 1 15 1 16 The following TCP and UDP ports must be open to connect over the Ethernet a TCP Port 4000 to 4003 a UDP Ports 4015 to 4017 Launching Your Analyzer
290. ite Data SSP Frame SSP Read Data SSP Write Data SMP Frame Address Frame 446466665 Figure 3 65 SAS Histogram Frames af Frame Y FI w Read Data FIS Write Data FIS Figure 3 66 SAS Histogram Frames Hide Error Frames Frames with errors are displayed in red To hide error frames from the histogram click the button Note To display the error code of a protocol error click the error icon with the red x Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 149 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 150 User Defined You can define additional items for inclusion in the Histogram by clicking the User Defined User Defined button to open the User Defined dialog CT x Primitive alr NORMAL z f Hot Specific To Type OF Connections CO Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections Used Inside STP Connections Frame T Outside Connections Cancel Figure 3 67 SAS Histogram User Defined Dialog You can include Primitive and or Outside Connections frames Primitives To include Primitives check the Primitive check box click the down arrow on the Primitive list box and choose a Primitive User Defined e Primitive AIP NORMAL AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED O AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Figure 3 68 SAS Choosing a Primitive User Defined
291. k of the scenario area itself as consisting of two subareas A Global Rules area at the top where you create the Global Rules and a Sequence area beneath the Global Rules where you create any sequences Whether you are creating Global Rules or a Sequence the menu driven interface prompts you to specify the event s for which you want to trigger actions see Figure 4 15 on page 247 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events Teledyne LeCroy Fi event Properties be 15 x Type Properties address Frame Type Event pu Analyzer Trigger Description n Any Dword Count Randomly Ho 2 ATA Command Counter Value 1 ATA Command Frame Direction From Initiator ATAPI FQ AddressFrameT ype Value 4 Bits 0x00 IDENTIFY Z H MMC FO AddressFrameT ype Mask F REC Fi DeviceT ype Value 3 Bits Ox00 Reserved de 3BiLZ F1 DeviceType Mask 0 es a F2 Reserved Value 1 Bit 0 E n F2 Reserved Mask 0 J abe F3 REASON Value 4 Bits Ox00 Unknown reason i F3 REASON Mask 0 Both Links Up z A CRE Error F4 Reserved Value 4 Bits 0 A Dword Matcher F4 Reserved Mask o FIS Frame FO Restricted Value 1 Bit 0 FIS Type F5 Restricted Mask 0 Frame Type FE SMPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit 0x00 indicates that an SMP initiator port is not present oe Invalid 10bit code Error FE SMPinitiatorPort Mask 0 z Links Speed 3G F STPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit 0x00 indicates that an STP initiator port iz not present Links Speed 66 FF STPini
292. l e Primitive Figure 3 69 SATA Choosing a Primitive Check a Connection Type option radio button if available and click OK Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Zoom Teledyne LeCroy You can Zoom from x1 to x256 3 3 14 Bus Utilization View The Bus Utilization View displays information on pending lO To display the Bus Utilization View of the current capture click Analysis gt Bus Utilization View or click the ee button on the tool bar Pending IOS IOs 4 gt x El Pending IOs IOs rem en NN 4 gt Figure 3 71 SATA Bus Utilization View for Pending ATA IO Available Bus Utilization Views are QO Pending SCSI IO for SAS QO Pending ATA IO for SATA Hovering the mouse over the graph heading displays the graph legend QO Go to ATA SCSI Cmd Jump to command Q Synchronize with Trace View Synchronize all open views to that location in the trace QO Fitto Graph Area Zoom to fit a Hide Do not display the graph To synchronize all open views to that location in the trace double click the graph Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 151 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data The buttons have the following functions A A Horizontal zoom in Vertical zoom in Vertical zoom out Click and Drag
293. l SMS A A A A AA 12 1 92 Connecting IM Generali a A ds 13 o A a OS 13 1 10 EXPpandaDllMasid A a i 14 1 10 1 Cascading with CATC SYNC ExpanSion ssssssssnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 14 tTO Z Select DEVICE aca 15 1 10 3 Using the Power EXPANSION CAS ia aan da 21 110 4 Removing Expansion Cards uni 23 111 C nn cting Via Ethernet ists tessa ii idilio Oca 26 1 12 Connecting to a NOtWoTK icasociooic ria 26 1 13 Connecting over Different Subnet 0cooncocccconccocococccccononnncocnconnncnnronanonnnrnnnrnnnrrnnrenarenannnanos 26 1 14 TCP and UDP Ports Must be Open to Connect over Ethernet oocooccoocconcconcocnccnncnn 26 1 19 La ncning oUF ANalyzOr csi id 26 1 16 Operating in Simulation Mode ooccccnconnconociccnconacocnconanonnnnonnnonnnonnronnnrnnnrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnarenannnnnns 26 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Contents 1 17 USING UNC DOM WANG csi ticas 27 1 18 Getting Started with the Protocol AnNalyzZer ooncconccnncconciccncoccconaconancncnconanenarenanenanrnnanenns 28 1 19 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars 28 e A A O 29 119 2 SOU Dina 29 e TA 30 RIA ANN SIS il 30 1519 5 VIEWING Captured Data nord ie 31 Ao Ale AMON AAA E E E E A E E 32 E a a a a a a a a 32 TTIE WINA OW aiie e E RO 34 CISSI A 34 1 19 10 TOCA Si AAA A galt 34 E ae Seca cates apcatcceceanscsacaiacasscaasaatnes
294. l Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions 4 8 3 4 8 4 Teledyne LeCroy whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event_2 Capturing a Data DWORD InFusion provides the ability to capture individual data DWORDs and provides four different registers to store captured DWORDs DWORD O 1 2 and 3 To capture a data DWORD select Capture Data DWORD from the Action Properties screen as shown below Select the register to be used to store the DWORD from the drop down menu under the Capture Register property 2101 x1 Type Properties Type Description Achon z Capture Data Dword E Inject A andom No E Link Eyer Ath occurence 1 Monitor Count blonitor Count Mot monitored z Remove Direction From Initiator Stop Scenario E Substitute Trigger Output Capture Register Duvord 0 Offset Diword 0 Diword 1
295. lect more than one pattern then check the Define Sequential Trigger Mode check box a EP Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASProtocolAnalyzer o x File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help lel xi 5 E O Trainer Y Jammer QH Record y a ch amp a Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzerl O Dont care Snapshot Capture Exclude Manual Trig Y Include Xx Include SYNC Include CONT 9 Pattem Infusion Tre Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame PERN F Q Exclude Idle 3 A Trigger Sequential Timer P Device Sleep Rising Edge Timeout P Primitive AIP NORMAL Extemal Manual Trigger 3 Settings Device Sleep Trigger Position in Memory 50 Add gt gt Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Bus Condition TE Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Symbol Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 12 13 13 14 T Primitive a Descrambling Enabled 9 m Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP STP Frame 59 Connection Details All Ports ATA Command V Define Sequential Trigger Mode Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All r x to r Ons xto T Ons Y toT Ons For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Figure 2 65 SAS Select Sequential Trigger Mode
296. ledyne LeCroy Figure 3 100 SAS SATA Search Data Pattern Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames JAddress Frames 55P Frames SMP Frames JSTP Frames JSC Commands SMP Commands Task Management Function BATA Commande SCS Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Error Tag SCS Task Attribute ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Search By C Hashed SAS Address i SAS Address Search Direction Fowad C Backward Search From Start Trig Pointer i Pointer i Pointer Last Found Reset All Save Load Search Sub lems LES Range EE write DMA Ext ie mi fo Wi wi wis Fs EX e T1 Iw T2 Iw 73 fe 74 To LBA jo Hex Tao Check All UnCheck All Tag Range Protocol Error IM Packet with Error IY Packet without Error From Tag fa Hex To Tag jo Hex 5 TP Porte W Don t Care STP Port 0 Advanced Search Logic AND Selected Items OF Selected Items Cancel Domain lt lt Figure 3 101 Search Parameter Definition Dialog You can continue to search the output file using Next Search F3 or Previous Search F4 for the same pattern until you redefine the data capture search parameters Save Search Setup After you have set up a Search configuration you can save it as a SAS Sear
297. ledyne LeCroy Analysis Select Statistical Re Ranc eee So 5 All Traces From Cursor w To T Cursor v From Link vy No l To Link Cenes Figure 3 31 Report between Cursors Report Between Events Click the option button next to the From the event selection dropdown list click the From down arrow to choose the 1st event then enter the number of its occurrence Next click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd event then enter the number of its occurrence Link FIS ATA Cmd Cancel Phy Reset Figure 3 32 SATA Report between Events From Link vi No fi To Link v Nofi Click OK The resulting report are limited to the capture between the defined events SAS vs SATA SAS adds Transport SCSI Cmd SMP Cmd and Task Mng to the drop down list and deletes FIS and Phy Reset Statistical Report Content SAS A complete SAS statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog General Bus Condition Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others O O DOODODODODOCD ooo ooo O 130 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy SATA A complete SATA statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog O O OCOD
298. lisina 296 Sil WMNdOwW MENU ceh a E 296 Sro Ae MEMU enan a a saeveesbenw aust dames uemexsnumeccenceeGe 296 5 2 Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar cccccsscceeeseeceeeeeneceneeneceneeensceasoneeenseaaeceseesenseeasenesenesenees 296 5 3 Setting Up for Generating Initiator TraffiC ooocconcconnconcnccnneccnonnroncncncnnonaronarenancnannnnnnnnns 297 5 4 Setting Up for Generating Target TraffiC oocconnccnnnccnncccncccnnenacennnonnncnnnnnnnnonnrnnaronancnannnnns 297 5 5 Creating a Traffic Generation File uni n 297 5 0 Creating amp NEw Generator Fleira E EEE 298 5 5 2 Editing an Example Generation Filen isisi A tad 299 5 5 3 Converting a SATrainer Traffic Generation Fil ooooonccnncconococncoconoconennnnccnnennnonancnnanonanonarenaronarnnnnrenanens 300 5 5 4 Opening a Traffic Generation File A olen ecseiieer darana aaant iaaa 300 AS E hT oA U k iia shea seater A E E T wads ETE T E AA E AEE A E E 301 5 6 Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files oooncocnconnniconincnnoccnocaronarenaronannnnas 301 5 60 41 Traffic Generation SS Piles ia a 302 962 MOLINOS ME Plena Cars io 302 5 7 Primitive and Frame Definitions cri id 305 5 1 le SPEClal GONGITIONS f r Frames ii ceed cn a aa aa cad daceas aan aaa aa aaen 305 Se PRmiives DECI NG FING riers a A a 306 5 7 3 Address FrameSDeG O a 306 51 4 DOr Flames INC PUG oa 306 Def OS AUIS SINC Als 306 6 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyn
299. lity 16 session Analysis Navigation View Window Help TxVout amp Preemphasis 1 O Recod E OW FS r User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting rea Update Device All Connected Devices Find DUT Power Source Control Manage setup Licenses Preferences Self Test Data Block Set Port Alias 20 us Set SAS Address Alias mu e Figure 1 7 Connecting to All SAS SATA Device s The Select Device dialog allows connecting and disconnecting analyzers on the fly without restarting the application The new Device List introduced in version 4 10 mandates using updated firmware in order to detect the analyzer over Ethernet Thus the analyzer must be updated over USB before it can be used remotely over Ethernet This is applicable for any update from version 4 00 or earlier to any version from 4 10 or later The following Select Device dialog displays see Figure 1 8 on page 17 The colors in the Location column mean the following QO Red Firmware and or BusEngine components need to be updated to the latest version QO Light Blue The device is ready to be connected Yellow The device is locked O Green The software is connected and ready to run O Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy x Device Dev Name Location Status Order m SetAlias Name Sierra M12 4 SN 772 SierraSAS_M1 MERA ee as Device is not r
300. lity provided by the application 4p Trainer To open the Traffic Generation window click the Launch Trainer Icon n the SAS SATA Protocol Suite window For Help press F1 ESO a Figure 5 1 SAS Sierra Trainer Window SATA Replaces the SAS icon with the SATA icon for Show Analyzer Frame Note Trainer has Power On and Power Off commands to control External Power Expansion Card Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 291 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Menus 292 5 1 5 1 1 Sierra Trainer Menus The Sierra Trainer menus are File Menu New GenFile Starts a new Generation File Open Opens a file Close Closes the current window Launch Analyzer Displays Analyzer Window Launch Analyzer Displays Jammer Infusion Window Save As Saves the current file with a new name Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file Print Preview Produces an on screen preview before printing Print Setup Sets the options for the current or new printer Edit Comment Allows you to enter a comment in a dialog Export Saves trace as text file in Packet View Format Convert Converts an SATrainer Generation File stg file to a Generation File ssg file Searct Setup Generate New GenFile Ctrl N Open Ctrl O Close Launch Analyzer Launch Jammer Save As Print Ctrl P Print Preview Print Setup Edit Comment Export Conver
301. ll Connected Devices cel Find DUT Power Source Control Preferences Self Test Data Block Set Port Alias Set SAS Address Alias Figure 1 20 Setup Menu Option 1 19 3 Session The Session menu has the following options Start Capture Record Start capture or record a trace O Pause Capture Record Aborts the capture without saving Stop Capture Record Stops the hardware 1 19 4 Analysis The Analysis menu allows you to view captured data see Figure 1 21 on page 31 Menu items and toolbar options are enabled or disabled and displayed or hidden based on the type of window open The following types of windows can be displayed QO No active window a Project file open a Trace file open 30 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Navigation View BA Decoding Assignments Packet View qe i a E SOE amp Spread Sheet View Column View Text View Frame Inspector View Statistical Report Histogram Bus Utilization Data Report SAS Verification Compliance Test R VSE Figure 1 21 SAS SATA Analysis Menu 1 19 5 Viewing Captured Data Captured data can be displayed in several views Select Analysis from the drop down menu to access the different views see Analysis on page 114 You can display the same data in a OOOO O O DOOCD Packet View Displays
302. lling procedure syntax is Call procedureName Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy 5 11 7 Sierra Trainer Generation Commands General Commands IDLE n CLEAR CREDIT AVAIL RD ERROR CONNECT DISCONNECT PAUSE OUTPUT _ON OOB Commands COMINIT COMRESET COMWAKE COMSAS SATA_ALIGN SATA D10 2 SPEED NEG RCDT SPEED NEG ALIGNO Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generator will insert n idle DWORDs into the generation stream This commands clears the credit established with the command WF_CREDIT_AVAIL See WF_CREDIT_AVAIL in following section on Wait Commands for explanation Generator will insert one idle DWORD into the generation stream which will intentionally break RD sequence creating RD error Generator will go through connection sequence using current GenFile settings gen mode speed and so on Generation will not resume until connection is established Generator will break existing connection to DUT Generator will come to a break and the user will be able to resume generation by pressing Resume button on Generation toolbar Generator shall transmit idle DWORDs while in the Pause Takes the Trainer out of Electric Idle state If it is already out of Electric Idle this is a NOP Generator will send COMINIT OOB signals using current COMINIT settings Generator will send COMRESET OOB signals using current COM
303. log box appears 8 For the action select Branch to gt New State 9 Click the OK button to close the Action Properties dialog box 10 This saves the action and automatically creates an area for State 1 in the scenario 11 In the State 1 area click the prompt to add an event The Event Properties dialog box appears 12 Choose the Address Frame event In the Direction column select From Target you want State 1 to trigger on an Identify Address frame received from the target 13 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 272 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 14 Click the prompt to add an action for State 1 New Scenario O X Mo action specified For the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State 1 Click here to jump to the pro Status Nok saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask Oxf From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 La E Wait for Click here to add i action Figure 4 38 Example 7 Adding an Action to the Second State The Action Properties dialog box appears 15 In this example you enter the action Beep and you set the duration of the beep for 1 second 16 Click OK
304. lude Generation Include S3SPFramesDecl ino i Set GenerationMode GEN MODE SATA HOST This will Set GenerationMode GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR take effect 7 Generation The Global Setting AutoAlign AutoAlign is a global setting that may be on or off depending on the type of device you are emulating There is an AutoAlign setting for SAS and one for SATA for example set AutoAlignSAS ON and set AutoAlignSATA OFF QO SAS Sends AutoAligns every 2048 DWORDs QO SATA Sends AutoAligns every 256 DWORDs If you plan to set and reset AutoAlign in the middle of traffic generation you need to know what the defaults are for AutoAlign The defaults are as follows For SATA host device emulation QO AutoAlignSATA is assumed to be ON QO AutoAlignSAS is assumed to be OFF Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 303 Teledyne LeCroy Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files For SAS emulation the assumptions are opposite QO AutoAlignSATA is assumed to be OFF QO AutoAlignSAS is assumed to be ON For STP QO AutoAlignSAS and AutoAlignSATA are assumed to be ON Placing Global Settings in the Generation Block Some global settings such as AutoAlign On Off can be set and reset in the generation block For example you might want to set SASAutoAlign ON prior to traffic generation and then change to OFF halfway through the generation session include Generation nclude settings inc
305. m Cursor To Y Cursor From ATA Cmd No fi ToJATACmd Mal Import terns M Command FIS Port i H1 D1 TH2D2 FT H303 M Haba Project Mame En Stop cos Figure 2 10 Export to Host Emulator SAS Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 47 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Trace O Range between selected cursors O Range between SCSI Commands or Transport You can export SCSI Commands Task Management FIS ATA Commands Device Sleep SSP Frames SMP Frames SMP Commands or STP Frames You can select the Port In the Project Name enter a valid file name 2 2 10 Export to Trainer The Export to Trainer dialog accessible from the File menu allows exporting data to a file in a format supported by the timer Export to Trainer Range All Trace From To From ll 1 To sC5I Cmd No 1 Import Items 4 SSP Frames SMF Frames STP Frames Insert Waits Auto Aligmert Insert Delays Fort 11 Project Type Trainer Generation File Cancel Figure 2 11 Export to Trainer Dialog SATA In the Export to Trainer dialog you can QO Limit the range of the saved file You can save m All Traces m Range between selected cursors m Range between SCSI Commands SMP Commands or Transport O Import SSP Frames SMP Frames or STP Frames see Events and Event Proper ties on pag
306. m When the project runs the Analyzer detects the occurrence of each pattern in order and triggers on the last one You can reorder the sequence of triggering patterns To change the sequence order highlight a trigger pattern and use the Up or Down arrow to move it to a new position Y Include RRDY A Trigger On Sequential 7 E P Other Triggers Extemal Trig Positive Edge P Symbol K28 3 amp P Timer 1 Mili Seconds P Primitive BROA4DCAST RESERVED 1 P Symbol K28 3 A Settings lt lt Remove 7 Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Space 200 KB T Primitive Response Timeout 20 DWORD Run Pattern Generator Off g Enable 10 8 Decoding Y Enable de scrambling Figure 2 67 Triggering Order Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 91 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 92 Pre Trigger 2 2 16 You can set the amount of data to capture before and after the trigger as a percentage of pre trigger between 1 and 99 Position the pre trigger slider to a percentage This feature allows the evaluation of bus activity leading up to and after the triggering event Figure 2 68 illustrates the operation of pre trigger in data memory Pre trigger data is capture of the specified percentage of data prior to the triggering event It cannot be guaranteed and may be O This can occur when the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount
307. mber of terms Events Actions When you exceed the limit an error is flagged prompting you to jump to the place that caused the error The list of available resources is given below O D 0 0 08 O OCO0ODODDODDO Doo oO Cc External Trigger X 1 Analyzer Trigger X 1 Training Detector x 4 only M12x Primitive Detector each has its own Embedded counter in M12x X 8 Pattern Detector each has its own Embedded counter in M12x X 8 a total of 12 DWORD detectors are shared between all pattern detectors Frame Type Detector X 24 Counter X 12 Timer X 8 OOB X 1 ComWakeDetected X 1 ComWakeCompleted X 1 CominitDetected X 1 CominitCompleted X 1 ComSasDetected X 1 ComSasCompleted X 1 Snw1 X 1 Snw2 X 1 Snw3 X 1 SnwFinal X 1 SnwTrain X 1 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 253 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 4 8 2 254 DOOOOUDUOUOODOEA O DisparityError X 1 10B Error X 1 CrcError X 1 Both Links Up X 1 Link Speed 3G X 1 Link Speed 6G X 1 Link Speed 12G X 1 Primitive Substitute X 12 Insert Frame1 Up To 1024 Dword X 1 Insert Dword8 Up To 16 Dword X 8 SNW Manipulation X 16 Global Action Register X 8 State per sequencer X 256 Action Register per state X 8 Usage of Action Register DOOCOD Each Counter in Global Rules 2 Each Counter in State 3 Each Timer in Global Rules 2 Each Timer in State 3 Other Actions 1 Using Counters in Events and Actions
308. me2 Q varNamel varName2 Q varNamel amp varName2 dvarNamel varName2 QvarNamel lt lt 2 Logical expressions such as compare equal not and and or QvarNamel gt varName2 QvarNamel lt Q varName2 varNamel varName2 Q varNamel QA varName2 logical expressionl amp amp logical expression2 logical expressionl logical expression2 Complex expressions combination of different operators with prioritizing supported varNamel varName2 gt varName3 If While in Logical Expressions Like programming languages scripts allow conditional statements The if while syntaxes are If expression then 330 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language While VarName Example for if then else HT RxFISType LRF 0 7 LRF SATA FIS TYPE START BIT LRF SATA FIS TYPE END BIT if HT RxFISType SATA FIS TYPE DMA ACTIVATE else if GHT RxFISType SATA FIS TYPE DATA else if HT RxFISType SATA FIS TYPE RD2H Example for while while NCQ Temp0 NCO Templ NCQ Templ gt gt 1 Ef NCO Templ 0 then NCQ TempO NCQ Templ amp 0x00000001 Teledyne LeCroy ez then Tu Note In this release while condition is limited to simple variable values only Combining operators is not allowed in while expressions You should move such expressions inside while block Note Nested while and if are supported
309. mitive E Incomplete Frames Address Frames E SSFP Frames E SMP Frames E STP Frames FP SCSI Commands PF SMP Commands PM Task Management Func PATA Commands FP SCS Command Status F Source 545 Address PJ Destination 545 Addres FJ Protocol Errar P Tag P SCSI Task Attribute ATAPI SCS Command P Device Sleep Training Sequence Search By A Hashed 545 Address a SAS Address Search Direction Forward C Backward Search From Start C Trig Pointer E Last Found Search Items Search Sub lems Search Logic O AND Selected Items a OR Selected ltems Field O PATTERN TYPE Bg COEFFICIENT 1 REQUEST Px COEFFICIENT 2 REQUEST Bx COEFFICIENT 3 REQUEST O BALANCE O TX INI O TRAIN COMP x COEFFICIENT 1 STATUS Px COEFFICIENT 2 STATUS Bx COEFFICIENT 3 STATUS o A PAC MWM M 2 2 Po Pa P1 QQ Value 0x0 HOLD s0 HOLD 0x1 increment Oye gt decrement 2 0x3 Reserved 0x0 ready 0x0 ready 0x0 ready Cancel Figure 3 98 Select Field and Values to Filter Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Operator SSH BR Fc 159 6 a E E E Teledyne LeCroy 175 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Use Pair SAS Addresses You can use all available pair SAS addresses Source gt Destination instead of using SAS source and destination addresses To enable the pair SAS address filter option check Use Pair SAS Address
310. n Language Teledyne LeCroy bits in the TTIU Giving the Change_TTIU command with mask value waits for any change in the specified Bits in the Received TTIU compared to the previously received TTIU Example Generation Wait for ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 walting for change in tx init DIE OF TITU Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Wait for ttiu 0x0000A000 0X00008000 waiting for train comp bit to ge high LRT Last received TTIU This instruction is for accessing the last received TTIU The user can access the received TTIU and reuse it as required Example ttiu mask 0x0006000 ttiu LRT ttiu_temp ttiu and ttiu mask Tf ttiu temp 0006000 Send ttiu 0x0006000 Training ERROR_COUNT This instruction is for accessing the error count of the received Dwords This gives flexibility to the user to change the remote tx parameters to get the optimal link with minimal errors Example Vabaz error Count Generation sena teu Ox00006000 0X36 UXA Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 detror Count Training ERROUR COUNT TE error COUMESZ Send ttiu 0x0000A000 0x36 OxA Reset_Training ERROR_COUNT During manual Tx_Training resetting error count can be done using this command Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 321 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 322 Example Vars2 Kerror count Generation Send ttiu 0x000060
311. n Time Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 139 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis QO Host Bus Utilization QO Device Bus Utilization ao Efficiency QO Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes QO Total Read Duration a Cmd Minimum Read MB S O Cmd Average Read MB S a Cmd Maximum Read MB S QO Total Write Cmd a Total Write Bytes QO Total Write Duration is the sum of all write commands duration QO Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S is the Total Write Total payload size of all write com mands in sample file in MB Total Completion Time Total completion time of all write commands in sample file in seconds a Cmd Maximum Write MB S O Average Byte Per FIS a FIS Minimum Difference Time a FIS Average Difference Time is the difference between two back to back FIS in the same link and is the average a FIS Maximum Difference Time 1 MUERA JT oft Code Violation Protocol yor Move Cursor ES General Primitive FIS ATA Command Protocol Eror Performance Others Min Compl Time Ag Compl Time Max Compl Time Host Bus Utilization Device Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total ReadiByte 363 626 a 47 us 363 626 a 47 us 363 626 Sn 47 us E EET us TE a mr 140 tor One HT One Y to T One Figure 3 50 SATA Performance Report FIS Report SATA To display the FIS Report see Figure 3 51 on page 141 click the FIS tab The FIS Report displays information i
312. n have up to two sequences in a scenario The following table summarizes the Global Rules examples that follow TABLE 4 4 Global Rules Examples Example Description 1 Creating a single event and action removes a primitive 2 Creating a single event and action replaces a primitive 3 Creating a combined event a logical OR association of multiple events and an action 4 Creating multiple triggers and actions 5 Creating multiple actions on a single event 6 Using timers Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive from the initiator and removes it 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries 2 Inthe Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change see Figure 4 13 on page 245 3 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event Remove RRDY Normal gt x lt A Scenario is walid Status Mok saved Scenario Name Pemove BRDY Normal Description Wait for BREDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Fules Click here to E event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press F1 Figure 4 20 Example 1 Adding an Event Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy The Event Properties dialog box
313. n prompt to add a third action 6 The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Choose Monitor Count as the third action Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 265 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 ACK Test box Scenario is valid gt scenario Mame ACK Test Description If ACK beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Ml Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms and Inject Bunning Disparity Error and Monitor Count 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 31 Example 5 Complete Scenario 9 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario This example sets the counter to increment at each occurrence of an ACK every 1 ACK 4 9 6 Example 6 Using Timers In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for an ACK primitive from the initiator Each time the device detects an ACK it injects an RD Error into the traffic stream This state continues for a random period of time not to exceed 1 790 seconds After the time period has elapsed timer times out the scenario stops Although this example sets the timer for a random period you also can set the timer for known values 2 ms 5 mins 1 hr and so on 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenari
314. n shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Trace Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Trace Viewer FIS When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured FIS items in the Trace Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Trace Viewer Protocol Error Port When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Trace Viewer When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides packet traffic for the selected port ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Miscellaneous 3 7 6 When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In see Filter Miscellaneous on page 174 Enable Filter Select Filtering gt Enable Filtering or click the P Filter Enable button on the display menu bar to toggle between Filtered and Unfiltered display Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 177 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 178 3 1 1 3 7 8 Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hi
315. n the following columns a DOOCOD FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host PM Port Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Balnet gt r Move gt General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Wiite Command Performance Others FIS Type PM Port Direction Duration Count Lo All E All v All All v Register Host to Device 0 H gt D 695 826 660 16 us 1333 22 97 Register Device to Host 0 D gt H 761 133 361 82 us 1332 22 96 Set Device Bits 0 D gt H 487 066 680 91 us 706 12 17 DMA Activate 0 D gt H 214 080 001 83 us 415 7 15 DMA Setup 0 D gt H 574 346 679 69 us 706 12 17 PIO Setup 0 D gt H 8 426 667 21 us 5 0 09 Data 0 H gt D 2 350 293 40 ms 415 7 15 Data 0 D gt H 50 023 921 97 ms 890 15 34 0 05511509 5802 100 00 Figure 3 51 SATA FIS Report Queue Command Report SATA To display the Queue Command Report click the Queue Command tab The Queue Command Report displays information in the following columns O Command All Custom Read DMA Queued a PM Port a Status All Custom Normal Output QO Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs a Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom QO Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative a
316. nFusion hardware provides the capacity to have up to two sequences co existing in a scenario in addition to the Global Rules Recall that both the Global Rules and any sequences are active at all times Each is a separate state machine having the behavior of a particular test state at any point in time Because the Global Rules has the capacity for only one state you can view it as a degenerative state machine Scenario Libraries You can create any number of scenarios which you then can archive on your PC hard drive You also can download up to ten scenarios to each InFusion device for test execution You can think of the libraries as windows that hold scenarios Recall that each library is a separate infdb file Main Library When you launch the InFusion application it opens a window called the Main Library The main library is the default workspace for creating and storing new scenarios The main library corresponds with the following file in the InFusion folder on the PC hard drive default infdb File Libraries You can save the main library with a name other than default while still using the infdb file extension The new file becomes a file library that is functionally equivalent to the main library with the following exception It does not open by default in the Main Library Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties Teledyne LeCroy window You can navigate to other file librarie
317. nce of patterns Sequential Trigger Mode Snapshot Mode To trigger immediately on any pattern check the Don t care Snapshot button 13 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASProtocolAnalyzer colo iS File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help gt E lt gt Trainer Y Jammer Q Record 4 ch Project Tree gt 8 SASProtocolAnalyzer1 D Dont care Snapshot S F Capture Manual Trig en BY Include XxX Pattem Infusion Tre ee B Include SYNC ee Include CONT Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame a Trigger Non Sequential P Device Sleep Rising Edge E PJ Primitive AIP NORMAL Extemal Manual Trigger Device Sleep Timeout d Settings 2 Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB YH Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Bus Condition tae tu Speed AutoSpeed 11 11 12 12 13 T3 14 T Symbol Es Descrambling Enabled Primitive e Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP AB Connection Details All Ports STP Frame ATA Command Define Sequential Trigger Mode XtoY Ons Y to T Ons For Help press F1 o p O TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Sim Figure 2 36 Default Trigger Selected Manual Trigger Mode To perform a manual trigger check the Manual Trig radio button In the Manual Trigger mode the analyzer captures bus tr
318. nces on each link 1 Figure 2 51 SAS Training Sequence Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Define the training sequence for triggering and click OK Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 79 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Protocol Errors dialog Protocol Errars SMP Response Time Limit E Code Violation E Disparity Error ALIGN Error STP Signaling Latency Error E STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive E STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout E Frame Type Error E Frame Length Error E Frame Direction Error CAC Error ACK NAK Timeout E Delimiter Error i All A SSP D SMP STP 5 11 w2 IIS WIT T2 T3 age 2 Ta Count Expected number of occurences on each link 80 Figure 2 52 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog Or Cancel SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port and does not show SSP SMP or STP radio buttons Check the protocol error s on which to trigger and click OK Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars ATAPI Double click ATAPI in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the ATAPI Patterns dialog x Type Format R OK Any ATAPI Command MMC 6 SPC 4 SSC 2 C Binary x Hexadecimal Can
319. nch to Wait for Aliqnd El Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 13 Error Detected Wait for Any Dword from Initiator then Beep 500 ms B and Branch to Wait for Aliognb E File Libr File Libr For Help press Fl Figure 4 44 Example 9 Bottom Half of Scenario 4 11 Running Scenarios If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of executing a scenario is as follows 1 Select the scenario to run by clicking it 2 To run the scenario click the Run Scenario button on the Device Library toolbar second button from the right The InFusion device then begins its session 4 12 Scenario Batch Files You can write a script with commands to run a sequence of executable scenarios automatically A Scenario Batch file is a text file with a list of commands to run in sequence when you execute the file A batch script can manage scenarios and their assigned ports and hardware in sequence using conditions The system checks for accuracy of inputs and commands Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 281 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box a Hew Batch To start a batch script click the New Batch Script Script button or select
320. nchecking the Quick View setting loads traces faster especially for larger traces and slower connections than Gigabit Ethernet To refresh the viewer display with more uploaded data scroll to the end of the trace using scroll bars page down arrow down or CTRL End Newly uploaded data then appears there Note High level decoding and statistics are available only after the whole trace has uploaded The software automatically switches to full trace view after trace uploading finishes Note Users must press CTRL Home to go to the beginning of an uploaded trace and CTRL End to go to 112 the end of an uploaded trace Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trace Properties Teledyne LeCroy 3 1 2 Using the Viewer Display To configure the data viewer display use the toolbars You can display the same data in Packet view Spreadsheet view Column view with transactions grouped for each active port Text view with transactions grouped for each active port Waveform view Frame Inspector view Histogram view Bus Utilization view Data Report Statistical Report view Power Tracker View SATA OOOOUDUUUOUDUOD O To change the view type when opening a sample change the default workspace or save options in the Preferences dialog To toggle among open windows use CTRL TAB To reverse toggle order use CTRL SHIFT TAB To make a frame a trigger pattern in Packet View right click any frame s
321. nd Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Function Function Result Direction All Report General SMP Function Accepted 1 gt T Discover SMP Function Accepted I gt T 3 519 999 98 us 12 48 00 Report Phy Error Log SMP Function Accepted I gt T 2 559 999 94 us 12 48 00 0 00000627 25 100 00 Figure 3 44 SAS SMP Command Report Task Command Report SAS To display the Task Command Report click the TASK Command tab The Task Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Function a Status a Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom a Duration All Custom or time unit a Count All Custom or a number a of total count O General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others OTTEET Function Status Direction Abort Task Good I gt T 426 666 656 100 00 0 00000043 Figure 3 45 SAS TASK Command Report SAS Address Report SAS To display the SAS Address Report click the SAS Address tab The SAS Address Report displays the report data in columns with the following information See the following screen capture O Source SAS Address All Custom or an address Destination SAS Address All Custom or an address Protocol Type SMIP SSP STP Frame Type All Custom Command Data
322. nerator will insert WAIT_FOR Open Frame command right before each OPEN_REJECT primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Open Frame command right before each primitive of AIP group When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SMP Request Frame command right before each SMP Response Frame 363 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Default Setting Value AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER Settings AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE X_RDY_FOR_R_RDY AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE WTRM_FOR_STATUS AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE PMREQ_S_FOR_RESPONSE AUTO WAIT SATA AFTER FALSE PMREQ_P_FOR_RESPONSE AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE SYNC_FOR_SYNC AUTO_WAIT_SATA_BEFORE Settings AUTO_WAIT_SATA_BEFORE FALSE _PMACK_FOR_PMREQ AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE _PMNAK_FOR_PMREQ AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE _RERR_FOR WTRM AUTO_WAIT_SATA_BEFORE FALSE _ROK_FOR_WTRM AUTO_WAIT_SATA_BEFORE FALSE _RIP_FOR_SOF AUTO_WAIT_SATA_BEFORE FALSE _R_RDY_FOR_X_RDY 364 Description When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_RDY command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_X_RDY primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_ERR or SATA_R_OK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMACK or SATA_PMNAK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_PMREQ_S
323. njector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems InFusion can sit unobtrusively in the data path on a live system to programmatically alter or corrupt traffic InFusion is the ideal tool for stress testing systems using actual workloads J LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier lex File Setup View Configuration Tools Help Dae HG as PB Analyzer Trainer B BM Record MI File Library ciprogram files lecroy sas protocol suite examples infusion scsi sbc2 infdb x Main Library DAY EDX Be DA eax Be WB injet Errors New Scenario 0 M Remove Substitute amp Branch Substitute with Primitive M REDUNDANCY GROUP IN E seo E WRIE ATRIBUTE E MAINTENANCE N WB Detect ACCESS CONTROL IN E Dete Erase 12 WB Detect INQUIRY MM Detect Log Select M Detect Log Sense MM Detect LOCK UNLOCK CACHE 16 Outpu TEE Figure 4 1 InFusion Windows Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 231 Teledyne LeCroy Key Features InFusion supports SAS SSP SMP STP and SATA based protocols operating across a single SAS or SATA link up to 12 G InFusion monitors traffic from both directions in real time and relies on predefined rules to replace any bit primitive or parameter with one you specify InFusion can change traffic when it detects a specific
324. nnnncnnnrnnnrennrrnnnrnnarnnannnns 156 3 5 Using the Power Expansion Card pascal 157 3 6 Running Verification Script Engine VSE cccccseeseesceseeeeeceeeeeneseesceeseeseseneseeesoaees 157 3 7 Navigation View TOoOlbDabr ccccccssecsecceeeeeeseeecseeceeseneeeneceeeoeseunscesseeesanesesoneeeneseneseeeees 161 SILO TOMA ainia ato 162 Deo EMCO LIN ci 166 SRo FLOP A ON 167 3 7 4 oelectabie Filter Options TOF SAS id 171 3 7 5 Selectable Filter Options for SATA ci ie 177 Sef Oo ENADE FIET satis 178 PY GPT Fiter O eee 179 Dial OD CAC id AAA AAA A A ented 179 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 3 Teledyne LeCroy Contents Bel 9 SMOWTIGG FONS rip 186 3 6 Packet VIEW TOO Daria 186 309 1 G ATC NAVIGATION VIEW ui ica 188 B02 SEC VIEW sl E re 188 38 S IC o A O 189 3 0 4 GUSCOMIZE DIS DIAY caca AA AA aal 190 Be OOP a CUS iaa E 195 21O OO A e o o 196 3 10 1 ERADIAO OOK Bal ae 196 3 10 2 CUESOFr POSITION Status Bo 197 SIE CAULIS Dania 197 ca oo o O 197 3 12 Using the Cursors and BookmarkS coocccocccocncoccccoocoocanocnconanonnronancnanrnanrrnnnrnnnrnnnrnnnnenanenn 197 Be A E A A eet aerate canna Oat acento E EEE oUt e eG mie ar atta 197 3 13 Display Configuration ci occ 198 3 13 1 Trace VIEWER Configurati N mr cad 198 314 SE PON ANAS iia 202 3 15 SAS Address Alas SAS ONIY uti ia 203 3 16 TxRxVout amp PreeMphaSiS oonccoccocccoccconcoccconononcconccnnnnnncnnccnnrnnnrnnncnnnrnnrnnnrnnnrnnrrnnrnn
325. nrnanenanes 204 310 1 AGVANCed Probe Seng A ia 206 3 10 2 References Probe Seting aiii c 206 3 16 3 Manual Calibration of Tx Path from Jammer Or Trainer cccccceeeeseeeeeeeeseeseeeeeenesaneseeesenesaneesaes 207 3 110 WAULO P FODE A da 209 S 1 Prererences niai 210 3 171 G neral Va lo ensani a EE E T A E Ara 210 De Vee race Viewer TaD A A A A AR 212 3172 Spread Sheet VIEW aD rinon ica 215 3 164 COMM VIEW TaD ais 216 3179 Packet Vew aa 217 3 17 6 Sampling Memory Usage OptiMizatiON coocccoccconncocononcnnonnnonanenanennnnnnonenanenarennnrnnnrenarenanrnnnrenanenannnnn 217 3 16 FIOALING LICENSE srira aaO us ieesvensndusarseanedaveus tend eaea a 219 3 19 EXtemal Trig SON senie aa TOE 220 3 20 UBdate DEVICE idad 221 3 21 USer Detined DecodINd usina dei ected 222 3 22 MEID MIS WW ai 223 3 221 Tel Teledyne LOCI OY aii AAA 223 A MEID TOPICS eye ern ias 223 3229 VSE ICID TOPICS io 223 322A AS a E A A A E EE E 223 4 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 3 22 0 Display LICENSE INTO Ma lO ias idos 224 322 O Check TOF Updates a 225 RR ANO Rear tn Ren ne ta e a a eSa 225 EA AA A ss 225 3 24 SAS Verification SAS uml arcaicos 227 Chapter 4 INFUSION OvVervieW c occococconconconcononconcancnncnncanonrnaronrnncancaronrnnrnarnnranranona 231 AL Key FOLIOS ii E S 232 AZ IN aC lied 233 42 V U6 0 9 ee oe eee oe ee eee ee Re ne ee ee ee ee ae ee ee eee ee ae Ree ee eee 233 B22 E aN O A E
326. nrnnnrennrrnnrrnnnrrnnrrnnarenanens 373 SILTS A aurea nie tasers a ieee ota E caidas ei gare atic caret aE ak Dace ude ecu eee eeee 374 5 11 19 Data Pattern Mask and Match iixiviotariiniinn nennen nnmnnn 376 AAA o e AS 377 SA1 21 Search DIFECUON ie oc 377 9 12 WISP lay OPIO NS diia 378 5 12 1 Color Format Hiding Display OptiONS ocoocccocccocccocononcncccnnonaconanonnnnonanonaronnnronnrnnnrrnnrrnnnrnnnrennnrnnarenanens 378 5 122 CONNECHON Parameters iii 383 95 123 RESCUING he TOOIDaN uri adas 384 Appendix A Creating a Pattern Generator File oocooccoccccnconcoccconconronnonar 387 6 T RV WOTdA Sica daria ii 387 02 COMment O Matias 387 6 3 Primitive definition O Matos 387 60 4 L p definitl n TO Matias 387 6 5 Scramble definition forMat ncconcccnconcccnnccnnoccnoncccnconnnnnncnnncnnrnnnrnancnnrrnnrnnnrnnrrnnrrnnrnnnrnanennnos 387 6 6 Role definition TO Malaria cti 387 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 7 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 0 7 END OF FILE defnnitlON sist 388 Appendix B China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table 389 EWAN ODeratiON aia idad 390 Appendix C How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy occoccocccoccoccconconcocncnncnnconnnnnos 391 LOA o Eo AE E E E S 393 8 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Introduction This manual describes installation and operation of the Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M124 Protocol Analyzer and includes examples of
327. nt Functions intrasever gt Seagate 2 JT ask Management Function ATA Commands intrasever gt Seagate 1 DATA Commands SCSI Command Status JSCS Command Status Source SAS Address JTS M Source SAS Address Destination S amp S Address Figure 3 135 SAS SAS Address Alias If you elect to save the captured sample file the assigned SAS address names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default 3 16 If you want to set these SAS address aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default SAS address aliases TxRxVout amp Preemphasis The analyzer incorporates the ability to select TxRx Vout for the transmitter and receiver on each port Using TxRx Vout can increase the output voltage swing above the nominal value for test and characterization purposes This feature is also useful to compensate for line loss when driving long cables Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 203 Teledyne LeCroy TxRxVout amp Preemphasis To select TX Vout select Setup gt TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis to display the Rx Tx Settings dialog PMA Analog Control Settings RX equalization DC 0 Save Auto Calibration Adv Auto Calibration Overwrite Tx Settings F Disable Fix Training Port Status Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports Numbero
328. nual InFusion Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy Y LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 1 o E File Setup View Configuration Tools Help B BT He HEB P oO Analyzer O Trainer Record q New Scenario 0 New Scenario 1 b x No action specified for the event Any Dword From Initiator in Sequence O State O Click here to jump to the problem Status Not saved pb 1 2 3 4p B H a Da y 3 Scenarios a Scenarios a Scenario Name New Scenario 1 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Set Scenario by Drag Drop or Click on Grid Columns J New Scenario 0 Smart Hold Yes Pot func Library Scenario 0 New Scenario 1 OOB Setting Normal Spec Value ya z _ _O_O_A 5 WY Main Library New Scenario 0 y Main Library New Scenario 1 E Global Rules gira E a y El Wait for Dword K00 0 D00 0 DOO O DOO O Mask OxFFFFFFFF From Initiator then Inject Running Disparity Error Sequence 0 State 0 lt Click here to add an action gt 4 For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 8 New Scenario in InFusion Window InFusion Scenario Parameters Timers Timers allowed per state sequence scenario 2 timers per state and 6 timers per scenario are allowed Events Events allowed to be used per state sequence scenario For combined events there is virtually no limit per state sequence scenario Actions Actions allowed per state sequence scenario A ma
329. o name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Inject RD Error as the action 266 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 3 Click the prompt to add another event keep in mind this is not a combined event 4 T ACK Inject Error b x A Scenario is valid Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Glohal Bules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Inject Punning Disparity Error 0 i Click here to add a Sequence gt For Help press F1 Figure 4 32 Example 6 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears 4 Inthe Type column on the left choose Timer Set the timer for random timing with a maximum time limit of 1 790 seconds 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Click the prompt to add an action to correspond with the second event 4 If ACK Inject Error IF ACK Inject Error box Mo action specified For the event Random Timer Max Time 1 790 sY in Global Rules Click here to jump to th Status Mot saved Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error A Description Wait for ACE inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Inject
330. oadcast Address Frames SSP Frames or SMP Frames SCSI Commands SCSI Status SATA FIS Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST Activate PIO Setup Data Route or Vend FIS SSP Frame Header DATA XFER_RDY COMMAND RESPONSE TASK VENDOR or RESERVED SSP Information Unit Command IU Task IU XFER_RDY IU or Response IU SMP Request Response RPT_GENERAL RPT_MFG_INFO DISCOVER RPT_ PHY_ERR_LOG RPT_PHY_SATA RPT_RT_INFO CONFIG_RT_INFO PHY_CON TROL PHY_TEST_FUNCTION CONFIG_PHY_ZONE CONFIG_ZONE_PERM RPT_ZONE_PERM or RPT_ZONE_RT_TBL ATA Commands ATAPI Commands SATA Data Pattern SAS Data Pattern Transmitter Trainer IU Pattern Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event you can set Data Pattern event properties in the Event Properties dialog Event Properties he E Data Pattern Data Patter Data Pattern Actions Valid for Triggering Sequencing dwords 0 15 valid for Filtering Offset Data g Sequential Dil EERZERNEZE ENEE ZRNENE ZE RNE FE ZNENE offsets Data g Dw HEHEHREE EE EHEEE EER HEE EEE HEE EEEHEE Data Dwe EEKENREEEEK REE EE KEN EEEEKNREEKEEEKHEE Data MN NUMER EERE RE REN EERE EERE EEE EREEERE Data Dwf EXEEXEXEXEXE RE REE ERE ERR EREREREREE Data MOE kX NER ERERERER ERE REE ER ERE REKEEEE Data Dwh EXEXXEXNME NENE RNE NNMERNE E NEREMEENE EH N D esc the specified Data Pattern on channel
331. ocess of creating and executing a scenario is as follows 1 Create a scenario in the main library 2 Save all scenarios in the main library to a InFusion device or a device of your choice 3 Select the scenario in the main library that you want to run on the device 4 To run the scenario click the Start Scenario button from the Main Library toolbar The device starts to monitor modify traffic Note Step 1 is described in detail for each example in following sections Steps 2 to 5 are described in detail at the end of this chapter 4 9 Creating Global Rules This section gives examples for creating the Global Rules area of a scenario Recall that the Global Rules area defines a single test state The Global Rules do not have the capacity for multiple states so that area of a scenario cannot change state Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 257 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 4 9 1 258 In terms of InFusion testing a state defines test behavior In this context behavior is waiting for an event and responding with an action or set of actions that happen simultaneously Keep in mind that a test state you implement with the Global Rules operates in parallel with the active test state of each sequence in the scenario In effect InFusion lets you do up to three line tests at the same time You can do one test with the Global Rules and a separate test with each sequence you create You ca
332. ocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode When you use the New menu item to create a new project file the software switches to Advanced mode automatically Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 209 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 210 Other Default Workspace specifies the default workspace file for opening a sample file You can Save any viewer configuration as a workspace and then specify it as the default workspace The software always open a trace file based on the default workspace file NCQ Commands Time out Threshold The software uses this setting in the statistical ATA command page for NCQ commands If the time out exceeds this setting the software reports an error Maximum Number of Uploader Threads If Quick View is not enabled during cascading specifies the number of concurrent processes for uploading a sample file ATAPI spec assignment Specifies the ATAPI default spec SCSI spec assignment SAS only Specifies the SCSI default spec Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm If the current attached board does not support the project file port configuration the software converts it to a supported port configuration without asking for confirmation If this setting is unchecked the software asks for confirmation Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project When you start to run a new project the software prompts you to close the current sample Found Device
333. ode 104 Timer definition dialog 90 Timer dialog 72 timers 266 timing cursors 126 measurement 127 tool bar 196 Toolbar command 385 Recording Rules 366 resetting 384 tab 385 Toolbar command 196 Toolbars 295 Tools Menu 296 Tools menu InFusion 234 tooltips 309 Trace Capture 44 Trace Memory Status section 93 Traffic Generation 35 291 Traffic Generation ssg Files 298 300 302 Traffic Generation window 291 Traffic Monitoring 232 Trainer toolbar 296 tree 308 trigger condition 103 manually 69 multi link 104 on address frame 81 on ATA command 76 on ATA command pattern 86 89 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Teledyne LeCroy on ATAPI 81 on bus condition 74 on data pattern 78 on FIS 87 on FIS pattern 87 on pattern 69 on primitive 75 on protocol errors 80 on SCSI Command 84 on SMP Frame 83 on soft reset 89 on SSP Frame 83 on STP frame 82 on symbol 75 on timer 72 position in memory 93 setting advanced 103 setup 68 snapshot 69 Trigger tab 68 triggering on timer sequential 90 order 91 triggers setting 366 Tx Vout amp Preemphasis command 207 TxRx Vout 204 TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis command 205 U Union search 376 unpacking 10 Update License 223 Update Sierra Device 234 293 Update Sierra Device command 221 Upload Manager dialog 94 USB port 11 user defined decoding 222 User Defined Decoding dialog 222 User Path 210 User Defined Find Events screen 375
334. ograms and before starting the installation the Install component selection opens 4 Select components for installation 5 Click Next to complete the installation System restart You must restart your computer before you can use your Protocol Suite software Error Message If you get an error message during installation of the drivers for Window consult your system administrator Your system may allow only administrator level users to copy such driver files Hardware Setup Separate Systems When using the analyzer it is recommended to use a system to generate bus traffic and a second system to run the software to avoid characterization of traffic generated by the analyzer Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Hardware Setup Teledyne LeCroy 1 9 2 Connecting in General Note You must install the software before connecting the analyzer to the host machine for the first time To set up the analyzer 1 Plug the power adapter into the unit and then plug the power adapter into a 100V 240V 50Hz 60Hz power outlet Turn on the Power switch At power on the analyzer will go through initialization as shown on the LCD display 2 Connect the USB cable between the Sierra M124 USB port and a USB port on the host machine The host machine s operating system detects the analyzer and driver files 3 Connect the analyzer as shown in Figure 1 4 Xy TELEDYNE LECROY Jon Trove z 5 P SI
335. olor Moa 39 Data Length ae External Data Display Units CRAC Time Other Protocol Address Frame Frimitives 55P Frame SMF Frame Dut OF Band Signals STPYSATA STP FIS Channels ATA Command Tracker Fields TCG Packet Data External Data Format f Hexadecimal MSB to LSB f Decimal Binary Hiding o e aul Hidden Color Hex MSE to LSE f LSE to MSE Standard Cuztom Colorz E spand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load cad tom Figure 5 28 Display Options Dialog Color Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 379 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options To customize colors use the Custom tab Color Standard Custom Colors Red 254 H Greer 20 4 Blue 133 Figure 5 29 Custom Colors Note You cannot change the color of an Invalid Data packet error field It is permanently set to red Formats Display Options For each type of data in each group of data the program has a default data format Examples of number data formats are Binary Decimal and Hexadecimal An example of a text data format is ASCII To specify a data format for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type in the Group Select a format in the Format section The follo
336. ommand 308 Enable Tooltip box 201 Entire Memory 94 Error Injection 232 error log 309 error message startup 12 errors 285 Ethernet connecting with 26 Ethernet port 11 Event 241 event counter 254 scenario 246 Event buttons creating 368 dragging 369 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Event pop up menu 371 Event Properties dialog 371 events 372 actions 370 372 buttons 368 copying 371 deleting 371 moving 371 Events Group box 375 example files 52 exclude from capture Align 40 Idles 40 Notify 40 OOB Signals 39 patterns 56 Payload of Data Frame 40 RRDY 40 SATA_CONT 39 SATA_SYNC 39 XXXX 40 Exclusion search 376 Expand All 194 Expand Log button 158 Expandability 14 Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Cards 14 Using the Power Expansion Card 14 expandability 14 Expanded Waveform View 127 Expansion module 10 Export 292 Export Paired SAS Address Report 49 Export Read Write Command Report 49 Export to Excel button 144 Export to Initiator Emulator 45 47 External Trig In Setting 97 220 External Trig Out Setting 96 220 External Trig Setting 234 External Trig Setting dialog 220 external trigger 10 External Trigger dialog 73 74 Extract Sample File dialog 47 F fax number 391 features 10 field show hide 191 Field Settings 200 Field View 126 file library 242 File Manager 243 File Menu 292 File menu InFusion 234 395 Teledyne LeCroy Index file typ
337. on from the drop down list Advance Mode Settings Notes State O SO Start State 0 9 Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo AAA If 1 Nochange NoJump Else If Timeout No change No Jump y State 1 S1 Else If 1 No change rey No Jump 1 External Trigger Capture Everything Else If Nochange No Jump Exclude ltems Idle Notify Bus Condition Symbol Capture Primitive Set capture settings of all states as state 0 C Eveyth STP Frame V Exclude Idle TF Exclude lt x C Nothing ATA Command JT Exclude OOB Signal T Exel Patten ATAPI Exclude ALIGN IV Exclude NOTIFY T Exclude SATA_CONT J Exclude SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s SMP Frame Include the following Patterns SSP Frame Exclude Address Frame SCSI Command Pattern Data Pattern Bus Condi Primitive Protocol Errors STP Fram 3 Address Fy Timer 1 Elapsed SMP Fram Timer 2 Elapsed SSP Fram Timer 3 Elapsed Data Patte ProtocolE Anything Advanced switch to Easy mode Ir Multi Sequencer Port 11 T y 2 Add State Delete State For Help press F1 Tx out Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 79 SAS Choosing a Trigger Condition 2 Define each selected pattern in the same way as in Easy Mode as described starting on page 57 To use a timer define it first Note
338. ondition Fis ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Bus Condition Direction Keep Alive Activity H gt D 1 1 19 Activity On H gt D 12 14 29 Activity On D gt H 12 14 29 COMINIT COMRESET H gt D 1 1 19 COMINIT COMRESET D gt H 28 33 33 COMWAKE H gt D 12 14 29 COMWAKE D gt H 12 14 29 COMSAS H gt D 6 7 14 84 100 00 Figure 3 35 Bus Condition Report 132 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy ATA Command Report To display the ATA Command Report click the ATA Command tab The ATA Command Report displays information in the following columns a OOOCOUDL O O a Command All Custom Check Power Mode Execute Device Diagnostic Flush Cache Identify Device Read DMA Ext Read FPDMA Queue Set Feature Write DMA Ext Write FPDMA Queue PM Port Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom Number of FIS All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Incomplete Normal Output Timeout such as All Custom N A Yes No see Time out of ATA Command Report on page 133 Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count oh Sa gt t l Move X Cursor General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Command PM Port Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Coun
339. ort Report click the SMP Transport tab The SMP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information QO Type All Custom Request Response Direction All I gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OCDOO O 1 973 333 36 us 50 00 Response T SI 4 293 333 53 us 50 00 0 00000627 100 00 Figure 3 41 SAS SMP Transport Report Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 135 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis STP Transport Report SAS To display the STP Transport Report click the STP Transport tab The STP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information see Figure 3 42 on page 136 a FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host PM Port Direction All I gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count DOOCOD FIS PM Port a Duration y E All Register Host to Device 340 293 334 96 us Register Device to Host gt m 352 640 014 65 us 300 30 06 DMA Activate 5 T gt I 102 239 997 86 us 95 9 52 Figure 3 42 SAS STP Transport Report SCSI Command Report SAS To display the SCSI Command Report click the SCSI Command tab The SCSI Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense6 P
340. ory usage optimizati Quick View 24 More Info Cancel button kills upload immediately Close previous trace file when new trace file opens Create statistical report read write page Show Quick View Warning ATA decoding mode LBA mode CHS mode According to LBA mode in ATA comma Set as factory Figure 3 144 Preferences Dialog Trace Viewer Tab Open Trace file In Default Workspace The software opens a trace file in view s based on the specified default workspace As previously saved The software opens a trace file in view views based on the last saved configuration for the trace file Optimization Sampling memory usage optimization Enables memory cascading for two ports The analyzer will use memory of another port if there is not data on another port see Sampling Memory Usage Optimization on page 217 Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the host machine s hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 211 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences If you do not check Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the host machine s hard drive Other Switch to CATC Navigation Packet view will open in CATC mode Reverse Link Data The software shows DWORDs of link data as reversed Pa
341. osssync Control Panel Save WorkSpace Save Chrl 5 Save As Export d Trace Properties Edit Comment Print Ctrl F Print Preview Print Setup Send To Recent Trace Files d Recent Project Files d Exit Figure 1 19 File Menu Option Setup For special work you can use the Setup menu see Figure 1 20 on page 30 to perform the following actions O ODODODDODODCODODO OO TxRxVout Pre emphasis see TxRxVout amp Preemphasis on page 204 User Defined Decoding see User Defined Decoding on page 222 External Trig Setting see Floating Licence Dialog on page 219 Update Device see Update Device on page 221 All Connected Devices see Select Device on page 15 Find DUT finds the Device Under Test see Find DUT on page 225 Power Source Control turns the Device Under Test on and off Manage Setup Licences see Floating License on page 219 Preferences see Preferences on page 210 Self Test see Self Test on page 324 Data Block see Data Blocks on page 139 Set Port Alias see Set Port Alias on page 202 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 29 Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Menu Options and Toolbars O Set SAS Address Alias see SAS Address Alias SAS only on page 203 Setup Session Analysis Nav TxRxVout amp Preemphasis User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting A
342. otes lt gt Pl E Cont Trig Timer Ext Out partment E Active El Few re Go To No Jump State 0 SO Start Pattern Capture Everything fi Exclude Items Idle Notify ae Primitive ACK Address Frame Open then Go To State 1 ElseIf ElseIf gt No change State 1 S1 Else lf a Capture Everything Primitive OPEN ACCEPT then Go To Stat No change x No Jump No Jump Nochange NoJump Capture T Exclude Xxx l Exclude RADY Everything C Nothing C Pattern NV Exclude Idle l Exclude OOB Signal l Exclude ALIGN N Exclude NOTIFY l Exclude SATA_CONT Exclude SATA_SYNC l Exclude Payload except fi Dword s State 2 S2 Capture Everything Exclude ltems idle Notify SSP Frame Command then Go To State 3 State 3 gt Primitive ACK then Trig Ext Out Ac 2 Add State Delete State Figure 2 78 SAS Advanced Trigger with Multiple Branches 102 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy State Number for Complex Trigger Sequences To follow the path of complex trigger sequences you can display state number To see state number in Packet View right click a link layer packet show field and select state number Setting Trigger Conditions To set the If and Else If trigger condition 1 Click the Add Pattern button for a Pattern field and choose a trigger conditi
343. oy Analysis 3 34 Changing the Default View Perform the following steps to change the default view of all trace files to Packet View 1 Open a trace file 2 Select the Packet View Close all other views 3 Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file Select Setup gt Preferences to open the Preferences dialog 5 In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of the workspace wss file that you saved in step 3 Because the default workspace contains only Packet View the software opens trace files in Packet View 3 3 5 Spreadsheet View Spreadsheet View displays all of the Packet View fields in a time sequential spreadsheet format To display the Spreadsheet View of the current capture click Analysis gt Spreadsheet View or click the H button on the toolbar la lx Command aa Time Stamp Relative Time T Sre S45 Address Dest 545 Address Frame 1 24 697 690 040 min a ns 124 819 716 980 min 100 733 mind 3 min 52 7 z 2 T2 52 45 3 71 1 TE g 1 24 091 299 513 ani ARERR E q x Figure 3 19 SAS Spreadsheet View x ime Stamp lative Time E als El 11 511 578 666 51 Ons E E 0x0 Execute Device Diagnostic 171 411 598 960 5 20 283 us On90 Execute Device Diagnostic z 4 430 us DxXEC Identify Device Di 350 133 us OxEC Identify Device UEL identity Uew
344. place It with an ErroOF oocoocconconconconconcconcanconconconccnncanronronnas 261 4 9 3 Example 3 Creating OR Conditions ia etica 262 4 9 4 Example 4 Multiple Triggers and AcCtiONS occocccoccccnnocccocnonaconnnnnconaronononccnncnnnnnarennrnnnrnnrrnnrnnnrnnrrnnnenanos 263 4 9 5 Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneceeecenseneseesceneenesouseeesoneeseesons 265 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 5 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 49 6 EXample 5 USNO TIMES cc arpas 266 4 10 Creating a SCQUCICE iio iii 268 4 10 1 Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Ruiles occocccoccoccconccnccoccnocnconconnnonconaronanonanonnos 269 4 10 2 Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States Fl oooooocconncconccccccococccnconnconanonanconnconnronanonnnrenanenas 275 4 10 3 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States HZ oooooccconnconncocococonococonanconanonanonannnnnnonnrennnnnnnnnnnns 278 411 RUNAIMO S CONTA OS anan id il 281 A1Zocenarno DBatch FOS iii ice tetacantaaceaie A 281 412 1 SCIPUWOIKSDA C nasa T 282 A UZZ EMOL CACA E 285 AILS LOG ee ee a ee ee eee ere eee eee 285 ASTZ ASOMO aa 285 Chapter 5 Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation onconconconconccnnconcnnconcanconronronronnnnrs 291 5 SICA Trainer MENUS aiii as 292 11 Fe Meninas A li io 292 AO Ma 293 5 53 Generate Men A a a E a 293 DASEN MEN ias 294 A a a r E nearecaneetateeueneenee 295 5 1 6 TOONS Men
345. port displays information in the following columns O Items m idle No Number of idle packets Payload Size Total number of payloads in trace files SCSI ATA commands Sample Time Sample time Idle Initiator Host idle time Idle Target Device idle time total SSP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time SSP frames SMP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time SMP frames STP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time STP frames a Report m Count or Time 134 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy General Primitive SSF Transport SCSI Command Task Command 545 Address Performance Lanes Pending lO Others Report Idle Mo 0 Payload Size 3168 Sample Time 13 335 566 12 Idle 0 000 000 00 Idle 0 000 000 00 55P Bus 2 746 666 67 SMP Bus 0 000 000 00 STP Bus 0 000 000 00 Figure 3 39 Others Report SSP Transport Report SAS To display the SSP Transport Report click the SSP Transport tab The SSP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Type All Custom Command Data Response XFER_RDY Direction All I gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OOO O 765 000 000 00 us Data Te gt 1 515 053 39 ms 30 47 XFER_RDY T gt 1 17 280 000 69 us 229 7 58 Figure 3 40 SAS SSP Transport Report SMP Transport Report SAS To display the SMP Transp
346. pre defined variable addresses Trainer Script Enhancements The Trainer script language can already produce SAS SATA Primitive Sequences and Frames The Trainer script enhancements described in this section allow generation of Commands and Application Layer sequences as in the Exerciser by processing received frames making complex decisions and generating the contents of frame in run time for both RX and TX Variables can keep the run time state of the bus Low level commands can manipulate variables and use variables to create patterns Trainer language can perform SATA compliance tests with fast SSD devices and provide a SSD performance test tool with limited output data patterns Trainer has sequential random LBA command generation and full NCQ support Trainer can be programmed to act as SAS Initiator SAS Target SATA Host or SATA Device SAS Initiator As an Initiator Trainer can send commands in all protocols SSP STP SMP and interact with its peer to complete the command in normal conditions and some popular error conditions Limitations are a Uses only one command at a time a Does not save Read data or reuse bulk read data for next commands a Sends only limited Write data patterns Q Has tight flow control due to limited RX frame processing SAS Target As a Target Trainer can receive commands in all protocols SSP STP SMP and respond to them in normal conditions or some popular error conditions Limitations ar
347. primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMACK or SATA_PMNAK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_PMREQ_P primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_SYNC command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_SYNC primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMREQ_S or SATA_PMREQ_P command right before each SATA_PMACK primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMREQ_S or SATA_PMREQ_P command right before each SATA_PMNAK primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_ERR command right before each SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_OK command right before each SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT _FOR SATA_R_IP command right before each SATA_ SOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_X_RDY command right before each SATA_R_RDY primitive Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 11 8 Auto Speed Negotiation Teledyne LeCroy The commands SATA_D10 2 SATA_ALIGN SPEED_NEG_ALIGNO and SPEED_NEG ALIGN1 operate differently based on the state of the Auto Speed negotiation Asng control bit which is set or cleared by configuration memory blocks in the stream and by the current SAS SATA Init Targ state of the Trainer Engine The table below illustrates differen
348. projects by looking in the Examples folder Examples are available for AdvanceCaptr EasyCaptr Exerciser Samples and User Define Decoding Script 3 Inthe EasyCaptr folder choose an example sac file and click Open to display the example project dialog File name E usConditionT rig sac Open Files of type Protocol Analyzer sac nd Cancel Figure 2 13 File Open Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree C Don t care Snapshot Manual Trig Capture Y Include lt lt Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT 4 Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame amp P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Y SMP Frame Type Any SMP Frame Type Timer Timeout Y Function Any Function External Trigger Y Direction 11 T1 o 8 SSP Frame Any Type Bus Condition Y SSP Frame Type Any Type red Q Destination SAS Address gt 000099990000009 Y Reserved XX STP Frame Y Source SAS Address gt 990009000000900 ATA Command Y Reserved xX ATAPI Y Changing Data Pointer Y ReTransmit Address Frame Y Retry Data Frames Y Reserved 7X Number of Fill Bytes Y Reserved 7X Y Reserved XX Y Reserved X lt lt X lt x Y Tag XX y M Define Sequential Trigger Mode Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All
349. r Figure 2 4 SATA Software Menus and Toolbar Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 41 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars 2 2 3 Start Recording To get an immediate overview of the bus traffic to and from your Analyzer 1 Clickthe Record Record button 2 The analyzer begins filling the defined memory buffer with traffic captured from the bus After the traffic fills the memory buffer the traffic is uploaded to the viewer and the Packet View display opens Packet View is the default display However more views are available by selecting View on the menu bar and choosing the desired View Show Hide Data Ports Show Hide Layers buttons X Y T su Trainer Y Jammer GB oro mn Bs alle a pP tenre e taoro 4 BB 2S u lM a li ls o m 8 ieee se od 3 x o Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted M Restricted H Restricted ql E E 1a TA et HM Restricted H SMP Target Port H A Cursors emanates Ss hrao ete Mt Single Port Multiple Ports Address Frame Type Restricted H Restricted M Restricted M SMP intistor Port H STP initiator Port M SSP initiator Port Restricted M SMP Target Port H sertif E Expander De 1 7 1 ETT Y O ident 2 Edge Exe ioe STP Target Port M SSP Target Port M Restricted H SAS Address H Phy Identifier H CRC H Link Data H 4 MATAS 000000000000 1060560000003 7 ES 533 us
350. r S2 EXP O 2 2 12 Trace Properties Select File gt Trace Properties to see the properties of the trace For more information refer to Trace Properties on page 113 2 2 13 Edit Comment You can write comments and edit them for a trace for future use Select File gt Edit Comment to view the edit window Key in the comments and close the window 50 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 2 2 14 Projects You can define a new project starting with the default project definition or modify the settings for the last project run New Default Project To start a New project select File gt New on the main menu bar and choose SAS Protocol Analyzer or SATA Protocol Analyzer to open a new project with default settings that you can modify see Main Window on page 37 Last Project Clicking the Green button opens the last project run so you can modify it Project File Types Projects have the following file types asl Decoding script file in the Examples folder User Define Decoding Script subfolder cfg Display Configuration file in the System folder Config subfolder dat DataBlock file in the System folder DataBlock subfolder sac SAS Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders saf Device Identifier file SCS SA
351. r the results of your current project Auto Run To repeat the current capture and trigger setup automatically check the Auto Run checkbox and enter the number of times in the Number of Run text box The capture and trigger repeat automatically for the specified number of times and the results are saved in consecutively numbered Sample scs files Memory Size In the Protocol Analyzer Settings tab you can allot memory for the trace recording Check Entire Memory to allow recording to use the whole memory to capture the maximum amount of trace data Minimum size of memory is 2 GB Maximum size of memory is 16 GB Partial Memory To reduce the memory size check Partial Memory and enter a buffer size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes Note If the size of a data packet exceeds the buffer memory allocation the project runs but no data capture occurs You must increase buffer memory size to a value greater than the packet size Segmented Memory Alternatively you can use Segmented Memory Enter an integer of Segment from 1 to 32 then enter an integer Segment Size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes divided by the number of segments The default segment size is 10 MB Each time a trigger condition occurs the system records a new segment You can use a Snapshot or Pattern trigger but not Manual Trigger As the same trigger automatically repeats the system makes the number of segments that you ent
352. raffic Connect the SAS cable from the Initiator port of the Sierra Analyzer to the Initiator side port on the unit under test This transmits the Traffic Generator stream from the Initiator port to the initiator side port on the unit under test 5 5 Creating a Traffic Generation File Generating traffic is a two step process Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 297 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Traffic Generation File First create a text based Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator file This text file has an ssg extension You can create this file by creating a new generator file or editing an existing file Note ssg files created in other applications run in the Sierra Trainer After the file has been created it can be opened and displayed in the application You can invoke the application to transmit the traffic generation file by using the Start Generation button E Note For details about traffic generation files see Sierra Trainer Generation Language on page 312 5 5 1 Creating a New Generator File You can create a new Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator ssg file To create an ssg file 1 Inthe Sierra Trainer window select File gt New GenFile to display the Global Settings of a new ssg file in a trace view P Lecroy SAS Trainer Generator1 E l8 x 3 File Setup Generate Search View Tools Window Help SHEP WW RAQA BH Bie hh G amp Hi Yammer Q anae roam n Of FH OOG
353. rainer Examples Const SOME HEX DATA OxAABBFFEE defines hexadecimal constant Const SOME DEG DATA 2 defines decimal constant Const SOME DEC DATA 64 defines decimal constant Const Some Hex Data QxCDCDBEBE Predefined Constants O TRUE FALSE ON OFF INFINITE OCDOO O Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 313 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Data Patterns Data patterns are streams of hexadecimal values Using lets the user include constants or predefined data pattern in another pattern Examples Primitives DataPattern PATTERN 1 AAAABBBB SOME HEX DATA EEEEFFFF 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 SOME DEC DATA 1210AB Databattern PATTERN 00000000 AAA TR 24222 LLL 30990359 AAAABBBB 555566606 FEFEFEFE CDCDCDCD 9999BBBB 12343434 6767676B 56BBFF DabaPeauternm PATTERN PATTERN 1 EFEFEBEEE BERR EEEE SOME HEX DATA DataPattern SOME PATTERN BBBBBBBB DDDDDDDD Primitives can be defined using the following QO Byte values k indicates control symbol The 10b codes are calculated based on the current running disparity QO Primitives are completely interchangeable with SymChains Declaring Raw Data Definitions Primitive primitive name byte data byte_data byte data is Decimal Hex 10b K type or D type format SynChain raw_data_name byte data byte data byte data is Decimal Hex 10b K type or D t
354. ration 6 880 us Duration 5 680 us Duration 6 880 us Duration 6 880 us Duration 6 500 us Duration roo r 1 ol US Duration 119 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Viewing Check Condition Sense Data When a Check Condition error occurs you can view decode data from it This info is shown in Packet View Under Transport layer expand Info Unit then expand Sense Data In Column View check the Show Field View in Column View check box in SW settings then display Field View while column View is open Tag H Status Sense Key ASC ASCO H gt Sense Data H 0x02 Check Condition 0x4 Ha 0x1900 DEFECT LIST ERROR i g TLR CONTROL H a rget Port Transter Tag H Data Offset H Info Unit H ASC 0 19 00000000 000000000000000000000000151000 ASCO 0x0 TEST arget Port Transfer Tag H Data Offset H gt gt Info Unit H i TLR CONTROL H Figure 3 13 Check Condition Data 00000000 000000000000000000000202000000 1 Open Packet View ne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite BETA Simulation sc Trainer Decoding Assignments mou i Lok Trp App Packet View HE spread Sheet View S Column View Transport J 57 E text view 12 Frame Inspector View E TL Wave Form view F Power Tracker wiew COJ Statistical Report i er Transport E Bus Utilization 7 EJ Data Report ee rT Compare 2 Data Payloads 15 SAS Verification 0 04 00 00 o 33 35
355. ration files and edit the settings to see how the script file behaves As you make and save changes the trace view of the generation file is automatically updated The following screenshots show an example file as it appears in the script editor and trace window Generation sendssPFrameData 1 Data 212223244 55667788 SGAABECC SendssPrramexTerkdy Data 51223344 55667788 9AABECT sendsSPFramecormand sendssPFramerResponse sendssPFrameTask Data 51223344 55667788 SOAABECC sendssPFramewendor GEN MODE SATA Host SSC is ON CONFIGURATION AutoOOB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AUtoALIGN AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg lo 2 3 ee OOB Settings COMWAKE Num Bursts Burst Length Idle Length Negation Len ls 6 7 e pa o on TJ 1 gt SATA Link Initialization Settings EELEE BEN Frame XFER_RDY Tag Data BE ae EOF Idle Time Stamp 8 e 0x0000 112 bytes 112 bytes Ox669F7A95 an 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 000 Frame ree CT E oil Idle g ai id 0x0000 0 bytes 0x74258E55 an 0 000 ms Time Stamp 00 000 000 320 Frame ae an ESPONSE Tag Data EOF Idle Time Stamp 10 ates 0x0000 O bytes O bytes 0x53404BD4 ROT 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 560 Frame ae Data WA EOF 11 da oxoooo 112 bytes 112 bytes OxC486DB10 ECO 0 Idle Time Stamp 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 800 Frame ae r UNKNOWN Tag Data x a EOF Time Sta
356. re Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Working in Advanced Mode To start working in the Advanced Mode click the Easy Switch to Advanced Mode button in an open Analyzer window Easy switch to Advanced mode You can O Display the state definition Set Output Trigger level Select up to three timers Define the If condition and up to three Else If conditions Set number of occurrences before trigger Set captured data Set excluded data Go to next state Add state Choose link for Sequencer setup O UODODODDO O Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 State O SO Start Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo No change No Jump No change No Jump State 1 51 Else If No change el No Jump Capture Everything Else If No change NoJump Exclude tems Idle Notify Capture Set capture settings of all states as state 0 C Everything IV Exclude Idle mi PTE C Nothing Exclude DOB Signal RDY Pattem 7 Exclude ALIGN IV Exclude NOTIFY T Exclude SATA_CONT T Exclude SATA_SYNC T Exclude Payload except 0 Diword s C Include the following Patterns Exclude Bus Condition Primitive STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors Advanced switch to Easy mode Ir Multi Sequencer Port 11 77 y Make Same as Current Add State JE Delete State For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive 4
357. ric idle 357 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language Setting COMWAKE Settings COMWAKE_NegLen COMWAKE_ldleLen COMWAKE_BurstLen COMWAKE_NumBursts COMSAS Settings COMSAS Neglen COMSAS_IdleLen COMSAS BurstLen COMSAS NumbBursts SATA Link Init Settings OOB_SATA_D102 Time OOB_SATA_Align_Time Default Value 280 160 160 2400 1440 160 100000 100000 Description The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN 0 at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN 0 at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at el
358. rimitive ERROR as action 3 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add the next event keep in mind this is not a combined event RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 Scenario Name BODY Normal amp BDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 Description Replace BODY Normal wy fERROR If BDDY Reserved O Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for RBDY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add combined erent gt then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press F1 COP MUM SCRL a Figure 4 27 Example 4 Entering Second Event Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 263 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules The Event Properties dialog box appears In this example there is a parallel set of events but each event is associated with its own action In a combined event there is a parallel set of events sharing the same action 4 Using the drop down menu choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second event to monitor 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 6 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to be triggered by the RRDY Reserved 0 4 o RDDY Normal RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 gt x Mo action specified for the event RRDY RESERVED 0 From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump tot Status
359. ring the sam ple size is near specified size Two port configuration AA If you use manual stop Memory Assignment has no effect Sample size depends on port traffic loads Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 50 and there is enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typi cally near specified size Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 50 but there is not enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically more than half specified size with size determined by the amount of data captured before trigger Note Checking this option does not affect the sample It only allows larger sample sizes Note If traffic is balanced on ports sample size is the same whether you check or uncheck the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option Note Memory Assignment depends on traffic load distribution at the time when the system tries to re assign physical links to memory banks Therefore if you repeat a capture with the same Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters the resulting sample size may not be the same However if traffic load distribution is similar sample size will be similar Note The buffer status indicator shows buffer by FPGA not by port If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked Each physical link or logical link if MUX is enabled is assigned to a specific
360. rks ba Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 13 Connection Properties Dialog Specify one of the actions from the following O Automatically connect to the device O Ask if want to connect to the device a Take no action If Automatically connect to the device is selected the next time the application opens the device will be automatically connected In the Select Device dialog chained or cascaded units are displayed in the Device column with a square bracket icon The sequence of the units is displayed in the Order column See the following screen capture Select Device E x Dev Name 9 Device 4 sierra M12 4 SN 772 SierraSAS_M12 Local Machine LI Sierra M6 2 SN 6491 Sierra_M6 2 Location __ Status Order Ready to connect Selected Device Id 0x001 04CO0F 26E a FF Networks Refresh Device list Close Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Teledyne LeCroy Figure 1 14 Select Device Dialog Displaying Unit 1 and Unit 2 Chained 1 10 3 Using the Power Expansion Cards Two types of Power Expansion Cards are available and the type must be specified when ordering the unit O Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X O Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X You can use the Power Expansion Card to power the drives to test for Emulation SATA Compliance and SAS Verification
361. rnp 12 we 0x0000 0 bytes O bytes A y 00 000 001 120 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 299 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Traffic Generation File 300 9 9 3 9 5 4 In the screenshot global settings make up the eight bars at the top of the window Below that are five frames If you look at the script itself there are six frame commands five active and one commented out The following sections describe how to open and edit traffic generation files Converting a SATrainer Traffic Generation File If you have old 2500 based SATrainer Generator stg files you can convert them to Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator ssg files using the legacy Convert function To convert an stg file into an ssg file 1 In the Sierra Trainer window select File gt Convert gt Convert stg to ssg to display an Open dialog Use Files of Type SATrainer Generator Files stg 3 Select an SATrainer Generator stg file 4 Click Open The application creates a Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator file ssg Opening a Traffic Generation File After the Traffic Generator file ssg file has been created you can open it in the application To open a Traffic Generator file 1 Select File gt Open on the Menu Bar or click gt on the Toolbar to display an Open dialog 2 Select a Generator text file ssg and click Open to display the file see Figure 5 11 on page 301 The install directory contains e
362. roject examples 52 file type definition 51 notes 100 settings 92 109 project note 100 Project Tree 39 projects 51 Properties option 371 Properties options events 371 protocol error mask 96 Protocol Analyzer 27 Protocol Analyzer setting 210 protocol error report 134 protocol errors 59 Protocol Errors dialog s80 Q Queue Command Report 141 Quick View 212 R Read Write Command Report 143 read write command report 138 Rec Analyzer command 234 References Probe Setting dialog 206 Refresh append to the list of found devices 211 Refresh Device List 20 register device to host FIS 64 65 398 relative time display 42 Remove Device 18 Rename Title of Port dialog 190 renaming port 190 Repeat decoded command in frame column 216 Reset clear the list of found devices 211 Reset All button 385 resetting Toolbar 385 Response frame 191 Restore Factory Presets button 378 Restore Factory Presets option 378 Resume Generation 293 Resume Generation button 297 Reverse Link Data 213 rules validity 366 Run Batch button 284 Run Batch Script command 233 run hardware 42 Run Scenario button 281 Run scripts button 159 Run statement 287 Run Verification Scripts dialog 158 running disparity 189 Running verification scripts button 158 Rx Tx Settings dialog 205 207 S Sample View link 146 Sample View Settings 212 Sampling memory usage optimization 212 Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option 217 SAS Address 296 SAS Ad
363. row cor em Library Software Psa Sierra 535 35 Close Figure 3 158 Check for Updates About Displays version information Find DUT Saving device information allows you to import the specific device information into the Target Device emulator The Find DUT utility obtains all vendor specific information and detailed device parameters This feature only works in SAS address mode It finds SAS addresses only and works up to one expander level Find device finds any devices that are attached to any port Select Setup on the main menu bar and choose Find DUT see Figure 3 159 on page 226 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find DUT Teledyne LeCroy El File Setup Session Analysis Navi ae E TxVout amp Preemphasis a User Defined Decoding x Dj External Trig Setting gt Update Device All Connected Devices urce Control Manage Setup Licenses Preferences Self Test Data Block Set Port Alias Set SAS Address Alias Figure 3 159 Find DUT The Find DUT dialog displays Find Device Under Find Find Device in Alno C SAS Address MIT MIT Y T3 v TA Device List Parameters Offset Field Length Value Supported Pages SubPages General Protocol Supported SSP SMP STP Beno Figure 3 160 Find DUT Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 225 Teledyne LeCroy SAS Verification SAS Device Iden
364. rt CLOSE NORMAL Sequence 72 506 us K28 5 D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 Source SAS Address H Initiator Connection Tag H 5000E0C42FB5D004 ETITA an FFFF O End Start Start Start Start End End End dE 18509 32005 A 200 05 il Arbitration Wait Time H Start Start AIPNORMAL NORMAL 26 ns o D27 4 D27 4 D27 4 Start Start SMP Request Request Length H 38 693 us Report general 00 Start Start CLOSE NORMAL Sequence 93 ns K28 5 D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 Start Start CLOSE NORMAL 85 213 us K28 5 D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 Start Start MASAS SA Destination ddress H Initiator Connection Tag H Arbitration Wait Time H 220005 JM somencizresoaos soooencariaesooo oP TPO XtoY Ons XtoT Ons Y to T Ons For Help press F1 3 8 2 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Stop Figure 3 108 CATC Navigation View Spec View Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View from the CATC View left click to display a popup menu then select the View Fields option see Figure 3 109 on page 189 To obtain the Spec View from the Catalyst View right click to display a popup menu then select the View Fields option Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 187 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar Yiew Fields for Link 1 bs Hexadecimal Binar
365. rt dialog Rename title of port x New Title Initiatori Cancel Figure 3 112 Rename Title of Port Show Hide Single Port If Show Hide Single Port is selected you can click on one port button at a time to show hide the capture for that port Show Hide Single Port is time consuming as it shows or hides one port at a time Show Hide Multiple Ports If Show Hide Multiple Ports is selected you can click on multiple ports to show or hide them This mode is much faster Click on multiple ports to show or hide them 11 12 12 ladra 14 71 Single Port Multiple Po Figure 3 113 SAS Show Hide Ports Toolbar Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 189 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar Ch Luli Bde H2 D2 H3 D3 H4 D4 A Sinnla Part Figure 3 114 SATA Show Hide Ports Toolbar You can also show or hide a port by right clicking a Port ID in Text View or Column View and choosing Show or Hide see Figure 3 111 Show Hide Field You can simplify the Viewer display by hiding some fields You can hide the Duration Relative Time External Signals and Packet number fields by right clicking the corresponding field title and choosing Hide Field Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Copy Frame Expand All Goto Response set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto F Figure 3 115 Hide Field To restore a field to the display right click a Port ID field and choose the hidden
366. ruction is for having access to the error count of the received Dwords This will give flexibility to user to decide on changing remote tx parameters to get the optimal link with minimal errors Example Var32 error_count Generation Send_ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Wait_ttiu change _ttiu 0x00004000 error_count Training ERROR_COUNT If error_count lt 2 Send_ttiu OxOOOOA000 0x36 OXA Reset_Training ERROR_COUNT ResetTrainingErrorCount During manual tx_trainig resetting error count can be done using this command Ex Var32 error_count Generation Send_ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OxA Wait_ttiu change _ttiu 0x00004000 error_count Training ERROR COUNT If error_count lt 2 Send_ttiu 0x0000A000 0x36 OXA Rest_ Training Error count y Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 325 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 326 Change_Local_tx_parameter changelocaltxparameter 16 b data variable This instruction is to change the Local tx parameters It takes either 16 bit data which represents the control word of the TTIU or 16 b variable that represents control word of the TTIU when this command is given 32 bit data or variable value will be written in to a constant variable memory location address location is 511 Example var32 received_ control var32 Status var32 control 0x00100000 var32 temp Generation Send_ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 Ox
367. s and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy When using Advanced Mode if too many state jumps occur in a short time the hardware queue can overflow which may corrupt frames For example an infinite loop can cause many state jumps in a short time Hardware overflow can occur if interval between state jumps is less than 60 DWORDs In Advanced Mode infinite loops are usually used to check if an event occurs before a timeout In this case you can use the Timeout dialog to avoid hardware queue overflow Advance Mode Settings Motes State 0 50 Start Capture Everything Exclude tems Idle Motity Bue Condition then So To State 2 State 1 51 pa a Er E ere ES y e HAFO FE SET ther S a Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port 1 71 Make Same State 1 E Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out Go To If Primitive HARD RESET 1 ey No change NoJump Else lf Bus Condition 1 Xx Mo change NodJump Else If Timer 1 Elapsed Th O o Nochange State 0 7 Else If ggi O Nochange Nodump gt Capture 2 Everpthing Exclude Idle C Exclude xe Nothing Exclude OOE Signal Exclude RADY Pattern C Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY C Exclude SATA_CONT C Exclude SATA_SYNC C Exclude Payload except Diword s FI Add State ES Delete State Figure 2 84 State Machine with Multiple Patterns and Timer Elapse In
368. s over selected Scripts Run verification scriptis Settings Figure 3 81 Run Verification Scripts Menu new 160 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 7 Run verification script s Start running selected script s Edit script Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings New script Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verification script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE Navigation View Toolbar The Navigation View toolbar allows you to navigate search filter hide RRDY all primitives and unassociated traffic zoom tile views and select ports Navigation iew Toolbar x APPLAR E ur e o Loe Position Y Position Single Port Multiple Ports Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin The down arrow on the Go To button allows location of cursors or specific packets Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Timestamp Bookmark Begin and End The Search button opens the search dialog see Search on page 179 The Filtering Setup button opens the Filter dialog see Filtering on page 166 and allows you to speci
369. s scenario detects any other order of these primitives it causes the device to beep and the scenario to restart Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 275 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 276 This example is designed to give you an idea of the powerful logic that you can implement with sequences Note that the states in this sequence have been renamed do not have their default names The following table summarizes the sequence logic TABLE 4 10 Example 8 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description Wait for Align 0 When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 2 If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 3 If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise go to Indicate Error Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario d Align Test b x File Library c 2 Xx Scenario Name
370. s using the File Manager of the InFusion application In this manual the main library and other infdb file libraries are collectively called general libraries If you select Open Library you see a window similar to the following Look in 9 InFusion El TestCasesForSATAinfdb te El TargetTransportLayer infdb My Recent E TargetLinkLayer infdb Documents ERealworld infdb El ManualExamples infdb 3 El InitiatorTransportLayer infdb E InitiatorLinkLayer infdb E DEFAULT infdb Desktop ma Docs My Documents ga My Computer Q e l A My Network Files of type infusion Library Files E infdb Figure 4 10 Open Library File List By selecting the TestCasesForSATA infbd file you get an additional library window with predefined SATA test cases similar to the following File Library c program Filestlecrowlinfu A X CITE Scenarios 01_HOST_Buffer Underrun O2 HOST Write Failed 03 HOST R_RDY Failed 04 HOST Read Failed O05 HOST Break Link with Pending 10s 06 HOST Write DMA Flow control error OF HOST _ Write DMA terminate protocol 08 HOST Write DMA transfer count erro 09 HOST_Link Layer Retry 10 HOST_Invalid FIS type 11 HOST Vendor FIS type 12 DEVICE Buffer Underrun Figure 4 11 Test Cases for SATA Library 4 6 Scenario Properties To begin the scenario creation process you click the New Scenario button in a library window or on the InFusion application toolbar As the first step in crea
371. setting is stored in the device Remove Device Click Remove Device to remove a previously added device IP Settings Click IP Setting to reset IP settings of a device The following IP Setting dialog displays Subnet Mask Default Gateway ioe Figure 1 11 IP Setting Dialog Networks Click Networks to select a network adapter The following dialog displays Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability Select Adapter 1 Intell Wireless WiFi Link 49B54GN Pac 169 254 40154 DOldel5cc38b 2 Intell 82566MM Gigabit Network Connec 172 186 193 128 001c2570494f Cancel Figure 1 12 Select Adapter Dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 19 Teledyne LeCroy Expandability 20 Refresh Device List Click Refresh Device List to refresh the device list To connect to a device select a device which is Ready to Connect and click the Connect button on the right The Connection Properties dialog is displayed see the following screen capture Select Device l Ee Seared xj siera Mb Connection properties E xi Locked A a aa Siera MB Locked Ho Chained 2 Add Device SP Remove Devi de F Settings Please specify the action to take when next time SM 62084 is detected Automatically connect to the device ask if I want to connect to the device Take no action Selected Devic ay Netwo
372. sk OO e SSP Frame F22 Reserved Value 46 Bits OODOd0000000 Tos Format Hex Indicates the type of address frame x Cira Zi Figure 4 15 Event Properties Dialog While many events are line conditions an event also can be a condition that occurs within a InFusion device for example detection of a trigger signal from another device The following table lists supported events Note that some events are applicable only in the context of creating sequences those events appear on the drop down list only if you are creating a sequence Sequences can have multiple states and they allow branching between states TABLE 4 2 Events Event Description Address Frame Occurrence of a specified address frame Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 247 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events 248 Event Analyzer Trigger Any DWORD ATA Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up CRC Error DWORD Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type Frame Type Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G Links Speed 12G OOB Signal Primitives Running Disparity Error SAS Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern SCSI SMP Frame SNW SSP Frame Description Trigger on Analyzer when its event matches You can see the trigger on the Status Bar but the Port Status dialog does not display any mark in the Trigger column Note This is different than the external trigger mechanism You do not need an e
373. ssignment Customize commands Toolbars Key board Menu and Options Smart Docking Toolbar Status Bar Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 237 Batch Script Setting see Scenario Batch Files on page 281 Browse UserData System or InFusion folder Help Help Topics and About InFusion Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface 4 2 3 4 2 4 Teledyne LeCroy Main Library You can Show Main Library 049 Paxiane Scenarios al me New Scenario O Figure 4 2 Main Library The Main Library has Scenarios Using the buttons from left to right you can E a E E Create a new scenario and save a scenario Save a library and save a copy of a library View edit a scenario insert copy of a scenario and delete scenario Copy and paste File Library You can display the File Library File Library c program files lecroyisas protocol suite examples infusionscsi sbc2 infdb DAP SA Bax Aw scenarios Inject Errors Remove Substitute amp Branch Substitute with Primitive REDUNDANCY GROUP IN SEEK 6 WRITE ATTRIBUTE MAINTENAN CE IN Detect ACCESS CONTROL IN Detect Erase 12 Detect INQUIRY Detect Log Select Detect Log Sense Detect LOCK UNLOCK CACHE 6 Detect MEDIUM SCAN Figure 4 3 File Library Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 235 Teledyne LeCroy Interface
374. st have a viewer display open The Filtering menu has the options O Enable Filtering see Enable Filter on page 178 Filtering see Filter Setup on page 167 Link Layer SAS Transport Layer SAS Application Layer SAS Physical Layer SATA FIS Layer SATA Command Layer SATA Filter Idles see Filter Idle on page 179 OOCOCODO O O 166 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 3 Filter Setup To display the Filter setup dialog click the pE Filter button on the Viewer tool bar or select View gt Filtering Filter Options Command Data Pattern Keep Alive Activity Bus Condition COMINIT EJ Primitive COMWAKE P Incomplete Frames Address Frames E SSP Frames E SMP Frames STP Frames E SCS Commands E SMP Commands E Task Management Functions HJATA Commands E SCS Command Status E Source SAS Address Pl Destination SAS Address PJ Pair SAS Address E Protocol Error PATAPI SCSI Command E Device Sleep Filter Type Hide Show Fiter Idle Filter Logic Ports 0 AND Related Items Use Par 545 Addresses F Multilevel Filtering T1 TE Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar Figure 3 90 SAS SATA Filter Setup Dialog You can select or deselect each of the items shown in the Filter Options window for filtering by checking or unchecking a corresponding check box Items not in the current sample are in
375. t actions done by Trainer Engine executing SATA_D10 2 SATA_ALIGN SPEED_ NEG ALIGNO and SPEED_NEG_ALIGN1 commands based on Asng and Trainer Engine setup SS Command AutoSpeedNeg Actions SATA_D10 2 0 SATA_ALIGN 0 SPEED NEG ALIGNO O SPEED NEG ALIGN O Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Send D10 2 dwords until the count is exhausted then move on to the next block in stream The count is specified by the SPEED _NEG_ PARAMETER control block Send D10 2 dwords until the count is exhausted or an ALIGN _O is detected whichever comes first then move on to the next block in the stream Send Align_0 primitives until the count is exhausted then move on to the next block in the stream The count is specified by the SPEED_NEG_PARAMETER control block Send Align_0 primitives until the count is exhausted or an Align_0 is detected whichever comes first then move on to the next block in the stream Send Align_0 primitives until the count is exhausted then move on to the next block in the stream Send Align primitives until the count is exhausted then move on to the next block in the stream Start with Align_0 and switch to Align_1 if an Align_0 is detected Send Align_1 primitives until the count is exhausted Do nothing at all 365 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 11 9 Generation Options Use the Generation Rules to set triggers and filters To display the G
376. t Recent Trace Files Recent Project Files Exit Figure 5 2 Trainer File Menu Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Menus Teledyne LeCroy 5 1 2 Setup Menu O Update Sierra Device See Update Device on page 221 a Port Configuration You can select different combinations of Trainer with Analyzer and Jammer When running two different applications on the ports you must set the same port configuration in both of them See Ports Configuration on page 98 The following describes possible configurations Analyzer and Trainer on same port You can generate initiator target traffic and also capture the traffic generated Analyzer and Trainer on same port and Analyzer and Trainer on another port You can generate initiator target traffic and also capture the traffic gen erated on two ports m Trainer on one port Analyzer on another port and Analyzer on a third port Trainer is run on a port generating initiator target traffic and two port Ana lyzers run on two other ports capturing the traffic of those ports Trainer on two ports and Analyzer on two ports Two Trainers run on two ports generating initiator target traffic and two Analyzers run on two other ports capturing the traffic of those ports Trainer and Jammer on same port You can generate initiator target traffic and also inject errors on the traffic between initiator and target on the port Note See Multi Port Trainer Scr
377. t AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION k N Cea Figure 4 21 Example 1 Event Drop Down List 8 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 259 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 9 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action _ Remove RRDY Normal Mo action specified For the event RRDY NORMALI From Initiatori in Global Rules Click here to jump ta the p Scenario Name Remove RADY Normal Description Wait for EPDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for PRD NORMAL from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event Click here to addyan action Click here to dic 7 1er event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL os Figure 4 22 Example 1 Entering an Action The Action Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 16 on page 251 10 In the Type column on the left choose the action that you want to occur when an RRDY is detected In this example it is the Remove Primitive action Select Random Yes or No N for Every Nth occurrence and Monitor Count as Monitored or Not Monitored 11 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 _ Remove RRDY Normal Scenario Mame Remove PER Normal Description Wait for ERY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic ch
378. t Name Purpose Result Detail i Figure 3 162 SAS Verification Dialog a Speed Negotiation has Speed Negotiation Window Three and Train Speed Negotiation Window a Link Layer has Link Reset Connections SSP Frames Closing SSP Connections Connections through Expanders and Break Q Transport Layer has SSP Frames Structures Command IU Data IU XFER_RDY IU Response IU and Error Handling Q Application Layer has SCSI CDB STP Operations and NACA Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog and click the Add gt gt button Enter a value for DUT Type Target Initiator or Expander Enter a value for the Number of Runs to run a particular test more than once Enter the DUT Name Enter the Connection Rate as Autospeed or a value a oY E eS To view failed test traces in the sample viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into Sierra trace viewer check box po To save the failed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box Enter a path and file name for Report file or use the default file name and path For Windows XP C Program Files LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite User SASVerification Devicel rtf Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 227 Teledyne LeCroy SAS Verification SAS For Windows 7 C Users Public Documents LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite User SASVerification Devicel rtf 10 Enter a path and file name for Saved Traces or use the default folder
379. t Yo All All Al All Al All w Read DMA Ext Write DMA Ext Write FPDMA Queued Read FPDMA Queued Identify Device Check Power Mode Execute Device Diagnostic Flush Cache 0 H gt D 3 2048 Normal Output 37 733 333 59 us 415 31 13 0 H gt D 4 2048 Normal Output 17 133 333 21 us 179 13 43 0 H gt D 6 2048 Normal Output 26 133 333 21 us 236 17 70 0 H gt D 5 2048 Normal Output 32 106 666 56 us 470 35 26 0 H gt D 3 512 Normal Output 30 746 667 86 us 3 0 23 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 826 666 83 us 3 0 23 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 693 333 63 us 3 0 23 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 746 666 91 us 10 0 75 Figure 3 36 SATA ATA Command Report Time out of ATA Command Report The Time out shows the NCQ time out It is applicable for only NCQ commands A threshold can be set in the NCQ commands Timeout Threshold the default value is 1000 usec the user can change it to any value The statistical report provides a Time out report based on this threshold Any NCQ command that takes more than the given threshold is flagged as yes which means that a timeout occurred for that command ATAPI Report To display the ATAPI Report see Figure 3 37 on page 134 click the ATAPI tab The ATAPI Report displays information in the following columns a ODODODDO O Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense 10 Read10 Request Sense Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Number of FIS or Number of Transport All Custom
380. t column and choose the items to display The default is All By checking a specific item you exclude everything but that item for display Type Open Address Frame SSP Frame Identif Address Frame Figure 3 59 SAS Type 146 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display see Figure 3 60 Custom Filter A x Show selected items Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame Check All SMP Frame Reset All SSP Frame STP Frame C Show conditional items Equal to fo Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate Figure 3 61 SATA FIS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display see Figure 3 62 on page 148 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 147 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Custom Filter Show selected items DMA Activate DMA Setup Check All Data Reset All PIO Setup Register Device to Host Register Host to Device Set Device Bits C Show conditional items Equal to fo omes Figure 3 62 SATA Custom Filter Check the items to display and click OK Sorting Column Content To sort column content click the heading for that column Repeated clicking of the column heading sorts the column in ascending or descending order Type A Direction Duration Count Al y A F All p AM Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999
381. table summarizes each state 278 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy TABLE 4 11 Example 9 Logic of Sequence 0 State Wait for Align 0 Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 2 Wait for Align 3 Indicate Error Description When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise replace primitive with Align 1 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise replace primitive with Align 2 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise replace primitive with Align 3 and go to Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As in previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 279 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Fix Aligns Test File Library c 7 0 X Scenario Name Fix Alis Test Description Detect incorrect order of Alis FIX IT and beep when it happens d Sequencers ex Align Test Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to
382. te Scenario 264 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 4 9 5 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event In this example an event triggers a set of actions The actions occur at the same time The device waits for an ACK from the initiator When it occurs the device beeps injects an RD error and increments a counter monitoring for that event ACK from initiator 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Beep as the action From the Action Properties drop down menu enter 500 ms as the duration of the beep 3 Click the add another action prompt to add a second action d ACK Test b x Scenario is valid Scenario Name ACK Test Description If ACK beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Pules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms q Click here to add a Sequence gt 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 30 Example 5 Entering the Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 4 Choose Inject RD Error as the second action 5 Click the add another actio
383. ter Type i Filter Type Gea a Filter Idle Ports Filter Logic y Fe Ports Multi Level Filtering Vi Mi wis F C AND Related Items Win Wi Mia lv ls Filter Logi ilter Logic F Multi Level Filtering C AND Related Items Use Pair SAS Addresses M Use Pair SAS Addresses VTi M 12 13 MT OR MT W 12 13M T OR Reset All Check All IV Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Reset All Check All IV Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Save Load Cancel Figure 3 99 SAS SAS Address Filtering before and after Using Pair SAS Addresses Note If you enable pair SAS addresses the source destination SAS addresses options are disabled and filtering on them is ignored at filtering time If you disable pair SAS addresses the pair SAS address option is disabled and filtering on it is ignored at filtering time Training Sequence When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Training Sequences in the Trace Viewer 3 5 Selectable Filter Options for SATA The SATA filter options are O Bus Condition Incomplete Frames FIS ATA Command Protocol Error Port ATAPI SCSI Command Device Sleep Miscellaneous DOOOCOO OO 176 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selectio
384. ternal Signal In see Figure 3 96 on page 175 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 173 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Filter n Fiter Options Misc Items Bus Condition E Primitive otate Range E incomplete Frames From State l To State l Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames E STP Frames E Low SCSI Commands SMP Commands FP Task Management Functions PATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address F Pair SAS Address F Protocol Error ISTP Port HTag PH ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Training Senuentce W Device Sleep Filter Type 9 Hide E Show E Filter Idle Filter Logic L Multilevel Filtering Use Fair SAS Addresses Ports DAND Related Items 11 12 oR WITI ie Fiter descending packets from trace highlight bar Reset All Check All Figure 3 96 Filter State and or Device Sleep Filter TTIU Events When you choose Training Sequence an additional dialog displays allowing you to filter Training Sequence TTIU fields in a Training Sequence trace see Figure 3 97 on page 176 Select Training Sequence gt Control Status and click Advanced to display the Control Status dialog see Figure 3 98 on page 176 Select the Fields and the Values for them from the drop down list 174 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Search For FP Bus Condition Pri
385. ters It takes either 16 bit data or 16 bit variable which represents the control word of the TTIU When this command is given the 32 bit data or 16 bit variable value is written to the constant variable memory location address location is 511 Example Var32 received control varsz status Vars2 cont rol 0x00100000 var32 temp Generation Send ttiu 0x00006000 0x36 OXA Wait ttiu change ttiu 0x00004000 Change Local tx parameter 0x0400 requesting to change the EX parameters To reference 1 received control LRT temp received control amp 0x1111000 0x11110000 is the mask data so that the variable contains only the control word of the receivedttiu Change Local tx parameter temp variable as input status Local Tx status word temp status control Send ttiu temp 0x36 0xA Where 0x0400 is the control word of TTIU This instruction is for getting the status of the local tx parameters for the previous requested tx parameter change This is a 32 bit word in which the LSB 16 bit contains the status word and MSB 16 bits are ZEROS 341 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 342 Send RAW_TTIU Pattern_ marker 32 This command is for transmitting a Raw_TTIU bits of BMC encoded TTIU i e BMC encoded 32 bits TTIU can be specified here The user has the flexibility to specify the pattern marker Example Generation Send raw CCIU EEEFECOOOO Br CON PC
386. the bars as a series of frames You can edit the traffic generation file to add edit or remove frames 5 6 Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Example ssg files and Include files are in two directories called Samples and include that are typically installed in C Users Public Documents LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite Generation Samples Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 301 Teledyne LeCroy Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files 302 9 6 1 9 6 2 Traffic Generation ssg Files The ssg traffic generation files are text files consisting of include statements a generation block and optionally global statements The generation block is the code responsible for the actual traffic generation It is marked by the tag Generation The composition and format of the generation block is described later include Cteneration nclude settings inc Generation i The include statements provide links to the Include files which provide the definitions for primitives frames and settings that hold for most or all of the generation session global settings The definitions for SAS and SATA traffic are contained in Teledyne LeCroy provided Include files Settings inc PrimitivesDecl inc AddressFramesDecl inc SSPFrames inc SMPFrames inc and SSPFrames inc Settings inc File The Settings inc file contains global statements about the link the type of device being emulat
387. this preference This will append the Read Write Command Report to the trace file so this action need only be done once When you re open the trace file you should be able to export the report as described above Export Paired SAS Address Report If Text View is activated from the File menu you can save a Paired SAS Address Report as an Excel file using the Export Paired SAS Address Report dialog Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 49 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars EA Export Paired 545 Address Report Save in de Samples E E E Nees Name p Date modified Type ra o No items match your search Recent Places Desktop Libraries A Computer Gn a Tl Network File name New csv Save as type Excel File csw Cancel Export whole payload more than 32KB Save s Range All Packets From T Cursor j To T Cursor Figure 2 12 Export Paired SAS Address Report Dialog O Check the box Export the whole payload more than 32KB to export the whole payload more than 32KB QO You can limit the data range of the saved file You can save m All Packets m Range between selected cursors You can view expanded traffic particularly during discovery in a spreadsheet format You can use column headers with SAS Address Pairs For example instead of 11 T1 12 T2 and so on the columns are Source Destination SAS Address pairs such as S1 SEP o
388. tiatorPort Mask 0 Fl OOB FA 55PinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit 0x00 indicates that an SSF initiator port is not present a COMINIT Complete FS S5PinitiatorPort Mask O e COMINIT Detected F9 Reserved Value 4 Bits 0 COMSAS Complete F9 Reserved Mask 0 s COMSAS Detected F10 Restricted Value 1 Bit 0 e COMWAKE Complete F10 Restricted Mask 0 i COMWAKE Detected F11 SM PtargetPort Value 1 Bit O 00 indicates that an SMP target port i not present EN o F11 SMPtargetPort Mask 0 Lh Primitive ciai F12 STPtargetPort Value 1 Bit Ox00 indicates that an STF target port is not present e SAS Primitive F12 STPtargetPort Mask 0 3 SATA Primitive F13 S55PtargetPort Value 1 Bit 0x00 indicates that an SSP target port iz not present a Running Disparity Error F13 S5PtargetPort Mask 0 545 Data Pattern Fl4 Reserved Value 4 Bits o SATA Data Pattern F14 Reserved Mask 0 a SCSI F15 DeviceN ame Yalue 64 Bits 0000000000000 MMC F15 DeviceN ame Mask OOOOOOOO0O000000 Ba RBC FIE SAS address Value 64 Bits OODOOOOOOOOO0000 am able F16 SAS address Mask OooCoOoOCOOoO000 a MEE Fl PhylD alue 8 Bits 00 dl aPCe FI PhylD Mask 00 gt aPCs F18 BreakReplvCapable value 1 Bit 0 M F18 BreakReplyCapable Mask 0 E o F19 RequestedinsideZPSDS Value 1 Bit 0 os Selene F19 RequestedinsidePSDS Mask o a NWI F20 Inside PSDS persistent Value 1 Bit 0 S SW F20 Inside PSD Spersistent Mask 0 E Shh F21 Reserved Value 5 Bits p HN Train Shi F21 Reserved Ma
389. tifier Click the Find Device button to search for connected devices After a brief period the dialog displays all device information El EE T1 50060560000003c5 Property PH PH Id PH 1 500605600000 Invalid DWord Count Ri PHY 2 Wi PHY 3 Ri PHY 4 Ri PHY 5 Ri PHY 6 Ri PHY Gi PHY 8 AG PHYS fi PHY 10 D O Running Disparity Court 0 Loss OF DWord Sync Count 0 PH Reset Problern Count d8d PH 11 500605600001 General Protocol Supported D SSP 4 SMP T STP Number OF PH 12 Yendor Id LSILOGIC Expander Change Counk 163 Product Id 5451 46 0 Expander Route Indexes 144 Product Rey Lev Id 32 Contig O Export Save Load Close 226 Aliasing Figure 3 161 SAS Identified Devices Click a device in the Device List to display information about that device You can enter a 16 character alias name for a device In the Device List right click the device name and enter an alias after the colon The alias name appears in the Device List Exporting 3 24 You can export a device specification to a text file Click the Export button to open the Export dialog SAS Verification SAS SAS Verification consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SAS specification Note Speed Negotiation and all other SAS tests are documented in the SAS Verification Test Descriptions pdf file in the installed documents directory Note With the exception of the
390. ting a scenario the Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 243 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Properties 244 application prompts you for scenario name a short description optional and the direction of traffic to which any traffic changes apply Changes are for example injection or removal of data or a primitive You identify direction of traffic change or modification in terms of traffic origin The application uses the following conventions a From Initiator Change is made to traffic coming from test host for example CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from initiator to target O From Target Modification is made to traffic coming from the target for exam ple CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from target to initiator The following figure shows the first prompt in the scenario creation process 4 New Scenario 1552404 box Scenario is valid Status Mok sawed Scenario Name New Scenario 1552404 Direction for traffic hand From Initiator T Global Fules Click here to add an event Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl Figure 4 12 Entering Basic Scenario Information To copy an event or action right click on the event or action and select Copy Right click Click here to add another event or Click here to add an action and then select Paste To copy a sequence or state right click on the sequence or state and select Copy Right cl
391. to 12G if MultiSpeed is enabled This setting is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Makes the device sleep signal high Trainer doesn t go to Electric idle mode automatically after Devslp command We can force trainer to go to DC Idle mode using the disconnect command after Devslp command This command works when Generation mode is GEN MODE_SAS_INITIATOR or GEN MODE_SATA_HOST Makes Device sleep signal low comes out of device sleep mode This command works when Generation mode is GEN _MODE_SAS_ INITIATOR or GEN _MODE_SATA_HOST This Command is used in Train Windows This command works exactly same as Send_Train_TrainDone This Command is used in Train Windows Generator will send PHY Capability Bits this command is used in SNW3 Generator will send Train Train Done Patterns This Command is used in Train Windows Generator will wait until ns before executing next command Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Power_Expansion_On n Power_Expansion_Off n Exit ExitCode Teledyne LeCroy Switch on power expansion card The Default value is POWER_SOURCE_5V POWER_SOURCE_12V The power source can be combination of POWER _SOURCE_1 2V POWER_SOURCE_1 5V POWER _SOURCE_3 3V POWER_SOURCE_5V POWER_SOURCE_12V Switch off power expansion card The Default value is POWER _SOURCE_5V POWER_SOURCE_12V The power source can be combination of P
392. to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 273 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 274 17 You are finished creating the first sequence Click the add another sequence prompt to create an area in the scenario for the second sequence Sequence 1 Mew Scenario O d b X Scenario is valid Status Wok saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence State O El Wait for Address Frame OxO00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Target Figure 4 39 Example 7 Adding a Second Sequence 18 Create two states in the second sequence with the characteristics shown in the following table TABLE 4 9 Example 7 States for Second Sequence State Event Action 0 Address Frame from Target Branch to State 1 1 Address Frame from Initiator Beep for 2 seconds Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 19 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario New Scenario O P X Status Wok saved Sequence O IS State O El Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrem
393. to two sequences in a scenario but each is completely independent of the other There is no branching or other interaction between the two except through the Restart All Sequences action You must follow some simple rules when creating sequences TABLE 4 5 Sequence Rules You can use only two branch actions per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use two instances of Branch to an Existing State or Branch to a New State If you try to use more than two a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use only one restart sequence action per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use one instance of Restart Current Sequence or Restart All Sequences If you try to use more than one a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use a maximum of 255 states per sequence If you try to use more than 255 states a red error message appears in the status area of the application Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy The following table summarizes the examples that follow TABLE 4 6 Sequence Examples Example Description Creating two sequences and Global Rules This scenario has two objectives that you implement with Global Rules and two sequences 1 7 You use Global Rules to replace any of three types of primitives 2 You use t
394. ton causes the generator to invoke the various settings in your script for example the global settings and then establish a connection Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 311 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 10 1 5 10 2 5 11 5 11 1 3 Click the Start Generation button on the Toolbar While generating traffic a bar appears on the right of the trace view indicating that traffic generation is taking place The green light on the Traffic signal button also blinks during traffic generation Stop Traffic Generation Normally traffic generation stops automatically when the application reaches the end of the Generator file To manually stop traffic generation click the Stop Generation button Tr Resume Traffic Generation If traffic generation is stopped prior to the end of the script it can be resumed To resume traffic generation click the Resume Generation button To Sierra Trainer Generation Language The Sierra Trainer File Generation Language is an API that allows you to separate traffic into text commands These commands are used construct primitives and frames that are sent to the host or the device File Structure Traffic Generation files ssg should have the following structure Declarations a Global generation settings Constants Data patterns Chain of symbols primitives raw data Packet templates OOO O Note Some declared objects could b
395. ton to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button To drag and drop the Event button 1 Place the mouse cursor on the Event button in the Available Events area Click the left mouse button 2 Drag the button to the cell When the button is in the cell a dashed highlight line appears around the cell Drop the button in the cell release the left mouse button The Event button appears in the cell a Newevent 5 0 9 a ae Available Events Global State active at all times Figure 5 20 Event in Main Display The default label for the first cell is Global State which is active at all times Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 369 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra Trainer Generation Language 5 11 14 Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the Generator ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button 1 Right click the Event button to display a pop up menu na Mew event MORAS Available Events Global State active at all times Primitive Specify Actionis
396. tors are available If you want to trigger on a pattern Frame FIS and change capture a dword s before the last offset of a detected pattern e g changing the Frame Type of a SAS Frame with Data Offset 11223344 you are limited to a maximum of 9 dword offset i e if you trigger on the 20th payload of a Data FIS you can change capture the 12th dword onwards 11th payload dword and preceding dwords are not accessible for change capture You can not change a state based on back to back events At 6G speed there should be at least one dword between the triggering event of two consecutive states At other speeds back to back dword state transitions might rarely be missed so best practice is to never assume back to back dword events As described later in this chapter you can create any number of scenarios and store them in libraries on the PC hard drive Scenario library files names are in the following format lt filename gt infdb Creating InFusion scenarios is easy but it requires an understanding of the following terms defined in Table 4 1 on page 241 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios 4 4 2 4 4 3 Teledyne LeCroy TABLE 4 1 Key Scenario Terms Term Definition Action InFusion response to an event Event Condition that is detectable by InFusion Combined Event Logical OR association of events for example event A OR event B Global Rules Portion of a scenario that can defin
397. trl c Ctrl Ins Copy Ctrl v Shift Ins Paste Up Down arrow keys Moves selection between states Page Up Page Down Page Up and Page Down states Home Go to first page End Go to end page Project Settings Prior to running the Advanced mode project click the Settings tab The options in the Settings dialog are the same as for the Easy Mode described starting on page 92 SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H4 D4 and does not show l1 T1 to 14 T4 SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button Notes To include some descriptive information about the project click the Notes tab and enter a brief descriptive note see Add a Project Note on page 100 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 109 Teledyne LeCroy Project Settings 110 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Manipulation 3 1 Viewer Display After data is captured Recorded the Viewer displays a sample file scs for SAS and sts for SATA in Packet View Link Address Frame Type Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features aa Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H 1 34 800 992 466 min 0x1 Open 0x0 SMP 0x9 FFFF s000E0CAT1 865000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data 5000E0C
398. ture and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data a Any Type DOOOUOUOULUD STP Frame Pattern Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 63 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Double click STP Pattern to open the STP Pattern selection dialog FIS Pattern xi Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel TF Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp JEJEJEJE JEJEJE Js Cyl Low exp MH MH M H3 VDI Ww D2 M D3 Check Al Uncheck Ail Figure 2 26 SATA STP Pattern Dialog The STP Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box Choose FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog Register Host to Device FIS Pattern x Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 Binary Hexadecimal Cancel TF Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp e 32 38 3 Xi i 38 38 gt Cyl Low exp MH MH MH Hs
399. typical applications Sierra M124 OO War 00 N TELEDYNE LECROY al Initiator OO Unk OO Target Sierra M124 RC oe a ao AC E Available Ker EU O O Fremejo0R O O al E z00000 2300000 500000 300000 Figure 1 1 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M124 Protocol Analyzer 1 1 Analyzer Overview The Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer is a serial bus analyzer The SAS SATA Protocol Suite software performs serial bus analysis for Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers as well as Serial ATA SATA data transfers through STP data transfers and Serial ATA SATA data transfers The Sierra M124 Analyzer helps Hardware Firmware Design and Application Engineers troubleshoot and diagnose SAS and SATA problems within their product The analyzer supports the following QO Capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI packets or Serial ATA packets QU CATC API The analyzer provides for bi directional trigger and capture of commands primitives patterns and all bus conditions You can capture all frames and or exclude traffic The Sierra M124 Analyzer has a USB port and an Ethernet port to connect to a computer You can cascade analyzer units for higher port counts The analyzer allows you to select frames to include and exclude for capture Capturing can be triggered based on a specific event or manually The Sierra M124 Analyzer provides a full range of views and statistical reports Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol
400. umn of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which to substitute for RRDY Normal see Figure 4 21 on page 259 Choose ERROR Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario In this example you set the substitution action to happen at every occurrence of an RRDY Normal as shown in the figure the action is set for every occurrence However you can set an action to happen at other multiples of event occurrence for example 5 25 1000 and so on You also can set the action to happen at random within a specified number of event occurrences d _ Replace RRDY Normal gt x Scenario is valid Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal gt Description Wait for BEDY Normal and replace it with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for EELY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add a Sequence gt x For Help press F1 Figure 4 24 Example 2 Complete Scenario Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 261 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 262 4 9 3 Example 3 Creating OR Conditions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for either of two types of RRDY primitive and replaces them with an ERROR primitive This example includes a combined event a lo
401. un ox005007 Detect DATA 8 Sleep 40 WaitForStop Used to wait for occurrence of specified condition Format WaitForStop SerialNumber Target Port Duration Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware QO Target Port Port number in port map Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds In the Command Parame ters Window WaitForStop duration has three options a Infinite Wait until Stop command O Random Stop after a random time a Finite time Stop after specified time in milliseconds Example Run ox001267 Detect AddressFrame Open 2 WaitForStop 0x348790 2 Forever Run ox005007 Detect DATA 4 WaitForStop ox005007 4 100 Scop axl ol Z Command Parameters Commands Parameters Run Serial Number S N 12871 fla Stop Port Yi 2 3 4 Beep Duration Infinite GoTo Stop Sleep _Batch Seript is ali WaiForStop Mew Script 0 El Label 0 Ron S N 1287 i Port 1 DISCOVER l Lebet Wait For SN 1287 i Pon 1 ati Stop Label 2 Run SIN 1287 1 Port 34 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR lick here to add another scnpt co taa Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy a E Batch Senpt ts valid a Ne A a E Label Label Label 2 Run S N 12871 Port 1 earth Click here to add another scnpt comm w For S N 12871 Port 1 to Stop DE 10 ms eye to add another senpt command Ran
402. up Session Analysis Mavigation W Mer d Open Close W Launch Jammer ap Launch Trainer Launch CrossSync Control Panel Figure 2 6 Launching CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite Application Please refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual for more information Save Workspace Viewing parameters can be saved in a workspace as a wss file After you open a trace and select views you can save the viewing parameters in a workspace file Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file To set default workspace viewing parameters select Setup gt Preferences In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of a saved workspace wss file The workspace can be switched after opening a trace file Select File gt Open to open another workspace and select a wss file Saving a Trace Capture You can save a Trace Capture by selecting Save from the File menu or select Save As to Save as the trace capture for review at a later time using the following dialog see Figure 2 7 on page 45 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy ES Save in 5 User O t e g Fe Sample scs My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents PE hy Computer biy Network File name NewSample Places nave as type Sample File sc3 Lancel Range i All Samples i From T Cursor To T
403. uration E MAA fl Frame Fields H 4 Idle Fields ce Trang Fields F Visible He ATA Com Fields a SCSI Op Fields He Data Fields B Queue Cmd Fields E de Phy Reset Fields H A Data E A Display Units H A CAC H A Time Viewer Setting E 8 Others A Protocal Iw Wrap Packet E A Address Frame E A Primitives H A SSF Frame H A SMP Frame oo Out OF Band Signals f Absolute H a STPFIS E 4 Channels E 4 474 Command H A SCSI Com H A Task hina Field Setting Format ki Field Header Setting W Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin C User Define MW Same color for start time and port f Hame 7 Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns in Aow fie Column Bytes in Column Bute Trigger Based On System Time Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 129 Trace Viewer Configuration Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration Field Settings Teledyne LeCroy To view a packet field select a field from the packet field tree and check the Visible box Uncheck it to hide the field To change the data format of a packet field select the field and choose a data format from the Format drop down list Trace iewer Configuration EN ATA Com Fields Protocol Da on Normal Output e Error Output mg Features
404. uration 0x90 Execute Device Diagnos 0x05 Device Diagnos 2 160 us 511 598 960 5 PE i i Sector Num exp H Cyl Low exp H Cyl High exp H Sector Count H Sector Count exp H Duration H1 Idle Idle Data H Duration gt 36 11 511 579 693 5 1 13 680 us D1 Idle aye Idle Data H Duration 11 511 579 693 s 13 680 us a 511 593 a 511 593 3 1 1 We Idle Data H on 1 586 us t de Idle Data H Duration a o 11 511 600 093 5 3 346 us t We Idle Data H Duration 511 600 093 5 3 346 us Foire 3 2 SATA Packet View of sts Sample File Quick View Quick View is enabled as the default setting in Preferences gt Trace Viewer tab Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the host machine s hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you uncheck Quick View in the Preferences gt Trace Viewer tab to disable Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the host machine s hard drive When Quick View is disabled the Viewer displays successive parts of trace data as they upload As soon as a trace part uploads it is available in all trace views If you only need quick successive traces and do not need to save them keep the default setting to enable Quick View If you need to save all captured traces u
405. using the cursors 197 Using the Power Expansion Card part number ACC EXP 004 X 21 Using the Power Expansion Card 2 part number ACC EXP 005 X 21 Using the Power Expansion Cards 21 V Value Replacement 232 VENDOR FIS 68 Verification script command 158 Verification Script Engine Reference Manual 158 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual View Field option 188 View Menu 295 View menu InFusion 234 View Options button 308 menu 308 View Type toolbar 125 Viewer 111 Viewer Setting toolbar 186 Viewing Check Condition Sense Data 120 VIEWS 31 Visible box 200 W WaitForStop statement 288 Waveform Display 31 waveform display 126 web site 391 Website CATC 391 Window Menu 296 Windows default 211 Wrap 295 Wrap button 297 Wrap Packet box 201 wrap packets in results display 186 Z Zone Broadcast Method field 384 Zone Device field 384 Zoom In 295 results display 156 162 Zoom In button 297 Zoom Out 295 results display 156 157 162 Zoom Out button 297 401
406. usion from capture and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to capture or exclude OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this pattern as O3 02 01 00 Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors to open the Protocol Errors selection dialog Protocol Errors Protocol Errors SMP Response Time Limit OK 5 Code Violation a Disparity Error Cancel ALIGN Error Cancel _ STP Signaling Latency Error STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout Frame Type Error Frame Length Error _ Frame Direction Error CRC Error ACK NAK Timeout Delimiter Error Check All Uncheck All All Hashed Destination SAS Address SSP CSMF ESTP Hashed Source 545 Address Fal 7 12 7 13 IM 14 Mn wit Vita MT3 Check All Lincheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link Figure 2 21 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA dialog does not show ACK NAK Timeout and has FIS signal latency and state transition errors not STP ones SATA dialog does not show ALL SSP and SMP radio buttons Check protocol error s to omit or not capture then click OK Protocol Errors SMP Response Time Limit is outs
407. ustom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verification Script Engine Reference Manual To run a verification script over a trace 1 Select the main menu item Analysis gt VSE or click the Running verification scripts button fa on the main tool bar The Run Verification Scripts dialog opens from which you choose and then run one or several verification scripts J LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Run verification script s C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol IA SN Of x i File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help 8 xi gt Wed Gl LES er Bm a 1 Slim PRR H Bt St ma 017 0 Verification script a ATAPI SCSI commands count 8 sample_ata_commands This script counts some specific SCSI commands that is issued by ATAPI commands S5 sample_ssp_protocol These SCSI commands are counted Ka SMP_Discover ndReporT racking Inquiry Read 10 Write 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 AR 18 pe Lak Trp App v y m Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of processing of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level 0411 M12 E1200 13 13 14 iTA Result O Fun scripts ATAPI SCSI commands count 2 Expand Log fe Save Output 3 Settings Done x to Ons xto T Ons YtoT Ons For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target
408. vailable in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Type list box and choose a frame type Assign a specific function to the frame by clicking the down arrow next to the Function list box and choose a function Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame to open the SSP Frame Pattern dialog xi Format ok C Binary Lox Hexadecimal Cancel SSP Frame Type Destination SAS Address Source SAS Address OOOO Changing Data Pointer ReT ransrnit Retry Data Frames Hf g Number of Fill Bytes Tag xX Target Port Transfer Tag xxx Data Offset OOOOO Vin MR WIR vi MT MTR MT3 M T4 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 25 SSP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type list box and choose an SSP Frame type FIS SATA only Double click FIS Frame Information Structure to open the FIS Type selection dialog FIS Type xl Format FIS Type Any Type x C Binary Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal c ancel Register Device to Host 0x34 _Cancel_ Show A Set Device Bits 0x41 0x39 0x41 0x58 Ox5F 0x46 MHI MH MH Iv H4 VDI WM D2 MDO M D4 Check All Uncheck All SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type to cap
409. ve set up Filter options you can set filter logic to And Related Items to apply AND logic on related selected options for example SCSI commands and SAS Addresses or OR to apply OR logic on all selected options Filter only applies to entities in a trace When you choose SCSI command AND SSP frame for instance Filter affects all entities in the trace that are SCSI commands AND are SSP frames Any SCSI commands that are NOT SSP frames will not in this case be filtered If you choose OR Filter affects all entities that are SCSI commands as well as all SSP frames The AND operator is only applicable for certain cases such as a ASCSI command AND a Tag O ASCSI command AND a source destination address For example when you choose a SCSI command AND a tag 0x1 you will filter all entities on a trace that are SCSI commands that have tags equal to 0x1 in that SCSI command As a general rule it is not possible to apply AND to two packet types frames commands primitives training sequences or bus conditions It only works when you apply AND to one packet type with other items such as source Destination Addresses TAG Task attribute Multilevel Filtering You can set up a filter in a sequential steps by Multi level filtering In each level you can select specific items to AND to the previous level The results of all levels show in views see the following three figures 168 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer
410. vents that occur during a session A session is a time interval during which a scenario runs Removes the targeted event from the traffic In InFusion A Remove primitive action is implemented by replacing the primitive with an idle data DWORD A Remove frame action is implemented by replacing the start of frame and end of frame primitives with an idle data DWORD Restart all sequences in the scenario Restart the sequence that contains this action definition Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions 4 8 1 Teledyne LeCroy Action Description SNW Speed Negotiation Set RCDT SNTT ALT TLT TX speed TRAIN Retime TRAIN _ DONE pattern and or PHY Capability Speed Negotiation Set Violation Type Violation Stop Scenario Stops all scenario activity Substitute Data DWORD Substitutes a data DWORD in the traffic with SAS Primitive Substitutes a SAS primitive in the traffic with SATA Primitive Substitutes a SATA primitive in the traffic Trigger Output Sends a signal out the trigger port to the device downstream The trigger point in the Analyzer that caused the analyzer trigger action will not be the selected event it will be the selected event with some offset Only shown in Action Properties dialog box when creating a sequence Available Resources You can specify Events Combined Events and Actions and additional Events The application automatically checks for the maximum nu
411. w capture of everything except the patterns added to the Project Tree When you check this box the system adds the Primitive category to the parameter window and enables Exclude Idle File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help gt E lt lt Trainer W Jammer E Record gt ch Capture Tigger Setings Notes Project Tree E 545 ProtocolAnalyzerl Everything 7 Exclude SATA_CONT pas Capture Exclude z E Exclude SATA_SYNC Exclude Idle PaE lc E Exclude OOB Signals Z Exclude XXX E hes Include SYNC E Exclude Payload except O o E Include CONT Parameters o Include OOB Signals l Include Parload of Data Frame Pattem eg Exclude Idle Primitive PA Trigger Non Sequential ie eal Settings SEEE 2 Trigger Position in Memory 50 l Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 D wordia Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 72 13 73 14 T Descrambling Enabled 35P Frame o heg Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Address Frame SMP Frame Data Pattem 2 Connection Details All Ports Protocol Errors Exclude pattems E Define different pattems for pre trigger and post4rigger data captures tor O nz sto T One toT Ons For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Figure 2 17 SAS Exclude Patterns Checked SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CON
412. window That link now has link specific Start Stop Resume Connect and Disconnect buttons See the previous page for the button descriptions Use the link specific buttons to control each link separately You can click the L1 or L2 button again to remove the script from the link After you select port configuration the Trainer toolbar changes to display the Generation buttons Start All Generation Stop All Generation Resume All Generation Connect All Link and Disconnect All Link S HEMS aE as Snl Y o e 1 05 A0000 Use these buttons to control all links You can click ip to open the Link Script Selection script assignment dialog see the following two figures 310 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generating Traffic Link Script Selection SCript Set all links same as First link Link Script Selection SSPFrames 559 Set all links same as First link Teledyne LeCroy el After you select an open script you can assign or remove a link for that script by clicking Assign Active Script Remove Assigned Script for Link 5 10 Generating Traffic After the ssg file has been opened onscreen recording and traffic generation can begin at any time 1 optional Click Record to begin the recording 2 If the script does not have a connect block built into it connect the exerciser to the DUT by clicking the Connect Link button gt Clicking this but
413. wing formats are available Bit Order f WSE to LSB Hexadecimal ir Decimal C LSE to MSE Binary Hiding i ASCII I Hidden Figure 5 30 Formats If available select Bit Order in the Format section The options are MSB to LSB or LSB to MSB 380 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options Hiding Display Options Level Hiding Options O Packet Types Primitives Data Length SMP Frames SSP Frames Channels FIS Types FIS Ports O OODODODODODOLDO O O Source Addresses Destination Addresses Gen Global Settings Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Event Groups MiPacket Types Primitives Source Addresses Destination Addresses Data Length SMP Frames SSP Frames Hide selected items Show selected items Restore Factory Presets Packet Types Primitive ODE Signal All OOE Signal Undetermined OOB Signal COM ARE ODE Signal COMRESET ODE Signal COMSAS Open Address Frame Identity Address Frame By default nothing is hidden You can hide one Broadcast Address Frame Short Zone Broadcast Address Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame ELECTRIC IDLE OFF ELECTRIC IDLE ON STP SATA Frame Raw Data Figure 5 31 Level Hiding Tab Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Save Select the Level Hiding tab then select the data types to hide Save As Default Load Cancel You can select
414. wo sequences to detect the order in which a type of frame is received from initiator and target Creating a sequence with many states 1 The objective of this scenario is to detect an incorrect order of primitives and to cause the device to beep when it happens You implement this scenario with a single five state sequence Creating a sequence with many states 2 This scenario is an enhancement of example 8 In this scenario the objective is to detect an 9 incorrect order of primitives fix it and cause the device to beep when this happens As with example 8 you implement this scenario with a single five state sequence 4 10 1 Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules In this example Global Rules substitute an Align 0 primitive for each of the following received from the initiator Align 1 Align 2 and Align 3 As a separate test operation two sequences determine the order in which each Identify Address frame is received from initiator and target The following tables summarize the logic implemented by each of the sequences TABLE 4 7 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from initiator go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from target beep 1 second TABLE 4 8 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 1 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from target go to State 1
415. ws to revert any unintended window docking or sizing or maximize screen utilization This function only tiles views inside a trace window Note that there is no command to tile views vertically Go To Menu Locate Cursors To quickly locate any cursor within the data viewer display click the Go To button and choose the cursor to locate You can also locate a cursor by selecting Go To from the Edit menu and choosing the cursor to locate 2 a PP e Trigger Position A Position Y Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 82 Locate Cursor Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Go to Time Stamp To locate a timestamp click the Go To button and choose Timestamp see the following screen capture 2 a BP ma Trigger Position amp Position Y Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 83 Time Stamp Enter a time stamp value in the Go To Timestamp dialog and click OK Go To Time Stamp Ea Goto 000 loo rm 00 000 me 000 1 000 ris Cancel Figure 3 84 Go to Time Stamp Bookmarks Bookmarks are a convenient way to mark a point in the data viewer display by name so that you can rapidly return to that point To create a bookmark right click the mouse in the data viewer area on a packet in which to place the bookmark Trigger Position amp Position Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark B
416. x28 Read 10 0 0 0 0 01E532B3 i i Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H gt gt Payload Data 2048 Bytes Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H ey 4 oo oooooo000000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt JE E 0x00 Good 0000000000000000 gt Input H j gt Normal Output H j DNA AP O a aaa g a i O li SUUUSZBUUUUUTU S TF SUUBUSOUUU00USC POODDDDEDSF80300004050 Add Bookmark Show Field Hide Field 3 5000625000001074 5000C5 47B5 0x28 Read 10 0 View Fields Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H gt gt Payload Data 2048 Bytes Add to Trigger LUN H Format gt Metrics Expand All ATA Cmd Packets 2 SCSI Cmd Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code FUA_NV Copy Data Logical Block Address H gt Ee A 3 G P Se SE ST SS aE z 009DAD4 3 215 672 880 s 444 500062B000001074 5000C500001047B5 0x28 Read 10 0 Copy Command Payload Data 2048 Bytes Set Time Stamp Origin gt l LUN H 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Color Color of Read DMA Ext 24 Time Stamp Format gt Goto gt XtoY Ons XtoT Ons YtoT Ons fa 1 Right click on any command field in the trace Select Color of option to set the color for the selected operation code field 116 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis
417. xample files Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Teledyne LeCroy T Lecroy 545 Trainer C Program Files LeCroy 5A5 Protocol Suite Examples Samples generation ssg J File Setup Generate Search View Tools Window Help eg 15 RRL MM DRDS ame Qpanaye Reoc s u H ee CONFIGURATION AutoHOLO AutoDIMAT AutoHnd hk Autos pde AutoAligns 4 74 AutoAl ContPrimUsage ScramblingMode OutputOfAtterDC AddSyncAterAlign NONE GEN MODE UNDEFINED 111 OFF OFF Murn Bur sis Burst Length QOB Settings COMINIT Idle Length Negatio n Len o 6e w w 008 Settings COMWAKE oo de ei C e i 260 a 1 1440 2400 SATA Link Initialization Settings Align Time 010 2 Time 100000 100000 SAS Manual Speed Neg Settings Align Time Align Time Interspeed 01920 01920 FSDOD0 153600 163640 50000 Figure 5 11 Sierra Trainer Generator File 5 5 5 Layout The ssg file has several colored bars that represent global settings The bars show the current configuration of the generation file Example settings are a Configuration GenMode SAS or SATA SSC On or Off Link speed 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps 6 0 Gbps or 12 0 Gbps Type of device Initiator or Device COMINIT COMWAKE a Scrambling Mode OOOO O As changes are made and saved to the traffic generation file the bars immediately update The traffic pattern to generate appears below
418. ximum of 8 actions per state 2048 actions per sequence 8 256 state 4104 actions per scenario 2 2048 8 more in the Global Rules state Monitors Monitors allowed to be used per state sequence scenario InFusion can keep an account of 8 12 Monitor Count events per scenario Random change of use of count and count randomly Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 239 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios 240 In Global Rules if a Counter is used for Event counting 2 extra actions are consumed 2 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option In Sequences If a Counter is used for Event counting 3 extra actions are consumed 3 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option Regarding limits on any of the above mentioned connections i e x timers y monitors are allowed per state where x y n There are a lot of big small rules checked by the scenario compiler but as a rule of thumb 8 actions per state are available 12 counters globally are available each assigned permanently to a certain job 6 available timers per scenario 12 programmable multi purpose resources for DWORD comparison substitution capture are available If a pattern detector uses 3 of these resources to trigger on a specific frame on the bus only 9 more resources are available for other tasks Frame FIS type detectors are excluded from this rule because they use their own dedicated resources 8 primitive detec
419. xternal trigger cable Note The Trigger on Analyzer feature functions when the trigger pattern is set to Pattern Infusion and running a scenario which will trigger analyzer after a 5s timer A message Triggered Post Trig Capturing displays on the Software Status bar Note When the analyzer triggers it triggers on a packet before the actual trigger event occurs The trace triggers more than 1us before the event actually occurs The trigger is on the Initator side instead of the Target side as set in the scenario Occurrence of any DWORD Occurrence of a particular ATA command Occurrence of a particular ATA command frame Occurrence of a particular ATAPI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of both line ports active not idling Occurrence of a CRC error Occurrence of a particular DWORD Occurrence of a particular FIS frame Occurrence of a particular SATA FIS type Occurrence of a particular frame type Occurrence of an invalid 10b code Both lines operating at 3 Gbps Both lines operating at 6 Gbps Both lines operating at 12 Gbps Occurrence of OOB signal Occurrence of Primitive Group SAS Primitive or SATA Primitive Occurrence of Running Disparity RD error Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SAS frame Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SATA frame Occurrence of a particular SCSI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SS
420. y Address Frame Type Device Type Reserved 000 0 Ox Ds Reason Reserved O0 Ox0 Restrict SMP Ini STF Ini 55P Init Reserved o 1 o 1 0x0 Restrict SMPT 5TPTa 55P Ta Reserved 0 0x0 Device Name 1 000000000 Device Name 2 000000000 545 Address 1 Save As gg Previous Next gt gt ox Figure 3 109 Spec View 0 01 002 Usb 0x04 0505 006 007 0 08 0 09 00A The tabs allows you to display Hexadecimal or Binary The buttons allow you to go to Previous or Next You can Save As a text file 3 8 3 Decode Icons The Decode Toolbar controls encoding and scrambling features To view corresponding Unscrambled and Scrambled payload data values instantaneously position the mouse pointer over a data field Running Disparity indication Sequence Start Time 773 000 ns Ha coe Figure 3 110 Payload Data Display 188 Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 8 4 Customize Display You can customize the display as explained below Rename Port You can rename each port for easy identification To rename a port right click the port ID in Text View or Column View Rename title of port Show Hide Apply width to all columns Auto fit all columns Restore all column widths Preferences Shift 5 Time Stamp Format Goto b Figure 3 111 Rename Port Choose Rename title of port to open the Rename Title of Po
421. ype format RawData param_data param_data param_data is byte_data primitive or variables Example 314 Primitive CHAIN ONE kBC 1E 1E 1E kBC 1A OF Sync hasn Charni yo Kapsa D1lzZ 8 DIOSA DLEE SsymChain ChaanThree kK26 3 SEA 25 kis IFA Primitive SOF kBC 18 E4 67 Primitive EOF kBC 18 FO 9B SymChain raw data 1 K28 1 D23 3 D11 4 D14 6 SymChain raw data 2 345 160 023 RID J K281 D233 DILA DIA F some RD errors will occur raw data 1 1000 send defined above pattern raw data 1 1000 times raw data 2 10 send defined above pattern raw data 2 10 times taw Gata 2 0195 w send defined above pattern raw data 2 195 times RawData 217 2E1 351 362 send RawData pattern some RD errors WLLL Ese RawData K28 1 D23 3 D11 4 D14 6 send RawData pattern Sierra M124 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language Teledyne LeCroy Sending OpenAddressFrame Using Sending the Same Standard Frame Templates OpenAddressFrame Using Raw Data Mechanism SendOpenAddressFramesTP Set ScramblingMode SourceAddress 500805EF FFFF0041 SCRAMBLING _MODE_SAS DestinationAddress 500062B0 00000030 RawData K28 5 D24 0 D30 0 DO1 4 ArbitrationWaitTime Ox1 21 08 00 01 AccesszoneManagement Ox0 50 OO 62 BO SourceZoneGroup 60x0 OO OO 00 30 ConnectionRate 0x8 50 08 05 EF Features 0x0 FF FF 00 41 InitiatorConnectionTag 0x1 00 00 00 01 InitiatorPort 0x0 00
422. zer User Manual 131 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Primitive Report To display the Primitive Report click the Primitive tab The Primitive Report displays information in the following columns a Primitive All Custom Unknown For SATA CONT EOF HOLD HOLDA R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY ALIGN FOR SAS SATA_CONT SATA_EOF SATA_R_IP SATA_R_OK SATA_R_RDY SATA_ SOF SATA_SYNC SATA_WTRM SATA_X_RDY ACK EOF SOF EOAF SOAF AIP_WAITING_ON_DEVICE AIP_NORMAL DONE_NORMAL READY_NORMAL CLOSE _ NORMAL OPEN_ACCEPT ALIGNO ALIGN1 NOTIFY_ENABLE_SPINUP a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count REIS y ty i Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Primitive Direction CONT H gt D 1748 2 99 CONT D gt H 4054 6 95 EOF H gt D 1748 2 99 EOF D gt H 4054 6 95 HOLD H gt D 415 0 71 Figure 3 34 Primitive Report Bus Condition Report To display the Bus Condition Report click the Bus Condition tab The Bus Condition Report displays information in the following columns a Bus Condition All Custom Activity On COMININT COMRESET COMSAS COM WAKE Keep Alive Activity a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count Barts gt me General Primitive Bus C

Sierra M124 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents